commit bash-20141114 snapshot

22 files changed, 13422 insertions, 56 deletions

diff --git a/lib/readline/bind.c b/lib/readline/bind.c
index d5bcdfba..98de97c0 100644
--- a/lib/readline/bind.c
+++ b/lib/readline/bind.c
@@ -1570,10 +1570,13 @@ static int sv_dispprefix PARAMS((const char *));
 static int sv_compquery PARAMS((const char *));
 static int sv_compwidth PARAMS((const char *));
 static int sv_editmode PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_emacs_modestr PARAMS((const char *));
 static int sv_histsize PARAMS((const char *));
 static int sv_isrchterm PARAMS((const char *));
 static int sv_keymap PARAMS((const char *));
 static int sv_seqtimeout PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_viins_modestr PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_vicmd_modestr PARAMS((const char *));
 
 static const struct {
   const char * const name;
@@ -1586,10 +1589,13 @@ static const struct {
   { "completion-prefix-display-length", V_INT,	sv_dispprefix },
   { "completion-query-items", V_INT,	sv_compquery },
   { "editing-mode",	V_STRING,	sv_editmode },
+  { "emacs-mode-string", V_STRING,	sv_emacs_modestr },  
   { "history-size",	V_INT,		sv_histsize },
   { "isearch-terminators", V_STRING,	sv_isrchterm },
   { "keymap",		V_STRING,	sv_keymap },
   { "keyseq-timeout",	V_INT,		sv_seqtimeout },
+  { "vi-cmd-mode-string", V_STRING,	sv_vicmd_modestr }, 
+  { "vi-ins-mode-string", V_STRING,	sv_viins_modestr }, 
   { (char *)NULL,	0, (_rl_sv_func_t *)0 }
 };
 
@@ -1606,7 +1612,7 @@ find_string_var (name)
 }
 
 /* A boolean value that can appear in a `set variable' command is true if
-   the value is null or empty, `on' (case-insenstive), or "1".  Any other
+   the value is null or empty, `on' (case-insensitive), or "1".  Any other
    values result in 0 (false). */
 static int
 bool_to_int (value)
@@ -1847,7 +1853,96 @@ sv_isrchterm (value)
   xfree (v);
   return 0;
 }
-      
+
+extern char *_rl_emacs_mode_str;
+
+static int
+sv_emacs_modestr (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_emacs_mode_str);
+      _rl_emacs_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (value) + 1);
+      rl_translate_keyseq (value, _rl_emacs_mode_str, &_rl_emacs_modestr_len);
+      _rl_emacs_mode_str[_rl_emacs_modestr_len] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_emacs_mode_str);
+      _rl_emacs_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+      _rl_emacs_mode_str[_rl_emacs_modestr_len = 0] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value == 0)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_emacs_mode_str);
+      _rl_emacs_mode_str = 0;	/* prompt_modestr does the right thing */
+      _rl_emacs_modestr_len = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_viins_modestr (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_ins_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_ins_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (value) + 1);
+      rl_translate_keyseq (value, _rl_vi_ins_mode_str, &_rl_vi_ins_modestr_len);
+      _rl_vi_ins_mode_str[_rl_vi_ins_modestr_len] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_ins_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_ins_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+      _rl_vi_ins_mode_str[_rl_vi_ins_modestr_len = 0] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value == 0)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_ins_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_ins_mode_str = 0;	/* prompt_modestr does the right thing */
+      _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_vicmd_modestr (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (value) + 1);
+      rl_translate_keyseq (value, _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str, &_rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len);
+      _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str[_rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+      _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str[_rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len = 0] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value == 0)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str = 0;	/* prompt_modestr does the right thing */
+      _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
 /* Return the character which matches NAME.
    For example, `Space' returns ' '. */
 
@@ -2421,6 +2516,12 @@ _rl_get_string_variable_value (name)
       sprintf (numbuf, "%d", _rl_keyseq_timeout);    
       return (numbuf);
     }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "emacs-mode-string") == 0)
+    return (_rl_emacs_mode_str ? _rl_emacs_mode_str : RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFAULT);
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "vi-cmd-mode-string") == 0)
+    return (_rl_emacs_mode_str ? _rl_emacs_mode_str : RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFAULT);
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "vi-ins-mode-string") == 0)
+    return (_rl_emacs_mode_str ? _rl_emacs_mode_str : RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFAULT);
   else
     return (0);
 }
diff --git a/lib/readline/bind.c~ b/lib/readline/bind.c~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..c2d36f99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/bind.c~
@@ -0,0 +1,2579 @@
+/* bind.c -- key binding and startup file support for the readline library. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+   for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (__TANDEM)
+#  include <floss.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_SYS_FILE_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "rlshell.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
+#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+
+/* Variables exported by this file. */
+Keymap rl_binding_keymap;
+
+static int _rl_skip_to_delim PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+
+static char *_rl_read_file PARAMS((char *, size_t *));
+static void _rl_init_file_error PARAMS((const char *));
+static int _rl_read_init_file PARAMS((const char *, int));
+static int glean_key_from_name PARAMS((char *));
+
+static int find_boolean_var PARAMS((const char *));
+static int find_string_var PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static char *_rl_get_string_variable_value PARAMS((const char *));
+static int substring_member_of_array PARAMS((const char *, const char * const *));
+
+static int currently_reading_init_file;
+
+/* used only in this file */
+static int _rl_prefer_visible_bell = 1;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Binding keys				    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* rl_add_defun (char *name, rl_command_func_t *function, int key)
+   Add NAME to the list of named functions.  Make FUNCTION be the function
+   that gets called.  If KEY is not -1, then bind it. */
+int
+rl_add_defun (name, function, key)
+     const char *name;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     int key;
+{
+  if (key != -1)
+    rl_bind_key (key, function);
+  rl_add_funmap_entry (name, function);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Bind KEY to FUNCTION.  Returns non-zero if KEY is out of range. */
+int
+rl_bind_key (key, function)
+     int key;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+{
+  if (key < 0)
+    return (key);
+
+  if (META_CHAR (key) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+    {
+      if (_rl_keymap[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+	{
+	  Keymap escmap;
+
+	  escmap = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (_rl_keymap, ESC);
+	  key = UNMETA (key);
+	  escmap[key].type = ISFUNC;
+	  escmap[key].function = function;
+	  return (0);
+	}
+      return (key);
+    }
+
+  _rl_keymap[key].type = ISFUNC;
+  _rl_keymap[key].function = function;
+  rl_binding_keymap = _rl_keymap;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Bind KEY to FUNCTION in MAP.  Returns non-zero in case of invalid
+   KEY. */
+int
+rl_bind_key_in_map (key, function, map)
+     int key;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  int result;
+  Keymap oldmap;
+
+  oldmap = _rl_keymap;
+  _rl_keymap = map;
+  result = rl_bind_key (key, function);
+  _rl_keymap = oldmap;
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Bind key sequence KEYSEQ to DEFAULT_FUNC if KEYSEQ is unbound.  Right
+   now, this is always used to attempt to bind the arrow keys, hence the
+   check for rl_vi_movement_mode. */
+int
+rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map (key, default_func, kmap)
+     int key;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+     Keymap kmap;
+{
+  char keyseq[2];
+
+  keyseq[0] = (unsigned char)key;
+  keyseq[1] = '\0';
+  return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap));
+}
+
+int
+rl_bind_key_if_unbound (key, default_func)
+     int key;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+{
+  char keyseq[2];
+
+  keyseq[0] = (unsigned char)key;
+  keyseq[1] = '\0';
+  return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Make KEY do nothing in the currently selected keymap.
+   Returns non-zero in case of error. */
+int
+rl_unbind_key (key)
+     int key;
+{
+  return (rl_bind_key (key, (rl_command_func_t *)NULL));
+}
+
+/* Make KEY do nothing in MAP.
+   Returns non-zero in case of error. */
+int
+rl_unbind_key_in_map (key, map)
+     int key;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  return (rl_bind_key_in_map (key, (rl_command_func_t *)NULL, map));
+}
+
+/* Unbind all keys bound to FUNCTION in MAP. */
+int
+rl_unbind_function_in_map (func, map)
+     rl_command_func_t *func;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  register int i, rval;
+
+  for (i = rval = 0; i < KEYMAP_SIZE; i++)
+    {
+      if (map[i].type == ISFUNC && map[i].function == func)
+	{
+	  map[i].function = (rl_command_func_t *)NULL;
+	  rval = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  return rval;
+}
+
+int
+rl_unbind_command_in_map (command, map)
+     const char *command;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  rl_command_func_t *func;
+
+  func = rl_named_function (command);
+  if (func == 0)
+    return 0;
+  return (rl_unbind_function_in_map (func, map));
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+   FUNCTION, starting in the current keymap.  This makes new
+   keymaps as necessary. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq (keyseq, function)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+{
+  return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+   FUNCTION.  This makes new keymaps as necessary.  The initial
+   place to do bindings is in MAP. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (keyseq, function, map)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, map));
+}
+
+/* Backwards compatibility; equivalent to rl_bind_keyseq_in_map() */
+int
+rl_set_key (keyseq, function, map)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  return (rl_generic_bind (ISFUNC, keyseq, (char *)function, map));
+}
+
+/* Bind key sequence KEYSEQ to DEFAULT_FUNC if KEYSEQ is unbound.  Right
+   now, this is always used to attempt to bind the arrow keys, hence the
+   check for rl_vi_movement_mode. */
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+     Keymap kmap;
+{
+  rl_command_func_t *func;
+
+  if (keyseq)
+    {
+      func = rl_function_of_keyseq (keyseq, kmap, (int *)NULL);
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+      if (!func || func == rl_do_lowercase_version || func == rl_vi_movement_mode)
+#else
+      if (!func || func == rl_do_lowercase_version)
+#endif
+	return (rl_bind_keyseq_in_map (keyseq, default_func, kmap));
+      else
+	return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound (keyseq, default_func)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     rl_command_func_t *default_func;
+{
+  return (rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map (keyseq, default_func, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+   the string of characters MACRO.  This makes new keymaps as
+   necessary.  The initial place to do bindings is in MAP. */
+int
+rl_macro_bind (keyseq, macro, map)
+     const char *keyseq, *macro;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  char *macro_keys;
+  int macro_keys_len;
+
+  macro_keys = (char *)xmalloc ((2 * strlen (macro)) + 1);
+
+  if (rl_translate_keyseq (macro, macro_keys, &macro_keys_len))
+    {
+      xfree (macro_keys);
+      return -1;
+    }
+  rl_generic_bind (ISMACR, keyseq, macro_keys, map);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Bind the key sequence represented by the string KEYSEQ to
+   the arbitrary pointer DATA.  TYPE says what kind of data is
+   pointed to by DATA, right now this can be a function (ISFUNC),
+   a macro (ISMACR), or a keymap (ISKMAP).  This makes new keymaps
+   as necessary.  The initial place to do bindings is in MAP. */
+int
+rl_generic_bind (type, keyseq, data, map)
+     int type;
+     const char *keyseq;
+     char *data;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  char *keys;
+  int keys_len;
+  register int i;
+  KEYMAP_ENTRY k;
+
+  k.function = 0;
+
+  /* If no keys to bind to, exit right away. */
+  if (keyseq == 0 || *keyseq == 0)
+    {
+      if (type == ISMACR)
+	xfree (data);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  keys = (char *)xmalloc (1 + (2 * strlen (keyseq)));
+
+  /* Translate the ASCII representation of KEYSEQ into an array of
+     characters.  Stuff the characters into KEYS, and the length of
+     KEYS into KEYS_LEN. */
+  if (rl_translate_keyseq (keyseq, keys, &keys_len))
+    {
+      xfree (keys);
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+  /* Bind keys, making new keymaps as necessary. */
+  for (i = 0; i < keys_len; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char uc = keys[i];
+      int ic;
+
+      ic = uc;
+      if (ic < 0 || ic >= KEYMAP_SIZE)
+        {
+          xfree (keys);
+	  return -1;
+        }
+
+      if (META_CHAR (ic) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+	{
+	  ic = UNMETA (ic);
+	  if (map[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+	    map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ESC);
+	}
+
+      if ((i + 1) < keys_len)
+	{
+	  if (map[ic].type != ISKMAP)
+	    {
+	      /* We allow subsequences of keys.  If a keymap is being
+		 created that will `shadow' an existing function or macro
+		 key binding, we save that keybinding into the ANYOTHERKEY
+		 index in the new map.  The dispatch code will look there
+		 to find the function to execute if the subsequence is not
+		 matched.  ANYOTHERKEY was chosen to be greater than
+		 UCHAR_MAX. */
+	      k = map[ic];
+
+	      map[ic].type = ISKMAP;
+	      map[ic].function = KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION (rl_make_bare_keymap());
+	    }
+	  map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ic);
+	  /* The dispatch code will return this function if no matching
+	     key sequence is found in the keymap.  This (with a little
+	     help from the dispatch code in readline.c) allows `a' to be
+	     mapped to something, `abc' to be mapped to something else,
+	     and the function bound  to `a' to be executed when the user
+	     types `abx', leaving `bx' in the input queue. */
+	  if (k.function && ((k.type == ISFUNC && k.function != rl_do_lowercase_version) || k.type == ISMACR))
+	    {
+	      map[ANYOTHERKEY] = k;
+	      k.function = 0;
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (map[ic].type == ISMACR)
+	    xfree ((char *)map[ic].function);
+	  else if (map[ic].type == ISKMAP)
+	    {
+	      map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ic);
+	      ic = ANYOTHERKEY;
+	      /* If we're trying to override a keymap with a null function
+		 (e.g., trying to unbind it), we can't use a null pointer
+		 here because that's indistinguishable from having not been
+		 overridden.  We use a special bindable function that does
+		 nothing. */
+	      if (type == ISFUNC && data == 0)
+		data = (char *)_rl_null_function;
+	    }
+
+	  map[ic].function = KEYMAP_TO_FUNCTION (data);
+	  map[ic].type = type;
+	}
+
+      rl_binding_keymap = map;
+    }
+  xfree (keys);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Translate the ASCII representation of SEQ, stuffing the values into ARRAY,
+   an array of characters.  LEN gets the final length of ARRAY.  Return
+   non-zero if there was an error parsing SEQ. */
+int
+rl_translate_keyseq (seq, array, len)
+     const char *seq;
+     char *array;
+     int *len;
+{
+  register int i, c, l, temp;
+
+  for (i = l = 0; c = seq[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (c == '\\')
+	{
+	  c = seq[++i];
+
+	  if (c == 0)
+	    break;
+
+	  /* Handle \C- and \M- prefixes. */
+	  if ((c == 'C' || c == 'M') && seq[i + 1] == '-')
+	    {
+	      /* Handle special case of backwards define. */
+	      if (strncmp (&seq[i], "C-\\M-", 5) == 0)
+		{
+		  array[l++] = ESC;	/* ESC is meta-prefix */
+		  i += 5;
+		  array[l++] = CTRL (_rl_to_upper (seq[i]));
+		  if (seq[i] == '\0')
+		    i--;
+		}
+	      else if (c == 'M')
+		{
+		  i++;		/* seq[i] == '-' */
+		  /* XXX - obey convert-meta setting */
+		  if (_rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii && _rl_keymap[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+		    array[l++] = ESC;	/* ESC is meta-prefix */
+		  else if (seq[i+1] == '\\' && seq[i+2] == 'C' && seq[i+3] == '-')
+		    {
+		      i += 4;
+		      temp = (seq[i] == '?') ? RUBOUT : CTRL (_rl_to_upper (seq[i]));
+		      array[l++] = META (temp);
+		    }
+		  else
+		    {
+		      /* This doesn't yet handle things like \M-\a, which may
+			 or may not have any reasonable meaning.  You're
+			 probably better off using straight octal or hex. */
+		      i++;
+		      array[l++] = META (seq[i]);
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (c == 'C')
+		{
+		  i += 2;
+		  /* Special hack for C-?... */
+		  array[l++] = (seq[i] == '?') ? RUBOUT : CTRL (_rl_to_upper (seq[i]));
+		}
+	      continue;
+	    }	      
+
+	  /* Translate other backslash-escaped characters.  These are the
+	     same escape sequences that bash's `echo' and `printf' builtins
+	     handle, with the addition of \d -> RUBOUT.  A backslash
+	     preceding a character that is not special is stripped. */
+	  switch (c)
+	    {
+	    case 'a':
+	      array[l++] = '\007';
+	      break;
+	    case 'b':
+	      array[l++] = '\b';
+	      break;
+	    case 'd':
+	      array[l++] = RUBOUT;	/* readline-specific */
+	      break;
+	    case 'e':
+	      array[l++] = ESC;
+	      break;
+	    case 'f':
+	      array[l++] = '\f';
+	      break;
+	    case 'n':
+	      array[l++] = NEWLINE;
+	      break;
+	    case 'r':
+	      array[l++] = RETURN;
+	      break;
+	    case 't':
+	      array[l++] = TAB;
+	      break;
+	    case 'v':
+	      array[l++] = 0x0B;
+	      break;
+	    case '\\':
+	      array[l++] = '\\';
+	      break;
+	    case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
+	    case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
+	      i++;
+	      for (temp = 2, c -= '0'; ISOCTAL (seq[i]) && temp--; i++)
+	        c = (c * 8) + OCTVALUE (seq[i]);
+	      i--;	/* auto-increment in for loop */
+	      array[l++] = c & largest_char;
+	      break;
+	    case 'x':
+	      i++;
+	      for (temp = 2, c = 0; ISXDIGIT ((unsigned char)seq[i]) && temp--; i++)
+	        c = (c * 16) + HEXVALUE (seq[i]);
+	      if (temp == 2)
+	        c = 'x';
+	      i--;	/* auto-increment in for loop */
+	      array[l++] = c & largest_char;
+	      break;
+	    default:	/* backslashes before non-special chars just add the char */
+	      array[l++] = c;
+	      break;	/* the backslash is stripped */
+	    }
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      array[l++] = c;
+    }
+
+  *len = l;
+  array[l] = '\0';
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_isescape (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '\007':
+    case '\b':
+    case '\f':
+    case '\n':
+    case '\r':
+    case TAB:
+    case 0x0b:  return (1);
+    default: return (0);
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_escchar (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  switch (c)
+    {
+    case '\007':  return ('a');
+    case '\b':  return ('b');
+    case '\f':  return ('f');
+    case '\n':  return ('n');
+    case '\r':  return ('r');
+    case TAB:  return ('t');
+    case 0x0b:  return ('v');
+    default: return (c);
+    }
+}
+
+char *
+rl_untranslate_keyseq (seq)
+     int seq;
+{
+  static char kseq[16];
+  int i, c;
+
+  i = 0;
+  c = seq;
+  if (META_CHAR (c))
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+      kseq[i++] = 'M';
+      kseq[i++] = '-';
+      c = UNMETA (c);
+    }
+  else if (c == ESC)
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+      c = 'e';
+    }
+  else if (CTRL_CHAR (c))
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+      kseq[i++] = 'C';
+      kseq[i++] = '-';
+      c = _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (c));
+    }
+  else if (c == RUBOUT)
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+      kseq[i++] = 'C';
+      kseq[i++] = '-';
+      c = '?';
+    }
+
+  if (c == ESC)
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+      c = 'e';
+    }
+  else if (c == '\\' || c == '"')
+    {
+      kseq[i++] = '\\';
+    }
+
+  kseq[i++] = (unsigned char) c;
+  kseq[i] = '\0';
+  return kseq;
+}
+
+char *
+_rl_untranslate_macro_value (seq, use_escapes)
+     char *seq;
+     int use_escapes;
+{
+  char *ret, *r, *s;
+  int c;
+
+  r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (7 * strlen (seq) + 1);
+  for (s = seq; *s; s++)
+    {
+      c = *s;
+      if (META_CHAR (c))
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\\';
+	  *r++ = 'M';
+	  *r++ = '-';
+	  c = UNMETA (c);
+	}
+      else if (c == ESC)
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\\';
+	  c = 'e';
+	}
+      else if (CTRL_CHAR (c))
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\\';
+	  if (use_escapes && _rl_isescape (c))
+	    c = _rl_escchar (c);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      *r++ = 'C';
+	      *r++ = '-';
+	      c = _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (c));
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (c == RUBOUT)
+ 	{
+ 	  *r++ = '\\';
+ 	  *r++ = 'C';
+ 	  *r++ = '-';
+ 	  c = '?';
+ 	}
+
+      if (c == ESC)
+	{
+	  *r++ = '\\';
+	  c = 'e';
+	}
+      else if (c == '\\' || c == '"')
+	*r++ = '\\';
+
+      *r++ = (unsigned char)c;
+    }
+  *r = '\0';
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Return a pointer to the function that STRING represents.
+   If STRING doesn't have a matching function, then a NULL pointer
+   is returned. */
+rl_command_func_t *
+rl_named_function (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  rl_initialize_funmap ();
+
+  for (i = 0; funmap[i]; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (funmap[i]->name, string) == 0)
+      return (funmap[i]->function);
+  return ((rl_command_func_t *)NULL);
+}
+
+/* Return the function (or macro) definition which would be invoked via
+   KEYSEQ if executed in MAP.  If MAP is NULL, then the current keymap is
+   used.  TYPE, if non-NULL, is a pointer to an int which will receive the
+   type of the object pointed to.  One of ISFUNC (function), ISKMAP (keymap),
+   or ISMACR (macro). */
+rl_command_func_t *
+rl_function_of_keyseq (keyseq, map, type)
+     const char *keyseq;
+     Keymap map;
+     int *type;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (map == 0)
+    map = _rl_keymap;
+
+  for (i = 0; keyseq && keyseq[i]; i++)
+    {
+      unsigned char ic = keyseq[i];
+
+      if (META_CHAR (ic) && _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii)
+	{
+	  if (map[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+	    {
+	      map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ESC);
+	      ic = UNMETA (ic);
+	    }
+	  /* XXX - should we just return NULL here, since this obviously
+	     doesn't match? */
+	  else
+	    {
+	      if (type)
+		*type = map[ESC].type;
+
+	      return (map[ESC].function);
+	    }
+	}
+
+      if (map[ic].type == ISKMAP)
+	{
+	  /* If this is the last key in the key sequence, return the
+	     map. */
+	  if (keyseq[i + 1] == '\0')
+	    {
+	      if (type)
+		*type = ISKMAP;
+
+	      return (map[ic].function);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    map = FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, ic);
+	}
+      /* If we're not at the end of the key sequence, and the current key
+	 is bound to something other than a keymap, then the entire key
+	 sequence is not bound. */
+      else if (map[ic].type != ISKMAP && keyseq[i+1])
+	return ((rl_command_func_t *)NULL);
+      else	/* map[ic].type != ISKMAP && keyseq[i+1] == 0 */
+	{
+	  if (type)
+	    *type = map[ic].type;
+
+	  return (map[ic].function);
+	}
+    }
+  return ((rl_command_func_t *) NULL);
+}
+
+/* The last key bindings file read. */
+static char *last_readline_init_file = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* The file we're currently reading key bindings from. */
+static const char *current_readline_init_file;
+static int current_readline_init_include_level;
+static int current_readline_init_lineno;
+
+/* Read FILENAME into a locally-allocated buffer and return the buffer.
+   The size of the buffer is returned in *SIZEP.  Returns NULL if any
+   errors were encountered. */
+static char *
+_rl_read_file (filename, sizep)
+     char *filename;
+     size_t *sizep;
+{
+  struct stat finfo;
+  size_t file_size;
+  char *buffer;
+  int i, file;
+
+  if ((stat (filename, &finfo) < 0) || (file = open (filename, O_RDONLY, 0666)) < 0)
+    return ((char *)NULL);
+
+  file_size = (size_t)finfo.st_size;
+
+  /* check for overflow on very large files */
+  if (file_size != finfo.st_size || file_size + 1 < file_size)
+    {
+      if (file >= 0)
+	close (file);
+#if defined (EFBIG)
+      errno = EFBIG;
+#endif
+      return ((char *)NULL);
+    }
+
+  /* Read the file into BUFFER. */
+  buffer = (char *)xmalloc (file_size + 1);
+  i = read (file, buffer, file_size);
+  close (file);
+
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      xfree (buffer);
+      return ((char *)NULL);
+    }
+
+  RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+
+  buffer[i] = '\0';
+  if (sizep)
+    *sizep = i;
+
+  return (buffer);
+}
+
+/* Re-read the current keybindings file. */
+int
+rl_re_read_init_file (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  int r;
+  r = rl_read_init_file ((const char *)NULL);
+  rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode ();
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Do key bindings from a file.  If FILENAME is NULL it defaults
+   to the first non-null filename from this list:
+     1. the filename used for the previous call
+     2. the value of the shell variable `INPUTRC'
+     3. ~/.inputrc
+     4. /etc/inputrc
+   If the file existed and could be opened and read, 0 is returned,
+   otherwise errno is returned. */
+int
+rl_read_init_file (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  /* Default the filename. */
+  if (filename == 0)
+    filename = last_readline_init_file;
+  if (filename == 0)
+    filename = sh_get_env_value ("INPUTRC");
+  if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
+    {
+      filename = DEFAULT_INPUTRC;
+      /* Try to read DEFAULT_INPUTRC; fall back to SYS_INPUTRC on failure */
+      if (_rl_read_init_file (filename, 0) == 0)
+	return 0;
+      filename = SYS_INPUTRC;
+    }
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+  if (_rl_read_init_file (filename, 0) == 0)
+    return 0;
+  filename = "~/_inputrc";
+#endif
+  return (_rl_read_init_file (filename, 0));
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_read_init_file (filename, include_level)
+     const char *filename;
+     int include_level;
+{
+  register int i;
+  char *buffer, *openname, *line, *end;
+  size_t file_size;
+
+  current_readline_init_file = filename;
+  current_readline_init_include_level = include_level;
+
+  openname = tilde_expand (filename);
+  buffer = _rl_read_file (openname, &file_size);
+  xfree (openname);
+
+  RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+  if (buffer == 0)
+    return (errno);
+  
+  if (include_level == 0 && filename != last_readline_init_file)
+    {
+      FREE (last_readline_init_file);
+      last_readline_init_file = savestring (filename);
+    }
+
+  currently_reading_init_file = 1;
+
+  /* Loop over the lines in the file.  Lines that start with `#' are
+     comments; all other lines are commands for readline initialization. */
+  current_readline_init_lineno = 1;
+  line = buffer;
+  end = buffer + file_size;
+  while (line < end)
+    {
+      /* Find the end of this line. */
+      for (i = 0; line + i != end && line[i] != '\n'; i++);
+
+#if defined (__CYGWIN__)
+      /* ``Be liberal in what you accept.'' */
+      if (line[i] == '\n' && line[i-1] == '\r')
+	line[i - 1] = '\0';
+#endif
+
+      /* Mark end of line. */
+      line[i] = '\0';
+
+      /* Skip leading whitespace. */
+      while (*line && whitespace (*line))
+        {
+	  line++;
+	  i--;
+        }
+
+      /* If the line is not a comment, then parse it. */
+      if (*line && *line != '#')
+	rl_parse_and_bind (line);
+
+      /* Move to the next line. */
+      line += i + 1;
+      current_readline_init_lineno++;
+    }
+
+  xfree (buffer);
+  currently_reading_init_file = 0;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_init_file_error (msg)
+     const char *msg;
+{
+  if (currently_reading_init_file)
+    _rl_errmsg ("%s: line %d: %s\n", current_readline_init_file,
+		     current_readline_init_lineno, msg);
+  else
+    _rl_errmsg ("%s", msg);
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Parser Directives       		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+typedef int _rl_parser_func_t PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Things that mean `Control'. */
+const char * const _rl_possible_control_prefixes[] = {
+  "Control-", "C-", "CTRL-", (const char *)NULL
+};
+
+const char * const _rl_possible_meta_prefixes[] = {
+  "Meta", "M-", (const char *)NULL
+};
+
+/* Conditionals. */
+
+/* Calling programs set this to have their argv[0]. */
+const char *rl_readline_name = "other";
+
+/* Stack of previous values of parsing_conditionalized_out. */
+static unsigned char *if_stack = (unsigned char *)NULL;
+static int if_stack_depth;
+static int if_stack_size;
+
+/* Push _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out, and set parser state based
+   on ARGS. */
+static int
+parser_if (args)
+     char *args;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  /* Push parser state. */
+  if (if_stack_depth + 1 >= if_stack_size)
+    {
+      if (!if_stack)
+	if_stack = (unsigned char *)xmalloc (if_stack_size = 20);
+      else
+	if_stack = (unsigned char *)xrealloc (if_stack, if_stack_size += 20);
+    }
+  if_stack[if_stack_depth++] = _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out;
+
+  /* If parsing is turned off, then nothing can turn it back on except
+     for finding the matching endif.  In that case, return right now. */
+  if (_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* Isolate first argument. */
+  for (i = 0; args[i] && !whitespace (args[i]); i++);
+
+  if (args[i])
+    args[i++] = '\0';
+
+  /* Handle "$if term=foo" and "$if mode=emacs" constructs.  If this
+     isn't term=foo, or mode=emacs, then check to see if the first
+     word in ARGS is the same as the value stored in rl_readline_name. */
+  if (rl_terminal_name && _rl_strnicmp (args, "term=", 5) == 0)
+    {
+      char *tem, *tname;
+
+      /* Terminals like "aaa-60" are equivalent to "aaa". */
+      tname = savestring (rl_terminal_name);
+      tem = strchr (tname, '-');
+      if (tem)
+	*tem = '\0';
+
+      /* Test the `long' and `short' forms of the terminal name so that
+	 if someone has a `sun-cmd' and does not want to have bindings
+	 that will be executed if the terminal is a `sun', they can put
+	 `$if term=sun-cmd' into their .inputrc. */
+      _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = _rl_stricmp (args + 5, tname) &&
+					_rl_stricmp (args + 5, rl_terminal_name);
+      xfree (tname);
+    }
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  else if (_rl_strnicmp (args, "mode=", 5) == 0)
+    {
+      int mode;
+
+      if (_rl_stricmp (args + 5, "emacs") == 0)
+	mode = emacs_mode;
+      else if (_rl_stricmp (args + 5, "vi") == 0)
+	mode = vi_mode;
+      else
+	mode = no_mode;
+
+      _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = mode != rl_editing_mode;
+    }
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+  /* Check to see if the first word in ARGS is the same as the
+     value stored in rl_readline_name. */
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (args, rl_readline_name) == 0)
+    _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 0;
+  else
+    _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Invert the current parser state if there is anything on the stack. */
+static int
+parser_else (args)
+     char *args;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (if_stack_depth == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_init_file_error ("$else found without matching $if");
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+#if 0
+  /* Check the previous (n - 1) levels of the stack to make sure that
+     we haven't previously turned off parsing. */
+  for (i = 0; i < if_stack_depth - 1; i++)
+#else
+  /* Check the previous (n) levels of the stack to make sure that
+     we haven't previously turned off parsing. */
+  for (i = 0; i < if_stack_depth; i++)
+#endif
+    if (if_stack[i] == 1)
+      return 0;
+
+  /* Invert the state of parsing if at top level. */
+  _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = !_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Terminate a conditional, popping the value of
+   _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out from the stack. */
+static int
+parser_endif (args)
+     char *args;
+{
+  if (if_stack_depth)
+    _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out = if_stack[--if_stack_depth];
+  else
+    _rl_init_file_error ("$endif without matching $if");
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+parser_include (args)
+     char *args;
+{
+  const char *old_init_file;
+  char *e;
+  int old_line_number, old_include_level, r;
+
+  if (_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out)
+    return (0);
+
+  old_init_file = current_readline_init_file;
+  old_line_number = current_readline_init_lineno;
+  old_include_level = current_readline_init_include_level;
+
+  e = strchr (args, '\n');
+  if (e)
+    *e = '\0';
+  r = _rl_read_init_file ((const char *)args, old_include_level + 1);
+
+  current_readline_init_file = old_init_file;
+  current_readline_init_lineno = old_line_number;
+  current_readline_init_include_level = old_include_level;
+
+  return r;
+}
+  
+/* Associate textual names with actual functions. */
+static const struct {
+  const char * const name;
+  _rl_parser_func_t *function;
+} parser_directives [] = {
+  { "if", parser_if },
+  { "endif", parser_endif },
+  { "else", parser_else },
+  { "include", parser_include },
+  { (char *)0x0, (_rl_parser_func_t *)0x0 }
+};
+
+/* Handle a parser directive.  STATEMENT is the line of the directive
+   without any leading `$'. */
+static int
+handle_parser_directive (statement)
+     char *statement;
+{
+  register int i;
+  char *directive, *args;
+
+  /* Isolate the actual directive. */
+
+  /* Skip whitespace. */
+  for (i = 0; whitespace (statement[i]); i++);
+
+  directive = &statement[i];
+
+  for (; statement[i] && !whitespace (statement[i]); i++);
+
+  if (statement[i])
+    statement[i++] = '\0';
+
+  for (; statement[i] && whitespace (statement[i]); i++);
+
+  args = &statement[i];
+
+  /* Lookup the command, and act on it. */
+  for (i = 0; parser_directives[i].name; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (directive, parser_directives[i].name) == 0)
+      {
+	(*parser_directives[i].function) (args);
+	return (0);
+      }
+
+  /* display an error message about the unknown parser directive */
+  _rl_init_file_error ("unknown parser directive");
+  return (1);
+}
+
+/* Start at STRING[START] and look for DELIM.  Return I where STRING[I] ==
+   DELIM or STRING[I] == 0.  DELIM is usually a double quote. */
+static int
+_rl_skip_to_delim (string, start, delim)
+     char *string;
+     int start, delim;
+{
+  int i, c, passc;
+
+  for (i = start,passc = 0; c = string[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (passc)
+	{
+	  passc = 0;
+	  if (c == 0)
+	    break;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (c == '\\')
+	{
+	  passc = 1;
+	  continue;
+	}
+
+      if (c == delim)
+	break;
+    }
+
+  return i;
+}
+
+/* Read the binding command from STRING and perform it.
+   A key binding command looks like: Keyname: function-name\0,
+   a variable binding command looks like: set variable value.
+   A new-style keybinding looks like "\C-x\C-x": exchange-point-and-mark. */
+int
+rl_parse_and_bind (string)
+     char *string;
+{
+  char *funname, *kname;
+  register int c, i;
+  int key, equivalency;
+
+  while (string && whitespace (*string))
+    string++;
+
+  if (string == 0 || *string == 0 || *string == '#')
+    return 0;
+
+  /* If this is a parser directive, act on it. */
+  if (*string == '$')
+    {
+      handle_parser_directive (&string[1]);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If we aren't supposed to be parsing right now, then we're done. */
+  if (_rl_parsing_conditionalized_out)
+    return 0;
+
+  i = 0;
+  /* If this keyname is a complex key expression surrounded by quotes,
+     advance to after the matching close quote.  This code allows the
+     backslash to quote characters in the key expression. */
+  if (*string == '"')
+    {
+      i = _rl_skip_to_delim (string, 1, '"');
+
+      /* If we didn't find a closing quote, abort the line. */
+      if (string[i] == '\0')
+        {
+          _rl_init_file_error ("no closing `\"' in key binding");
+          return 1;
+        }
+      else
+        i++;	/* skip past closing double quote */
+    }
+
+  /* Advance to the colon (:) or whitespace which separates the two objects. */
+  for (; (c = string[i]) && c != ':' && c != ' ' && c != '\t'; i++ );
+
+  equivalency = (c == ':' && string[i + 1] == '=');
+
+  /* Mark the end of the command (or keyname). */
+  if (string[i])
+    string[i++] = '\0';
+
+  /* If doing assignment, skip the '=' sign as well. */
+  if (equivalency)
+    string[i++] = '\0';
+
+  /* If this is a command to set a variable, then do that. */
+  if (_rl_stricmp (string, "set") == 0)
+    {
+      char *var, *value, *e;
+      int s;
+
+      var = string + i;
+      /* Make VAR point to start of variable name. */
+      while (*var && whitespace (*var)) var++;
+
+      /* Make VALUE point to start of value string. */
+      value = var;
+      while (*value && whitespace (*value) == 0) value++;
+      if (*value)
+	*value++ = '\0';
+      while (*value && whitespace (*value)) value++;
+
+      /* Strip trailing whitespace from values of boolean variables. */
+      if (find_boolean_var (var) >= 0)
+	{
+	  /* remove trailing whitespace */
+remove_trailing:
+	  e = value + strlen (value) - 1;
+	  while (e >= value && whitespace (*e))
+	    e--;
+	  e++;		/* skip back to whitespace or EOS */
+	  
+	  if (*e && e >= value)
+	    *e = '\0';
+	}
+      else if ((i = find_string_var (var)) >= 0)
+	{
+	  /* Allow quoted strings in variable values */
+	  if (*value == '"')
+	    {
+	      i = _rl_skip_to_delim (value, 1, *value);
+	      value[i] = '\0';
+	      value++;	/* skip past the quote */
+	    }
+	  else
+	    goto remove_trailing;
+	}
+	
+      rl_variable_bind (var, value);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Skip any whitespace between keyname and funname. */
+  for (; string[i] && whitespace (string[i]); i++);
+  funname = &string[i];
+
+  /* Now isolate funname.
+     For straight function names just look for whitespace, since
+     that will signify the end of the string.  But this could be a
+     macro definition.  In that case, the string is quoted, so skip
+     to the matching delimiter.  We allow the backslash to quote the
+     delimiter characters in the macro body. */
+  /* This code exists to allow whitespace in macro expansions, which
+     would otherwise be gobbled up by the next `for' loop.*/
+  /* XXX - it may be desirable to allow backslash quoting only if " is
+     the quoted string delimiter, like the shell. */
+  if (*funname == '\'' || *funname == '"')
+    {
+      i = _rl_skip_to_delim (string, i+1, *funname);
+      if (string[i])
+	i++;
+    }
+
+  /* Advance to the end of the string.  */
+  for (; string[i] && whitespace (string[i]) == 0; i++);
+
+  /* No extra whitespace at the end of the string. */
+  string[i] = '\0';
+
+  /* Handle equivalency bindings here.  Make the left-hand side be exactly
+     whatever the right-hand evaluates to, including keymaps. */
+  if (equivalency)
+    {
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is a new-style key-binding, then do the binding with
+     rl_bind_keyseq ().  Otherwise, let the older code deal with it. */
+  if (*string == '"')
+    {
+      char *seq;
+      register int j, k, passc;
+
+      seq = (char *)xmalloc (1 + strlen (string));
+      for (j = 1, k = passc = 0; string[j]; j++)
+	{
+	  /* Allow backslash to quote characters, but leave them in place.
+	     This allows a string to end with a backslash quoting another
+	     backslash, or with a backslash quoting a double quote.  The
+	     backslashes are left in place for rl_translate_keyseq (). */
+	  if (passc || (string[j] == '\\'))
+	    {
+	      seq[k++] = string[j];
+	      passc = !passc;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (string[j] == '"')
+	    break;
+
+	  seq[k++] = string[j];
+	}
+      seq[k] = '\0';
+
+      /* Binding macro? */
+      if (*funname == '\'' || *funname == '"')
+	{
+	  j = strlen (funname);
+
+	  /* Remove the delimiting quotes from each end of FUNNAME. */
+	  if (j && funname[j - 1] == *funname)
+	    funname[j - 1] = '\0';
+
+	  rl_macro_bind (seq, &funname[1], _rl_keymap);
+	}
+      else
+	rl_bind_keyseq (seq, rl_named_function (funname));
+
+      xfree (seq);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  /* Get the actual character we want to deal with. */
+  kname = strrchr (string, '-');
+  if (kname == 0)
+    kname = string;
+  else
+    kname++;
+
+  key = glean_key_from_name (kname);
+
+  /* Add in control and meta bits. */
+  if (substring_member_of_array (string, _rl_possible_control_prefixes))
+    key = CTRL (_rl_to_upper (key));
+
+  if (substring_member_of_array (string, _rl_possible_meta_prefixes))
+    key = META (key);
+
+  /* Temporary.  Handle old-style keyname with macro-binding. */
+  if (*funname == '\'' || *funname == '"')
+    {
+      char useq[2];
+      int fl = strlen (funname);
+
+      useq[0] = key; useq[1] = '\0';
+      if (fl && funname[fl - 1] == *funname)
+	funname[fl - 1] = '\0';
+
+      rl_macro_bind (useq, &funname[1], _rl_keymap);
+    }
+#if defined (PREFIX_META_HACK)
+  /* Ugly, but working hack to keep prefix-meta around. */
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (funname, "prefix-meta") == 0)
+    {
+      char seq[2];
+
+      seq[0] = key;
+      seq[1] = '\0';
+      rl_generic_bind (ISKMAP, seq, (char *)emacs_meta_keymap, _rl_keymap);
+    }
+#endif /* PREFIX_META_HACK */
+  else
+    rl_bind_key (key, rl_named_function (funname));
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Simple structure for boolean readline variables (i.e., those that can
+   have one of two values; either "On" or 1 for truth, or "Off" or 0 for
+   false. */
+
+#define V_SPECIAL	0x1
+
+static const struct {
+  const char * const name;
+  int *value;
+  int flags;
+} boolean_varlist [] = {
+  { "bind-tty-special-chars",	&_rl_bind_stty_chars,		0 },
+  { "blink-matching-paren",	&rl_blink_matching_paren,	V_SPECIAL },
+  { "byte-oriented",		&rl_byte_oriented,		0 },
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+  { "colored-stats",		&_rl_colored_stats,		0 },
+#endif
+  { "completion-ignore-case",	&_rl_completion_case_fold,	0 },
+  { "completion-map-case",	&_rl_completion_case_map,	0 },
+  { "convert-meta",		&_rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii, 0 },
+  { "disable-completion",	&rl_inhibit_completion,		0 },
+  { "echo-control-characters",	&_rl_echo_control_chars,	0 },
+  { "enable-bracketed-paste",	&_rl_enable_bracketed_paste,	0 },
+  { "enable-keypad",		&_rl_enable_keypad,		0 },
+  { "enable-meta-key",		&_rl_enable_meta,		0 },
+  { "expand-tilde",		&rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion, 0 },
+  { "history-preserve-point",	&_rl_history_preserve_point,	0 },
+  { "horizontal-scroll-mode",	&_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode,	0 },
+  { "input-meta",		&_rl_meta_flag,			0 },
+  { "mark-directories",		&_rl_complete_mark_directories,	0 },
+  { "mark-modified-lines",	&_rl_mark_modified_lines,	0 },
+  { "mark-symlinked-directories", &_rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs, 0 },
+  { "match-hidden-files",	&_rl_match_hidden_files,	0 },
+  { "menu-complete-display-prefix", &_rl_menu_complete_prefix_first, 0 },
+  { "meta-flag",		&_rl_meta_flag,			0 },
+  { "output-meta",		&_rl_output_meta_chars,		0 },
+  { "page-completions",		&_rl_page_completions,		0 },
+  { "prefer-visible-bell",	&_rl_prefer_visible_bell,	V_SPECIAL },
+  { "print-completions-horizontally", &_rl_print_completions_horizontally, 0 },
+  { "revert-all-at-newline",	&_rl_revert_all_at_newline,	0 },
+  { "show-all-if-ambiguous",	&_rl_complete_show_all,		0 },
+  { "show-all-if-unmodified",	&_rl_complete_show_unmodified,	0 },
+  { "show-mode-in-prompt",	&_rl_show_mode_in_prompt,	0 },
+  { "skip-completed-text",	&_rl_skip_completed_text,	0 },
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+  { "visible-stats",		&rl_visible_stats,		0 },
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+  { (char *)NULL, (int *)NULL, 0 }
+};
+
+static int
+find_boolean_var (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; boolean_varlist[i].name; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (name, boolean_varlist[i].name) == 0)
+      return i;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* Hooks for handling special boolean variables, where a
+   function needs to be called or another variable needs
+   to be changed when they're changed. */
+static void
+hack_special_boolean_var (i)
+     int i;
+{
+  const char *name;
+
+  name = boolean_varlist[i].name;
+
+  if (_rl_stricmp (name, "blink-matching-paren") == 0)
+    _rl_enable_paren_matching (rl_blink_matching_paren);
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "prefer-visible-bell") == 0)
+    {
+      if (_rl_prefer_visible_bell)
+	_rl_bell_preference = VISIBLE_BELL;
+      else
+	_rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "show-mode-in-prompt") == 0)
+    _rl_reset_prompt ();
+}
+
+typedef int _rl_sv_func_t PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* These *must* correspond to the array indices for the appropriate
+   string variable.  (Though they're not used right now.) */
+#define V_BELLSTYLE	0
+#define V_COMBEGIN	1
+#define V_EDITMODE	2
+#define V_ISRCHTERM	3
+#define V_KEYMAP	4
+
+#define	V_STRING	1
+#define V_INT		2
+
+/* Forward declarations */
+static int sv_bell_style PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_combegin PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_dispprefix PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_compquery PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_compwidth PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_editmode PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_emacs_modestr PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_histsize PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_isrchterm PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_keymap PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_seqtimeout PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_viins_modestr PARAMS((const char *));
+static int sv_vicmd_modestr PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static const struct {
+  const char * const name;
+  int flags;
+  _rl_sv_func_t *set_func;
+} string_varlist[] = {
+  { "bell-style",	V_STRING,	sv_bell_style },
+  { "comment-begin",	V_STRING,	sv_combegin },
+  { "completion-display-width", V_INT,	sv_compwidth },
+  { "completion-prefix-display-length", V_INT,	sv_dispprefix },
+  { "completion-query-items", V_INT,	sv_compquery },
+  { "editing-mode",	V_STRING,	sv_editmode },
+  { "emacs-mode-string", V_STRING,	sv_emacs_modestr },  
+  { "history-size",	V_INT,		sv_histsize },
+  { "isearch-terminators", V_STRING,	sv_isrchterm },
+  { "keymap",		V_STRING,	sv_keymap },
+  { "keyseq-timeout",	V_INT,		sv_seqtimeout },
+  { "vi-cmd-mode-string", V_STRING,	sv_vicmd_modestr }, 
+  { "vi-ins-mode-string", V_STRING,	sv_viins_modestr }, 
+  { (char *)NULL,	0, (_rl_sv_func_t *)0 }
+};
+
+static int
+find_string_var (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; string_varlist[i].name; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (name, string_varlist[i].name) == 0)
+      return i;
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/* A boolean value that can appear in a `set variable' command is true if
+   the value is null or empty, `on' (case-insensitive), or "1".  Any other
+   values result in 0 (false). */
+static int
+bool_to_int (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  return (value == 0 || *value == '\0' ||
+		(_rl_stricmp (value, "on") == 0) ||
+		(value[0] == '1' && value[1] == '\0'));
+}
+
+char *
+rl_variable_value (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  /* Check for simple variables first. */
+  i = find_boolean_var (name);
+  if (i >= 0)
+    return (*boolean_varlist[i].value ? "on" : "off");
+
+  i = find_string_var (name);
+  if (i >= 0)
+    return (_rl_get_string_variable_value (string_varlist[i].name));
+
+  /* Unknown variable names return NULL. */
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_variable_bind (name, value)
+     const char *name, *value;
+{
+  register int i;
+  int	v;
+
+  /* Check for simple variables first. */
+  i = find_boolean_var (name);
+  if (i >= 0)
+    {
+      *boolean_varlist[i].value = bool_to_int (value);
+      if (boolean_varlist[i].flags & V_SPECIAL)
+	hack_special_boolean_var (i);
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+  i = find_string_var (name);
+
+  /* For the time being, unknown variable names or string names without a
+     handler function are simply ignored. */
+  if (i < 0 || string_varlist[i].set_func == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  v = (*string_varlist[i].set_func) (value);
+  return v;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_editmode (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (_rl_strnicmp (value, "vi", 2) == 0)
+    {
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+      _rl_keymap = vi_insertion_keymap;
+      rl_editing_mode = vi_mode;
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (_rl_strnicmp (value, "emacs", 5) == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+      rl_editing_mode = emacs_mode;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_combegin (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_comment_begin);
+      _rl_comment_begin = savestring (value);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_dispprefix (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  int nval = 0;
+
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      nval = atoi (value);
+      if (nval < 0)
+	nval = 0;
+    }
+  _rl_completion_prefix_display_length = nval;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_compquery (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  int nval = 100;
+
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      nval = atoi (value);
+      if (nval < 0)
+	nval = 0;
+    }
+  rl_completion_query_items = nval;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_compwidth (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  int nval = -1;
+
+  if (value && *value)
+    nval = atoi (value);
+
+  _rl_completion_columns = nval;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_histsize (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  int nval;
+
+  nval = 500;
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      nval = atoi (value);
+      if (nval < 0)
+	{
+	  unstifle_history ();
+	  return 0;
+	}
+    }
+  stifle_history (nval);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_keymap (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  Keymap kmap;
+
+  kmap = rl_get_keymap_by_name (value);
+  if (kmap)
+    {
+      rl_set_keymap (kmap);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_seqtimeout (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  int nval;
+
+  nval = 0;
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      nval = atoi (value);
+      if (nval < 0)
+	nval = 0;
+    }
+  _rl_keyseq_timeout = nval;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_bell_style (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (value == 0 || *value == '\0')
+    _rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (value, "none") == 0 || _rl_stricmp (value, "off") == 0)
+    _rl_bell_preference = NO_BELL;
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (value, "audible") == 0 || _rl_stricmp (value, "on") == 0)
+    _rl_bell_preference = AUDIBLE_BELL;
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (value, "visible") == 0)
+    _rl_bell_preference = VISIBLE_BELL;
+  else
+    return 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_isrchterm (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  int beg, end, delim;
+  char *v;
+
+  if (value == 0)
+    return 1;
+
+  /* Isolate the value and translate it into a character string. */
+  v = savestring (value);
+  FREE (_rl_isearch_terminators);
+  if (v[0] == '"' || v[0] == '\'')
+    {
+      delim = v[0];
+      for (beg = end = 1; v[end] && v[end] != delim; end++)
+	;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      for (beg = end = 0; whitespace (v[end]) == 0; end++)
+	;
+    }
+
+  v[end] = '\0';
+
+  /* The value starts at v + beg.  Translate it into a character string. */
+  _rl_isearch_terminators = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (v) + 1);
+  rl_translate_keyseq (v + beg, _rl_isearch_terminators, &end);
+  _rl_isearch_terminators[end] = '\0';
+
+  xfree (v);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+extern char *_rl_emacs_mode_str;
+
+static int
+sv_emacs_modestr (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_emacs_mode_str);
+      _rl_emacs_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (value) + 1);
+      rl_translate_keyseq (value, _rl_emacs_mode_str, &_rl_emacs_modestr_len);
+      _rl_emacs_mode_str[_rl_emacs_modestr_len] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_emacs_mode_str);
+      _rl_emacs_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+      _rl_emacs_mode_str[_rl_emacs_modestr_len = 0] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value == 0)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_emacs_mode_str);
+      _rl_emacs_mode_str = 0;	/* prompt_modestr does the right thing */
+      _rl_emacs_modestr_len = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_viins_modestr (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_ins_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_ins_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (value) + 1);
+      rl_translate_keyseq (value, _rl_vi_ins_mode_str, &_rl_vi_ins_modestr_len);
+      _rl_vi_ins_mode_str[_rl_vi_ins_modestr_len] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_ins_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_ins_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+      _rl_vi_ins_mode_str[_rl_vi_ins_modestr_len = 0] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value == 0)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_ins_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_ins_mode_str = 0;	/* prompt_modestr does the right thing */
+      _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+static int
+sv_vicmd_modestr (value)
+     const char *value;
+{
+  if (value && *value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (2 * strlen (value) + 1);
+      rl_translate_keyseq (value, _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str, &_rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len);
+      _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str[_rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str = (char *)xmalloc (1);
+      _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str[_rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len = 0] = '\0';
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else if (value == 0)
+    {
+      FREE (_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str);
+      _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str = 0;	/* prompt_modestr does the right thing */
+      _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len = 0;
+      return 0;
+    }
+  return 1;
+}
+
+/* Return the character which matches NAME.
+   For example, `Space' returns ' '. */
+
+typedef struct {
+  const char * const name;
+  int value;
+} assoc_list;
+
+static const assoc_list name_key_alist[] = {
+  { "DEL", 0x7f },
+  { "ESC", '\033' },
+  { "Escape", '\033' },
+  { "LFD", '\n' },
+  { "Newline", '\n' },
+  { "RET", '\r' },
+  { "Return", '\r' },
+  { "Rubout", 0x7f },
+  { "SPC", ' ' },
+  { "Space", ' ' },
+  { "Tab", 0x09 },
+  { (char *)0x0, 0 }
+};
+
+static int
+glean_key_from_name (name)
+     char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; name_key_alist[i].name; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (name, name_key_alist[i].name) == 0)
+      return (name_key_alist[i].value);
+
+  return (*(unsigned char *)name);	/* XXX was return (*name) */
+}
+
+/* Auxiliary functions to manage keymaps. */
+static const struct {
+  const char * const name;
+  Keymap map;
+} keymap_names[] = {
+  { "emacs", emacs_standard_keymap },
+  { "emacs-standard", emacs_standard_keymap },
+  { "emacs-meta", emacs_meta_keymap },
+  { "emacs-ctlx", emacs_ctlx_keymap },
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  { "vi", vi_movement_keymap },
+  { "vi-move", vi_movement_keymap },
+  { "vi-command", vi_movement_keymap },
+  { "vi-insert", vi_insertion_keymap },
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+  { (char *)0x0, (Keymap)0x0 }
+};
+
+Keymap
+rl_get_keymap_by_name (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; keymap_names[i].name; i++)
+    if (_rl_stricmp (name, keymap_names[i].name) == 0)
+      return (keymap_names[i].map);
+  return ((Keymap) NULL);
+}
+
+char *
+rl_get_keymap_name (map)
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  register int i;
+  for (i = 0; keymap_names[i].name; i++)
+    if (map == keymap_names[i].map)
+      return ((char *)keymap_names[i].name);
+  return ((char *)NULL);
+}
+  
+void
+rl_set_keymap (map)
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  if (map)
+    _rl_keymap = map;
+}
+
+Keymap
+rl_get_keymap ()
+{
+  return (_rl_keymap);
+}
+
+void
+rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode ()
+{
+  if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+    _rl_keymap = emacs_standard_keymap;
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  else if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+    _rl_keymap = vi_insertion_keymap;
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+}
+
+char *
+rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode ()
+{
+  if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+    return "emacs";
+#if defined (VI_MODE)
+  else if (rl_editing_mode == vi_mode)
+    return "vi";
+#endif /* VI_MODE */
+  else
+    return "none";
+}
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*		  Key Binding and Function Information		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Each of the following functions produces information about the
+   state of keybindings and functions known to Readline.  The info
+   is always printed to rl_outstream, and in such a way that it can
+   be read back in (i.e., passed to rl_parse_and_bind ()). */
+
+/* Print the names of functions known to Readline. */
+void
+rl_list_funmap_names ()
+{
+  register int i;
+  const char **funmap_names;
+
+  funmap_names = rl_funmap_names ();
+
+  if (!funmap_names)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = 0; funmap_names[i]; i++)
+    fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s\n", funmap_names[i]);
+
+  xfree (funmap_names);
+}
+
+static char *
+_rl_get_keyname (key)
+     int key;
+{
+  char *keyname;
+  int i, c;
+
+  keyname = (char *)xmalloc (8);
+
+  c = key;
+  /* Since this is going to be used to write out keysequence-function
+     pairs for possible inclusion in an inputrc file, we don't want to
+     do any special meta processing on KEY. */
+
+#if 1
+  /* XXX - Experimental */
+  /* We might want to do this, but the old version of the code did not. */
+
+  /* If this is an escape character, we don't want to do any more processing.
+     Just add the special ESC key sequence and return. */
+  if (c == ESC)
+    {
+      keyname[0] = '\\';
+      keyname[1] = 'e';
+      keyname[2] = '\0';
+      return keyname;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  /* RUBOUT is translated directly into \C-? */
+  if (key == RUBOUT)
+    {
+      keyname[0] = '\\';
+      keyname[1] = 'C';
+      keyname[2] = '-';
+      keyname[3] = '?';
+      keyname[4] = '\0';
+      return keyname;
+    }
+
+  i = 0;
+  /* Now add special prefixes needed for control characters.  This can
+     potentially change C. */
+  if (CTRL_CHAR (c))
+    {
+      keyname[i++] = '\\';
+      keyname[i++] = 'C';
+      keyname[i++] = '-';
+      c = _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (c));
+    }
+
+  /* XXX experimental code.  Turn the characters that are not ASCII or
+     ISO Latin 1 (128 - 159) into octal escape sequences (\200 - \237).
+     This changes C. */
+  if (c >= 128 && c <= 159)
+    {
+      keyname[i++] = '\\';
+      keyname[i++] = '2';
+      c -= 128;
+      keyname[i++] = (c / 8) + '0';
+      c = (c % 8) + '0';
+    }
+
+  /* Now, if the character needs to be quoted with a backslash, do that. */
+  if (c == '\\' || c == '"')
+    keyname[i++] = '\\';
+
+  /* Now add the key, terminate the string, and return it. */
+  keyname[i++] = (char) c;
+  keyname[i] = '\0';
+
+  return keyname;
+}
+
+/* Return a NULL terminated array of strings which represent the key
+   sequences that are used to invoke FUNCTION in MAP. */
+char **
+rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, map)
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+     Keymap map;
+{
+  register int key;
+  char **result;
+  int result_index, result_size;
+
+  result = (char **)NULL;
+  result_index = result_size = 0;
+
+  for (key = 0; key < KEYMAP_SIZE; key++)
+    {
+      switch (map[key].type)
+	{
+	case ISMACR:
+	  /* Macros match, if, and only if, the pointers are identical.
+	     Thus, they are treated exactly like functions in here. */
+	case ISFUNC:
+	  /* If the function in the keymap is the one we are looking for,
+	     then add the current KEY to the list of invoking keys. */
+	  if (map[key].function == function)
+	    {
+	      char *keyname;
+
+	      keyname = _rl_get_keyname (key);
+
+	      if (result_index + 2 > result_size)
+	        {
+	          result_size += 10;
+		  result = (char **)xrealloc (result, result_size * sizeof (char *));
+	        }
+
+	      result[result_index++] = keyname;
+	      result[result_index] = (char *)NULL;
+	    }
+	  break;
+
+	case ISKMAP:
+	  {
+	    char **seqs;
+	    register int i;
+
+	    /* Find the list of keyseqs in this map which have FUNCTION as
+	       their target.  Add the key sequences found to RESULT. */
+	    if (map[key].function)
+	      seqs =
+	        rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key));
+	    else
+	      break;
+
+	    if (seqs == 0)
+	      break;
+
+	    for (i = 0; seqs[i]; i++)
+	      {
+		char *keyname = (char *)xmalloc (6 + strlen (seqs[i]));
+
+		if (key == ESC)
+		  {
+		    /* If ESC is the meta prefix and we're converting chars
+		       with the eighth bit set to ESC-prefixed sequences, then
+		       we can use \M-.  Otherwise we need to use the sequence
+		       for ESC. */
+		    if (_rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii && map[ESC].type == ISKMAP)
+		      sprintf (keyname, "\\M-");
+		    else
+		      sprintf (keyname, "\\e");
+		  }
+		else if (CTRL_CHAR (key))
+		  sprintf (keyname, "\\C-%c", _rl_to_lower (UNCTRL (key)));
+		else if (key == RUBOUT)
+		  sprintf (keyname, "\\C-?");
+		else if (key == '\\' || key == '"')
+		  {
+		    keyname[0] = '\\';
+		    keyname[1] = (char) key;
+		    keyname[2] = '\0';
+		  }
+		else
+		  {
+		    keyname[0] = (char) key;
+		    keyname[1] = '\0';
+		  }
+		
+		strcat (keyname, seqs[i]);
+		xfree (seqs[i]);
+
+		if (result_index + 2 > result_size)
+		  {
+		    result_size += 10;
+		    result = (char **)xrealloc (result, result_size * sizeof (char *));
+		  }
+
+		result[result_index++] = keyname;
+		result[result_index] = (char *)NULL;
+	      }
+
+	    xfree (seqs);
+	  }
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Return a NULL terminated array of strings which represent the key
+   sequences that can be used to invoke FUNCTION using the current keymap. */
+char **
+rl_invoking_keyseqs (function)
+     rl_command_func_t *function;
+{
+  return (rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, _rl_keymap));
+}
+
+/* Print all of the functions and their bindings to rl_outstream.  If
+   PRINT_READABLY is non-zero, then print the output in such a way
+   that it can be read back in. */
+void
+rl_function_dumper (print_readably)
+     int print_readably;
+{
+  register int i;
+  const char **names;
+  const char *name;
+
+  names = rl_funmap_names ();
+
+  fprintf (rl_outstream, "\n");
+
+  for (i = 0; name = names[i]; i++)
+    {
+      rl_command_func_t *function;
+      char **invokers;
+
+      function = rl_named_function (name);
+      invokers = rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map (function, _rl_keymap);
+
+      if (print_readably)
+	{
+	  if (!invokers)
+	    fprintf (rl_outstream, "# %s (not bound)\n", name);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      register int j;
+
+	      for (j = 0; invokers[j]; j++)
+		{
+		  fprintf (rl_outstream, "\"%s\": %s\n",
+			   invokers[j], name);
+		  xfree (invokers[j]);
+		}
+
+	      xfree (invokers);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (!invokers)
+	    fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s is not bound to any keys\n",
+		     name);
+	  else
+	    {
+	      register int j;
+
+	      fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s can be found on ", name);
+
+	      for (j = 0; invokers[j] && j < 5; j++)
+		{
+		  fprintf (rl_outstream, "\"%s\"%s", invokers[j],
+			   invokers[j + 1] ? ", " : ".\n");
+		}
+
+	      if (j == 5 && invokers[j])
+		fprintf (rl_outstream, "...\n");
+
+	      for (j = 0; invokers[j]; j++)
+		xfree (invokers[j]);
+
+	      xfree (invokers);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  xfree (names);
+}
+
+/* Print all of the current functions and their bindings to
+   rl_outstream.  If an explicit argument is given, then print
+   the output in such a way that it can be read back in. */
+int
+rl_dump_functions (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_dispatching)
+    fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r\n");
+  rl_function_dumper (rl_explicit_arg);
+  rl_on_new_line ();
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_macro_dumper_internal (print_readably, map, prefix)
+     int print_readably;
+     Keymap map;
+     char *prefix;
+{
+  register int key;
+  char *keyname, *out;
+  int prefix_len;
+
+  for (key = 0; key < KEYMAP_SIZE; key++)
+    {
+      switch (map[key].type)
+	{
+	case ISMACR:
+	  keyname = _rl_get_keyname (key);
+	  out = _rl_untranslate_macro_value ((char *)map[key].function, 0);
+
+	  if (print_readably)
+	    fprintf (rl_outstream, "\"%s%s\": \"%s\"\n", prefix ? prefix : "",
+						         keyname,
+						         out ? out : "");
+	  else
+	    fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s%s outputs %s\n", prefix ? prefix : "",
+							keyname,
+							out ? out : "");
+	  xfree (keyname);
+	  xfree (out);
+	  break;
+	case ISFUNC:
+	  break;
+	case ISKMAP:
+	  prefix_len = prefix ? strlen (prefix) : 0;
+	  if (key == ESC)
+	    {
+	      keyname = (char *)xmalloc (3 + prefix_len);
+	      if (prefix)
+		strcpy (keyname, prefix);
+	      keyname[prefix_len] = '\\';
+	      keyname[prefix_len + 1] = 'e';
+	      keyname[prefix_len + 2] = '\0';
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      keyname = _rl_get_keyname (key);
+	      if (prefix)
+		{
+		  out = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (keyname) + prefix_len + 1);
+		  strcpy (out, prefix);
+		  strcpy (out + prefix_len, keyname);
+		  xfree (keyname);
+		  keyname = out;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  _rl_macro_dumper_internal (print_readably, FUNCTION_TO_KEYMAP (map, key), keyname);
+	  xfree (keyname);
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+void
+rl_macro_dumper (print_readably)
+     int print_readably;
+{
+  _rl_macro_dumper_internal (print_readably, _rl_keymap, (char *)NULL);
+}
+
+int
+rl_dump_macros (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_dispatching)
+    fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r\n");
+  rl_macro_dumper (rl_explicit_arg);
+  rl_on_new_line ();
+  return (0);
+}
+
+static char *
+_rl_get_string_variable_value (name)
+     const char *name;
+{
+  static char numbuf[32];
+  char *ret;
+
+  if (_rl_stricmp (name, "bell-style") == 0)
+    {
+      switch (_rl_bell_preference)
+	{
+	  case NO_BELL:
+	    return "none";
+	  case VISIBLE_BELL:
+	    return "visible";
+	  case AUDIBLE_BELL:
+	  default:
+	    return "audible";
+	}
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "comment-begin") == 0)
+    return (_rl_comment_begin ? _rl_comment_begin : RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT);
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "completion-display-width") == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (numbuf, "%d", _rl_completion_columns);
+      return (numbuf);
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "completion-prefix-display-length") == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (numbuf, "%d", _rl_completion_prefix_display_length);
+      return (numbuf);
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "completion-query-items") == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (numbuf, "%d", rl_completion_query_items);
+      return (numbuf);
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "editing-mode") == 0)
+    return (rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode ());
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "history-size") == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (numbuf, "%d", history_is_stifled() ? history_max_entries : 0);
+      return (numbuf);
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "isearch-terminators") == 0)
+    {
+      if (_rl_isearch_terminators == 0)
+	return 0;
+      ret = _rl_untranslate_macro_value (_rl_isearch_terminators, 0);
+      if (ret)
+	{
+	  strncpy (numbuf, ret, sizeof (numbuf) - 1);
+	  xfree (ret);
+	  numbuf[sizeof(numbuf) - 1] = '\0';
+	}
+      else
+	numbuf[0] = '\0';
+      return numbuf;
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "keymap") == 0)
+    {
+      ret = rl_get_keymap_name (_rl_keymap);
+      if (ret == 0)
+	ret = rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode ();
+      return (ret ? ret : "none");
+    }
+  else if (_rl_stricmp (name, "keyseq-timeout") == 0)
+    {
+      sprintf (numbuf, "%d", _rl_keyseq_timeout);    
+      return (numbuf);
+    }
+  else
+    return (0);
+}
+
+void
+rl_variable_dumper (print_readably)
+     int print_readably;
+{
+  int i;
+  char *v;
+
+  for (i = 0; boolean_varlist[i].name; i++)
+    {
+      if (print_readably)
+        fprintf (rl_outstream, "set %s %s\n", boolean_varlist[i].name,
+			       *boolean_varlist[i].value ? "on" : "off");
+      else
+        fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s is set to `%s'\n", boolean_varlist[i].name,
+			       *boolean_varlist[i].value ? "on" : "off");
+    }
+
+  for (i = 0; string_varlist[i].name; i++)
+    {
+      v = _rl_get_string_variable_value (string_varlist[i].name);
+      if (v == 0)	/* _rl_isearch_terminators can be NULL */
+	continue;
+      if (print_readably)
+        fprintf (rl_outstream, "set %s %s\n", string_varlist[i].name, v);
+      else
+        fprintf (rl_outstream, "%s is set to `%s'\n", string_varlist[i].name, v);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Print all of the current variables and their values to
+   rl_outstream.  If an explicit argument is given, then print
+   the output in such a way that it can be read back in. */
+int
+rl_dump_variables (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  if (rl_dispatching)
+    fprintf (rl_outstream, "\r\n");
+  rl_variable_dumper (rl_explicit_arg);
+  rl_on_new_line ();
+  return (0);
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if any members of ARRAY are a substring in STRING. */
+static int
+substring_member_of_array (string, array)
+     const char *string;
+     const char * const *array;
+{
+  while (*array)
+    {
+      if (_rl_strindex (string, *array))
+	return (1);
+      array++;
+    }
+  return (0);
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/colors.c b/lib/readline/colors.c
index 89d9035f..fad97b79 100644
--- a/lib/readline/colors.c
+++ b/lib/readline/colors.c
@@ -98,6 +98,25 @@ _rl_set_normal_color (void)
     }
 }
 
+bool
+_rl_print_filename_color (void)
+{
+  struct bin_str *s;
+
+  s = &_rl_color_indicator[C_FILE];
+  if (s->string != NULL)
+    {
+      if (is_colored (C_NORM))
+	restore_default_color ();
+      _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+      _rl_put_indicator (s);
+      _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    return 1;
+}
+  
 /* Returns whether any color sequence was printed. */
 bool
 _rl_print_color_indicator (char *f)
diff --git a/lib/readline/colors.c~ b/lib/readline/colors.c~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..7b9a4e90
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/colors.c~
@@ -0,0 +1,271 @@
+/* `dir', `vdir' and `ls' directory listing programs for GNU.
+
+   Modified by Chet Ramey for Readline.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1990-1991, 1995-2010, 2012 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie.  */
+
+/* Color support by Peter Anvin <Peter.Anvin@linux.org> and Dennis
+   Flaherty <dennisf@denix.elk.miles.com> based on original patches by
+   Greg Lee <lee@uhunix.uhcc.hawaii.edu>.  */
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "rlconf.h"
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include "posixstat.h" // stat related macros (S_ISREG, ...)
+#include <fcntl.h> // S_ISUID
+
+// strlen()
+#if defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#  include <string.h>
+#else /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+#  include <strings.h>
+#endif /* !HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+// abort()
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "rldefs.h"
+
+#ifdef COLOR_SUPPORT
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+#include "colors.h"
+
+static bool is_colored (enum indicator_no type);
+static void restore_default_color (void);
+
+COLOR_EXT_TYPE *_rl_color_ext_list = 0;
+
+/* Output a color indicator (which may contain nulls).  */
+void
+_rl_put_indicator (const struct bin_str *ind) {
+  fwrite (ind->string, ind->len, 1, rl_outstream);
+}
+
+static bool
+is_colored (enum indicator_no colored_filetype)
+{
+  size_t len = _rl_color_indicator[colored_filetype].len;
+  char const *s = _rl_color_indicator[colored_filetype].string;
+  return ! (len == 0
+            || (len == 1 && strncmp (s, "0", 1) == 0)
+            || (len == 2 && strncmp (s, "00", 2) == 0));
+}
+
+static void
+restore_default_color (void)
+{
+  _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+  _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+}
+
+void
+_rl_set_normal_color (void)
+{
+  if (is_colored (C_NORM))
+    {
+      _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+      _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_NORM]);
+      _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+    }
+}
+
+bool
+_rl_print_filename_color (void)
+{
+  struct bin_str *s;
+
+  s = &_rl_color_indicator[C_FILE];
+  if (s->string != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Need to reset so not dealing with attribute combinations */
+      if (is_colored (C_NORM))
+	restore_default_color ();
+      _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+      _rl_put_indicator (s);
+      _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+      return 0;
+    }
+  else
+    return 1;
+}
+  
+/* Returns whether any color sequence was printed. */
+bool
+_rl_print_color_indicator (char *f)
+{
+  enum indicator_no colored_filetype;
+  COLOR_EXT_TYPE *ext;	/* Color extension */
+  size_t len;		/* Length of name */
+
+  const char* name;
+  char *filename;
+  struct stat astat;
+  mode_t mode;
+  int linkok;
+
+  int stat_ok;
+
+  name = f;
+
+  /* This should already have undergone tilde expansion */
+  filename = 0;
+  if (rl_filename_stat_hook)
+    {
+      filename = savestring (f);
+      (*rl_filename_stat_hook) (&filename);
+      name = filename;
+    }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT)
+  stat_ok = lstat(name, &astat);
+#else
+  stat_ok = stat(name, &astat);
+#endif
+  if( stat_ok == 0 ) {
+    mode = astat.st_mode;
+    linkok = 1; //f->linkok;
+  }
+  else
+    linkok = -1;
+
+  /* Is this a nonexistent file?  If so, linkok == -1.  */
+
+  if (linkok == -1 && _rl_color_indicator[C_MISSING].string != NULL)
+    colored_filetype = C_MISSING;
+  else if(stat_ok != 0)
+    {
+      static enum indicator_no filetype_indicator[] = FILETYPE_INDICATORS;
+      colored_filetype = filetype_indicator[normal]; //f->filetype];
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (S_ISREG (mode))
+        {
+          colored_filetype = C_FILE;
+
+          if ((mode & S_ISUID) != 0 && is_colored (C_SETUID))
+            colored_filetype = C_SETUID;
+          else if ((mode & S_ISGID) != 0 && is_colored (C_SETGID))
+            colored_filetype = C_SETGID;
+          else if (is_colored (C_CAP) && 0) //f->has_capability)
+            colored_filetype = C_CAP;
+          else if ((mode & S_IXUGO) != 0 && is_colored (C_EXEC))
+            colored_filetype = C_EXEC;
+          else if ((1 < astat.st_nlink) && is_colored (C_MULTIHARDLINK))
+            colored_filetype = C_MULTIHARDLINK;
+        }
+      else if (S_ISDIR (mode))
+        {
+          colored_filetype = C_DIR;
+
+#if defined (S_ISVTX)
+          if ((mode & S_ISVTX) && (mode & S_IWOTH)
+              && is_colored (C_STICKY_OTHER_WRITABLE))
+            colored_filetype = C_STICKY_OTHER_WRITABLE;
+          else
+#endif
+          if ((mode & S_IWOTH) != 0 && is_colored (C_OTHER_WRITABLE))
+            colored_filetype = C_OTHER_WRITABLE;
+#if defined (S_ISVTX)
+          else if ((mode & S_ISVTX) != 0 && is_colored (C_STICKY))
+            colored_filetype = C_STICKY;
+#endif
+        }
+      else if (S_ISLNK (mode))
+        colored_filetype = ((linkok == 0
+                 && (!strncmp (_rl_color_indicator[C_LINK].string, "target", 6)
+                     || _rl_color_indicator[C_ORPHAN].string))
+                ? C_ORPHAN : C_LINK);
+      else if (S_ISFIFO (mode))
+        colored_filetype = C_FIFO;
+      else if (S_ISSOCK (mode))
+        colored_filetype = C_SOCK;
+      else if (S_ISBLK (mode))
+        colored_filetype = C_BLK;
+      else if (S_ISCHR (mode))
+        colored_filetype = C_CHR;
+      else
+        {
+          /* Classify a file of some other type as C_ORPHAN.  */
+          colored_filetype = C_ORPHAN;
+        }
+    }
+
+  /* Check the file's suffix only if still classified as C_FILE.  */
+  ext = NULL;
+  if (colored_filetype == C_FILE)
+    {
+      /* Test if NAME has a recognized suffix.  */
+      len = strlen (name);
+      name += len;		/* Pointer to final \0.  */
+      for (ext = _rl_color_ext_list; ext != NULL; ext = ext->next)
+        {
+          if (ext->ext.len <= len
+              && strncmp (name - ext->ext.len, ext->ext.string,
+                          ext->ext.len) == 0)
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+  free (filename);	/* NULL or savestring return value */
+
+  {
+    const struct bin_str *const s
+      = ext ? &(ext->seq) : &_rl_color_indicator[colored_filetype];
+    if (s->string != NULL)
+      {
+        /* Need to reset so not dealing with attribute combinations */
+        if (is_colored (C_NORM))
+	  restore_default_color ();
+        _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+        _rl_put_indicator (s);
+        _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+        return 0;
+      }
+    else
+      return 1;
+  }
+}
+
+void
+_rl_prep_non_filename_text (void)
+{
+  if (_rl_color_indicator[C_END].string != NULL)
+    _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_END]);
+  else
+    {
+      _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_LEFT]);
+      _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RESET]);
+      _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_RIGHT]);
+    }
+}
+#endif /* COLOR_SUPPORT */
diff --git a/lib/readline/colors.h b/lib/readline/colors.h
index fc926e53..3e0371cc 100644
--- a/lib/readline/colors.h
+++ b/lib/readline/colors.h
@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ enum filetype
 
 extern void _rl_put_indicator (const struct bin_str *ind);
 extern void _rl_set_normal_color (void);
+extern bool _rl_print_filename_color (void);
 extern bool _rl_print_color_indicator (char *f);
 extern void _rl_prep_non_filename_text (void);
 
diff --git a/lib/readline/colors.h~ b/lib/readline/colors.h~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..fc926e53
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/colors.h~
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/* `dir', `vdir' and `ls' directory listing programs for GNU.
+
+   Modified by Chet Ramey for Readline.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1990-1991, 1995-2010, 2012 Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Richard Stallman and David MacKenzie.  */
+
+/* Color support by Peter Anvin <Peter.Anvin@linux.org> and Dennis
+   Flaherty <dennisf@denix.elk.miles.com> based on original patches by
+   Greg Lee <lee@uhunix.uhcc.hawaii.edu>.  */
+
+#ifndef _COLORS_H_
+#define _COLORS_H_
+
+#include <stdio.h> // size_t
+
+#if defined(__TANDEM) && defined(HAVE_STDBOOL_H) && (__STDC_VERSION__ < 199901L)
+typedef int _Bool;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDBOOL_H)
+#  include <stdbool.h> // bool
+#else
+typedef int _rl_bool_t;
+
+#ifdef bool
+#  undef bool
+#endif
+#define bool _rl_bool_t
+
+#ifndef true
+#  define true 1
+#  define false 0
+#endif
+
+#endif /* !HAVE_STDBOOL_H */
+
+/* Null is a valid character in a color indicator (think about Epson
+   printers, for example) so we have to use a length/buffer string
+   type. */
+struct bin_str
+  {
+    size_t len;
+    const char *string;
+  };
+
+/* file type indicators (dir, sock, fifo, ...)
+   Default value is initialized in parse-colors.c.
+   It is then modified from the values of $LS_COLORS. */
+extern struct bin_str _rl_color_indicator[];
+
+/* The LS_COLORS variable is in a termcap-like format. */
+typedef struct _color_ext_type
+  {
+    struct bin_str ext;         	/* The extension we're looking for */
+    struct bin_str seq;         	/* The sequence to output when we do */
+    struct _color_ext_type *next;	/* Next in list */
+  } COLOR_EXT_TYPE;
+
+/* file extensions indicators (.txt, .log, .jpg, ...)
+   Values are taken from $LS_COLORS in rl_parse_colors(). */
+extern COLOR_EXT_TYPE *_rl_color_ext_list;
+
+#define FILETYPE_INDICATORS				\
+  {							\
+    C_ORPHAN, C_FIFO, C_CHR, C_DIR, C_BLK, C_FILE,	\
+    C_LINK, C_SOCK, C_FILE, C_DIR			\
+  }
+
+/* Whether we used any colors in the output so far.  If so, we will
+   need to restore the default color later.  If not, we will need to
+   call prep_non_filename_text before using color for the first time. */
+
+enum indicator_no
+  {
+    C_LEFT, C_RIGHT, C_END, C_RESET, C_NORM, C_FILE, C_DIR, C_LINK,
+    C_FIFO, C_SOCK,
+    C_BLK, C_CHR, C_MISSING, C_ORPHAN, C_EXEC, C_DOOR, C_SETUID, C_SETGID,
+    C_STICKY, C_OTHER_WRITABLE, C_STICKY_OTHER_WRITABLE, C_CAP, C_MULTIHARDLINK,
+    C_CLR_TO_EOL
+  };
+
+
+#if !S_IXUGO
+# define S_IXUGO (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
+#endif
+
+enum filetype
+  {
+    unknown,
+    fifo,
+    chardev,
+    directory,
+    blockdev,
+    normal,
+    symbolic_link,
+    sock,
+    whiteout,
+    arg_directory
+  };
+
+extern void _rl_put_indicator (const struct bin_str *ind);
+extern void _rl_set_normal_color (void);
+extern bool _rl_print_color_indicator (char *f);
+extern void _rl_prep_non_filename_text (void);
+
+#endif /* !_COLORS_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/complete.c b/lib/readline/complete.c
index 8d768d2d..ebd11e60 100644
--- a/lib/readline/complete.c
+++ b/lib/readline/complete.c
@@ -662,6 +662,19 @@ colored_stat_end ()
   _rl_prep_non_filename_text ();
   _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_CLR_TO_EOL]);
 }
+
+static int
+colored_prefix_start ()
+{
+  _rl_set_normal_color ();
+  return (_rl_print_filename_color ());
+}
+
+static void
+colored_prefix_end ()
+{
+  colored_stat_end ();		/* for now */
+}
 #endif
 
 /* Return the portion of PATHNAME that should be output when listing
diff --git a/lib/readline/complete.c~ b/lib/readline/complete.c~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..8d768d2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/complete.c~
@@ -0,0 +1,2891 @@
+/* complete.c -- filename completion for readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+   for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#if defined (HAVE_SYS_FILE_H)
+#  include <sys/file.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <signal.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#if !defined (errno)
+extern int errno;
+#endif /* !errno */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_PWD_H)
+#include <pwd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "posixdir.h"
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+#  include "colors.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __STDC__
+typedef int QSFUNC (const void *, const void *);
+#else
+typedef int QSFUNC ();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_LSTAT
+#  define LSTAT lstat
+#else
+#  define LSTAT stat
+#endif
+
+/* Unix version of a hidden file.  Could be different on other systems. */
+#define HIDDEN_FILE(fname)	((fname)[0] == '.')
+
+/* Most systems don't declare getpwent in <pwd.h> if _POSIX_SOURCE is
+   defined. */
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT) && (!defined (HAVE_GETPW_DECLS) || defined (_POSIX_SOURCE))
+extern struct passwd *getpwent PARAMS((void));
+#endif /* HAVE_GETPWENT && (!HAVE_GETPW_DECLS || _POSIX_SOURCE) */
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+   completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+   This function is called instead of actually doing the display.
+   It takes three arguments: (char **matches, int num_matches, int max_length)
+   where MATCHES is the array of strings that matched, NUM_MATCHES is the
+   number of strings in that array, and MAX_LENGTH is the length of the
+   longest string in that array. */
+rl_compdisp_func_t *rl_completion_display_matches_hook = (rl_compdisp_func_t *)NULL;
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS) || defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+#  if !defined (X_OK)
+#    define X_OK 1
+#  endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+static int stat_char PARAMS((char *));
+#endif
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+static int colored_stat_start PARAMS((char *));
+static void colored_stat_end PARAMS((void));
+#endif
+
+static int path_isdir PARAMS((const char *));
+
+static char *rl_quote_filename PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+
+static void _rl_complete_sigcleanup PARAMS((int, void *));
+
+static void set_completion_defaults PARAMS((int));
+static int get_y_or_n PARAMS((int));
+static int _rl_internal_pager PARAMS((int));
+static char *printable_part PARAMS((char *));
+static int fnwidth PARAMS((const char *));
+static int fnprint PARAMS((const char *, int));
+static int print_filename PARAMS((char *, char *, int));
+
+static char **gen_completion_matches PARAMS((char *, int, int, rl_compentry_func_t *, int, int));
+
+static char **remove_duplicate_matches PARAMS((char **));
+static void insert_match PARAMS((char *, int, int, char *));
+static int append_to_match PARAMS((char *, int, int, int));
+static void insert_all_matches PARAMS((char **, int, char *));
+static int complete_fncmp PARAMS((const char *, int, const char *, int));
+static void display_matches PARAMS((char **));
+static int compute_lcd_of_matches PARAMS((char **, int, const char *));
+static int postprocess_matches PARAMS((char ***, int));
+static int complete_get_screenwidth PARAMS((void));
+
+static char *make_quoted_replacement PARAMS((char *, int, char *));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*	Completion matching, from readline's point of view.	    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Variables known only to the readline library. */
+
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions always show the list of matches. */
+int _rl_complete_show_all = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, non-unique completions show the list of matches, unless it
+   is not possible to do partial completion and modify the line. */
+int _rl_complete_show_unmodified = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, completed directory names have a slash appended. */
+int _rl_complete_mark_directories = 1;
+
+/* If non-zero, the symlinked directory completion behavior introduced in
+   readline-4.2a is disabled, and symlinks that point to directories have
+   a slash appended (subject to the value of _rl_complete_mark_directories).
+   This is user-settable via the mark-symlinked-directories variable. */
+int _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, completions are printed horizontally in alphabetical order,
+   like `ls -x'. */
+int _rl_print_completions_horizontally;
+
+/* Non-zero means that case is not significant in filename completion. */
+#if defined (__MSDOS__) && !defined (__DJGPP__)
+int _rl_completion_case_fold = 1;
+#else
+int _rl_completion_case_fold = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* Non-zero means that `-' and `_' are equivalent when comparing filenames
+  for completion. */
+int _rl_completion_case_map = 0;
+
+/* If zero, don't match hidden files (filenames beginning with a `.' on
+   Unix) when doing filename completion. */
+int _rl_match_hidden_files = 1;
+
+/* Length in characters of a common prefix replaced with an ellipsis (`...')
+   when displaying completion matches.  Matches whose printable portion has
+   more than this number of displaying characters in common will have the common
+   display prefix replaced with an ellipsis. */
+int _rl_completion_prefix_display_length = 0;
+
+/* The readline-private number of screen columns to use when displaying
+   matches.  If < 0 or > _rl_screenwidth, it is ignored. */
+int _rl_completion_columns = -1;
+
+/* Global variables available to applications using readline. */
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+/* Non-zero means add an additional character to each filename displayed
+   during listing completion iff rl_filename_completion_desired which helps
+   to indicate the type of file being listed. */
+int rl_visible_stats = 0;
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+/* Non-zero means to use colors to indicate file type when listing possible
+   completions.  The colors used are taken from $LS_COLORS, if set. */
+int _rl_colored_stats = 0;
+#endif
+
+/* If non-zero, when completing in the middle of a word, don't insert
+   characters from the match that match characters following point in
+   the word.  This means, for instance, completing when the cursor is
+   after the `e' in `Makefile' won't result in `Makefilefile'. */
+int _rl_skip_completed_text = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, menu completion displays the common prefix first in the
+   cycle of possible completions instead of the last. */
+int _rl_menu_complete_prefix_first = 0;
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+   completing on a directory name.  The function is called with
+   the address of a string (the current directory name) as an arg. */
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_completion_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_rewrite_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+rl_icppfunc_t *rl_filename_stat_hook = (rl_icppfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when reading
+   directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing
+   them to the partial word to be completed.  The function should
+   either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place) or
+   newly-allocated memory.  This can, for instance, convert filenames
+   between character sets for comparison against what's typed at the
+   keyboard.  The returned value is what is added to the list of
+   matches.  The second argument is the length of the filename to be
+   converted. */
+rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_rewrite_hook = (rl_dequote_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means readline completion functions perform tilde expansion. */
+int rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion = 0;
+
+/* Pointer to the generator function for completion_matches ().
+   NULL means to use rl_filename_completion_function (), the default filename
+   completer. */
+rl_compentry_func_t *rl_completion_entry_function = (rl_compentry_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Pointer to generator function for rl_menu_complete ().  NULL means to use
+   *rl_completion_entry_function (see above). */
+rl_compentry_func_t *rl_menu_completion_entry_function = (rl_compentry_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Pointer to alternative function to create matches.
+   Function is called with TEXT, START, and END.
+   START and END are indices in RL_LINE_BUFFER saying what the boundaries
+   of TEXT are.
+   If this function exists and returns NULL then call the value of
+   rl_completion_entry_function to try to match, otherwise use the
+   array of strings returned. */
+rl_completion_func_t *rl_attempted_completion_function = (rl_completion_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means to suppress normal filename completion after the
+   user-specified completion function has been called. */
+int rl_attempted_completion_over = 0;
+
+/* Set to a character indicating the type of completion being performed
+   by rl_complete_internal, available for use by application completion
+   functions. */
+int rl_completion_type = 0;
+
+/* Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+   possible-completions call.  After that, we ask the user if
+   she is sure she wants to see them all.  A negative value means
+   don't ask. */
+int rl_completion_query_items = 100;
+
+int _rl_page_completions = 1;
+
+/* The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+   completer routine.  The contents of this variable is what breaks words
+   in the shell, i.e. " \t\n\"\\'`@$><=" */
+const char *rl_basic_word_break_characters = " \t\n\"\\'`@$><=;|&{("; /* }) */
+
+/* List of basic quoting characters. */
+const char *rl_basic_quote_characters = "\"'";
+
+/* The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+   rl_complete_internal.  The default list is the contents of
+   rl_basic_word_break_characters.  */
+/*const*/ char *rl_completer_word_break_characters = (/*const*/ char *)NULL;
+
+/* Hook function to allow an application to set the completion word
+   break characters before readline breaks up the line.  Allows
+   position-dependent word break characters. */
+rl_cpvfunc_t *rl_completion_word_break_hook = (rl_cpvfunc_t *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+   Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring
+   rl_completer_word_break_characters are treated as any other character,
+   unless they also appear within this list. */
+const char *rl_completer_quote_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters that should be quoted in filenames by the completer. */
+const char *rl_filename_quote_characters = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* List of characters that are word break characters, but should be left
+   in TEXT when it is passed to the completion function.  The shell uses
+   this to help determine what kind of completing to do. */
+const char *rl_special_prefixes = (const char *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, then disallow duplicates in the matches. */
+int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates = 1;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated
+   as filenames.  This is ALWAYS zero on entry, and can only be changed
+   within a completion entry finder function. */
+int rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+   double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+   filename contains any characters in rl_filename_quote_chars.  This is
+   ALWAYS non-zero on entry, and can only be changed within a completion
+   entry finder function. */
+int rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
+
+/* This function, if defined, is called by the completer when real
+   filename completion is done, after all the matching names have been
+   generated. It is passed a (char**) known as matches in the code below.
+   It consists of a NULL-terminated array of pointers to potential
+   matching strings.  The 1st element (matches[0]) is the maximal
+   substring that is common to all matches. This function can re-arrange
+   the list of matches as required, but all elements of the array must be
+   free()'d if they are deleted. The main intent of this function is
+   to implement FIGNORE a la SunOS csh. */
+rl_compignore_func_t *rl_ignore_some_completions_function = (rl_compignore_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Set to a function to quote a filename in an application-specific fashion.
+   Called with the text to quote, the type of match found (single or multiple)
+   and a pointer to the quoting character to be used, which the function can
+   reset if desired. */
+rl_quote_func_t *rl_filename_quoting_function = rl_quote_filename;
+         
+/* Function to call to remove quoting characters from a filename.  Called
+   before completion is attempted, so the embedded quotes do not interfere
+   with matching names in the file system.  Readline doesn't do anything
+   with this; it's set only by applications. */
+rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_dequoting_function = (rl_dequote_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* Function to call to decide whether or not a word break character is
+   quoted.  If a character is quoted, it does not break words for the
+   completer. */
+rl_linebuf_func_t *rl_char_is_quoted_p = (rl_linebuf_func_t *)NULL;
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append anything except a
+   possible closing quote.  This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and
+   may be changed by an application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_append = 0;
+
+/* Character appended to completed words when at the end of the line.  The
+   default is a space. */
+int rl_completion_append_character = ' ';
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append any closing quote.
+   This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and may be changed by an
+   application-specific completion function. */
+int rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+
+/* Set to any quote character readline thinks it finds before any application
+   completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_quote_character;
+
+/* Set to a non-zero value if readline found quoting anywhere in the word to
+   be completed; set before any application completion function is called. */
+int rl_completion_found_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+   symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+   mark-directories variable (which is user-settable).  This exists so
+   that application completion functions can override the user's preference
+   (set via the mark-symlinked-directories variable) if appropriate.
+   It's set to the value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs in
+   rl_complete_internal before any application-specific completion
+   function is called, so without that function doing anything, the user's
+   preferences are honored. */
+int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs;
+
+/* If non-zero, inhibit completion (temporarily). */
+int rl_inhibit_completion;
+
+/* Set to the last key used to invoke one of the completion functions */
+int rl_completion_invoking_key;
+
+/* If non-zero, sort the completion matches.  On by default. */
+int rl_sort_completion_matches = 1;
+
+/* Variables local to this file. */
+
+/* Local variable states what happened during the last completion attempt. */
+static int completion_changed_buffer;
+
+/* The result of the query to the user about displaying completion matches */
+static int completion_y_or_n;
+
+/*************************************/
+/*				     */
+/*    Bindable completion functions  */
+/*				     */
+/*************************************/
+
+/* Complete the word at or before point.  You have supplied the function
+   that does the initial simple matching selection algorithm (see
+   rl_completion_matches ()).  The default is to do filename completion. */
+int
+rl_complete (ignore, invoking_key)
+     int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+  rl_completion_invoking_key = invoking_key;
+
+  if (rl_inhibit_completion)
+    return (_rl_insert_char (ignore, invoking_key));
+  else if (rl_last_func == rl_complete && !completion_changed_buffer)
+    return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
+  else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
+    return (rl_complete_internal ('!'));
+  else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+    return (rl_complete_internal ('@'));
+  else
+    return (rl_complete_internal (TAB));
+}
+
+/* List the possible completions.  See description of rl_complete (). */
+int
+rl_possible_completions (ignore, invoking_key)
+     int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+  rl_completion_invoking_key = invoking_key;
+  return (rl_complete_internal ('?'));
+}
+
+int
+rl_insert_completions (ignore, invoking_key)
+     int ignore, invoking_key;
+{
+  rl_completion_invoking_key = invoking_key;
+  return (rl_complete_internal ('*'));
+}
+
+/* Return the correct value to pass to rl_complete_internal performing
+   the same tests as rl_complete.  This allows consecutive calls to an
+   application's completion function to list possible completions and for
+   an application-specific completion function to honor the
+   show-all-if-ambiguous readline variable. */
+int
+rl_completion_mode (cfunc)
+     rl_command_func_t *cfunc;
+{
+  if (rl_last_func == cfunc && !completion_changed_buffer)
+    return '?';
+  else if (_rl_complete_show_all)
+    return '!';
+  else if (_rl_complete_show_unmodified)
+    return '@';
+  else
+    return TAB;
+}
+
+/************************************/
+/*				    */
+/*    Completion utility functions  */
+/*				    */
+/************************************/
+
+/* Reset readline state on a signal or other event. */
+void
+_rl_reset_completion_state ()
+{
+  rl_completion_found_quote = 0;
+  rl_completion_quote_character = 0;
+}
+
+static void
+_rl_complete_sigcleanup (sig, ptr)
+     int sig;
+     void *ptr;
+{
+  if (sig == SIGINT)	/* XXX - for now */
+    _rl_free_match_list ((char **)ptr);
+}
+
+/* Set default values for readline word completion.  These are the variables
+   that application completion functions can change or inspect. */
+static void
+set_completion_defaults (what_to_do)
+     int what_to_do;
+{
+  /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+  rl_filename_completion_desired = 0;
+  rl_filename_quoting_desired = 1;
+  rl_completion_type = what_to_do;
+  rl_completion_suppress_append = rl_completion_suppress_quote = 0;
+  rl_completion_append_character = ' ';
+
+  /* The completion entry function may optionally change this. */
+  rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs = _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs;
+}
+
+/* The user must press "y" or "n". Non-zero return means "y" pressed. */
+static int
+get_y_or_n (for_pager)
+     int for_pager;
+{
+  int c;
+
+  /* For now, disable pager in callback mode, until we later convert to state
+     driven functions.  Have to wait until next major version to add new
+     state definition, since it will change value of RL_STATE_DONE. */
+#if defined (READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+  if (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_CALLBACK))
+    return 1;
+#endif
+
+  for (;;)
+    {
+      RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+      c = rl_read_key ();
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_MOREINPUT);
+
+      if (c == 'y' || c == 'Y' || c == ' ')
+	return (1);
+      if (c == 'n' || c == 'N' || c == RUBOUT)
+	return (0);
+      if (c == ABORT_CHAR || c < 0)
+	_rl_abort_internal ();
+      if (for_pager && (c == NEWLINE || c == RETURN))
+	return (2);
+      if (for_pager && (c == 'q' || c == 'Q'))
+	return (0);
+      rl_ding ();
+    }
+}
+
+static int
+_rl_internal_pager (lines)
+     int lines;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  fprintf (rl_outstream, "--More--");
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+  i = get_y_or_n (1);
+  _rl_erase_entire_line ();
+  if (i == 0)
+    return -1;
+  else if (i == 2)
+    return (lines - 1);
+  else
+    return 0;
+}
+
+static int
+path_isdir (filename)
+     const char *filename;
+{
+  struct stat finfo;
+
+  return (stat (filename, &finfo) == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode));
+}
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+/* Return the character which best describes FILENAME.
+     `@' for symbolic links
+     `/' for directories
+     `*' for executables
+     `=' for sockets
+     `|' for FIFOs
+     `%' for character special devices
+     `#' for block special devices */
+static int
+stat_char (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  struct stat finfo;
+  int character, r;
+  char *f;
+  const char *fn;
+
+  /* Short-circuit a //server on cygwin, since that will always behave as
+     a directory. */
+#if __CYGWIN__
+  if (filename[0] == '/' && filename[1] == '/' && strchr (filename+2, '/') == 0)
+    return '/';
+#endif
+
+  f = 0;
+  if (rl_filename_stat_hook)
+    {
+      f = savestring (filename);
+      (*rl_filename_stat_hook) (&f);
+      fn = f;
+    }
+  else
+    fn = filename;
+    
+#if defined (HAVE_LSTAT) && defined (S_ISLNK)
+  r = lstat (fn, &finfo);
+#else
+  r = stat (fn, &finfo);
+#endif
+
+  if (r == -1)
+    return (0);
+
+  character = 0;
+  if (S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '/';
+#if defined (S_ISCHR)
+  else if (S_ISCHR (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '%';
+#endif /* S_ISCHR */
+#if defined (S_ISBLK)
+  else if (S_ISBLK (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '#';
+#endif /* S_ISBLK */
+#if defined (S_ISLNK)
+  else if (S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '@';
+#endif /* S_ISLNK */
+#if defined (S_ISSOCK)
+  else if (S_ISSOCK (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '=';
+#endif /* S_ISSOCK */
+#if defined (S_ISFIFO)
+  else if (S_ISFIFO (finfo.st_mode))
+    character = '|';
+#endif
+  else if (S_ISREG (finfo.st_mode))
+    {
+      if (access (filename, X_OK) == 0)
+	character = '*';
+    }
+
+  xfree (f);
+  return (character);
+}
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+static int
+colored_stat_start (filename)
+     char *filename;
+{
+  _rl_set_normal_color ();
+  return (_rl_print_color_indicator (filename));
+}
+
+static void
+colored_stat_end ()
+{
+  _rl_prep_non_filename_text ();
+  _rl_put_indicator (&_rl_color_indicator[C_CLR_TO_EOL]);
+}
+#endif
+
+/* Return the portion of PATHNAME that should be output when listing
+   possible completions.  If we are hacking filename completion, we
+   are only interested in the basename, the portion following the
+   final slash.  Otherwise, we return what we were passed.  Since
+   printing empty strings is not very informative, if we're doing
+   filename completion, and the basename is the empty string, we look
+   for the previous slash and return the portion following that.  If
+   there's no previous slash, we just return what we were passed. */
+static char *
+printable_part (pathname)
+      char *pathname;
+{
+  char *temp, *x;
+
+  if (rl_filename_completion_desired == 0)	/* don't need to do anything */
+    return (pathname);
+
+  temp = strrchr (pathname, '/');
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+  if (temp == 0 && ISALPHA ((unsigned char)pathname[0]) && pathname[1] == ':')
+    temp = pathname + 1;
+#endif
+
+  if (temp == 0 || *temp == '\0')
+    return (pathname);
+  /* If the basename is NULL, we might have a pathname like '/usr/src/'.
+     Look for a previous slash and, if one is found, return the portion
+     following that slash.  If there's no previous slash, just return the
+     pathname we were passed. */
+  else if (temp[1] == '\0')
+    {
+      for (x = temp - 1; x > pathname; x--)
+        if (*x == '/')
+          break;
+      return ((*x == '/') ? x + 1 : pathname);
+    }
+  else
+    return ++temp;
+}
+
+/* Compute width of STRING when displayed on screen by print_filename */
+static int
+fnwidth (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  int width, pos;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  int left, w;
+  size_t clen;
+  wchar_t wc;
+
+  left = strlen (string) + 1;
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+  width = pos = 0;
+  while (string[pos])
+    {
+      if (CTRL_CHAR (string[pos]) || string[pos] == RUBOUT)
+	{
+	  width += 2;
+	  pos++;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  clen = mbrtowc (&wc, string + pos, left - pos, &ps);
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (clen))
+	    {
+	      width++;
+	      pos++;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	    }
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (clen))
+	    break;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      pos += clen;
+	      w = WCWIDTH (wc);
+	      width += (w >= 0) ? w : 1;
+	    }
+#else
+	  width++;
+	  pos++;
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+  return width;
+}
+
+#define ELLIPSIS_LEN	3
+
+static int
+fnprint (to_print, prefix_bytes)
+     const char *to_print;
+     int prefix_bytes;
+{
+  int printed_len, w;
+  const char *s;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  const char *end;
+  size_t tlen;
+  int width;
+  wchar_t wc;
+
+  end = to_print + strlen (to_print) + 1;
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+  printed_len = 0;
+
+  /* Don't print only the ellipsis if the common prefix is one of the
+     possible completions */
+  if (to_print[prefix_bytes] == '\0')
+    prefix_bytes = 0;
+
+  if (prefix_bytes)
+    {
+      char ellipsis;
+
+      ellipsis = (to_print[prefix_bytes] == '.') ? '_' : '.';
+      for (w = 0; w < ELLIPSIS_LEN; w++)
+	putc (ellipsis, rl_outstream);
+      printed_len = ELLIPSIS_LEN;
+    }
+
+  s = to_print + prefix_bytes;
+  while (*s)
+    {
+      if (CTRL_CHAR (*s))
+        {
+          putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+          putc (UNCTRL (*s), rl_outstream);
+          printed_len += 2;
+          s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+        }
+      else if (*s == RUBOUT)
+	{
+	  putc ('^', rl_outstream);
+	  putc ('?', rl_outstream);
+	  printed_len += 2;
+	  s++;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  tlen = mbrtowc (&wc, s, end - s, &ps);
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (tlen))
+	    {
+	      tlen = 1;
+	      width = 1;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	    }
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (tlen))
+	    break;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      w = WCWIDTH (wc);
+	      width = (w >= 0) ? w : 1;
+	    }
+	  fwrite (s, 1, tlen, rl_outstream);
+	  s += tlen;
+	  printed_len += width;
+#else
+	  putc (*s, rl_outstream);
+	  s++;
+	  printed_len++;
+#endif
+	}
+    }
+
+  return printed_len;
+}
+
+/* Output TO_PRINT to rl_outstream.  If VISIBLE_STATS is defined and we
+   are using it, check for and output a single character for `special'
+   filenames.  Return the number of characters we output. */
+
+static int
+print_filename (to_print, full_pathname, prefix_bytes)
+     char *to_print, *full_pathname;
+     int prefix_bytes;
+{
+  int printed_len, extension_char, slen, tlen;
+  char *s, c, *new_full_pathname, *dn;
+
+  extension_char = 0;
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+  /* Defer printing if we want to prefix with a color indicator */
+  if (_rl_colored_stats == 0 || rl_filename_completion_desired == 0)
+#endif
+    printed_len = fnprint (to_print, prefix_bytes);
+
+  if (rl_filename_completion_desired && (
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+     rl_visible_stats ||
+#endif
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+     _rl_colored_stats ||
+#endif
+     _rl_complete_mark_directories))
+    {
+      /* If to_print != full_pathname, to_print is the basename of the
+	 path passed.  In this case, we try to expand the directory
+	 name before checking for the stat character. */
+      if (to_print != full_pathname)
+	{
+	  /* Terminate the directory name. */
+	  c = to_print[-1];
+	  to_print[-1] = '\0';
+
+	  /* If setting the last slash in full_pathname to a NUL results in
+	     full_pathname being the empty string, we are trying to complete
+	     files in the root directory.  If we pass a null string to the
+	     bash directory completion hook, for example, it will expand it
+	     to the current directory.  We just want the `/'. */
+	  if (full_pathname == 0 || *full_pathname == 0)
+	    dn = "/";
+	  else if (full_pathname[0] != '/')
+	    dn = full_pathname;
+	  else if (full_pathname[1] == 0)
+	    dn = "//";		/* restore trailing slash to `//' */
+	  else if (full_pathname[1] == '/' && full_pathname[2] == 0)
+	    dn = "/";		/* don't turn /// into // */
+	  else
+	    dn = full_pathname;
+	  s = tilde_expand (dn);
+	  if (rl_directory_completion_hook)
+	    (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&s);
+
+	  slen = strlen (s);
+	  tlen = strlen (to_print);
+	  new_full_pathname = (char *)xmalloc (slen + tlen + 2);
+	  strcpy (new_full_pathname, s);
+	  if (s[slen - 1] == '/')
+	    slen--;
+	  else
+	    new_full_pathname[slen] = '/';
+	  new_full_pathname[slen] = '/';
+	  strcpy (new_full_pathname + slen + 1, to_print);
+
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+	  if (rl_visible_stats)
+	    extension_char = stat_char (new_full_pathname);
+	  else
+#endif
+	  if (_rl_complete_mark_directories)
+	    {
+	      dn = 0;
+	      if (rl_directory_completion_hook == 0 && rl_filename_stat_hook)
+		{
+		  dn = savestring (new_full_pathname);
+		  (*rl_filename_stat_hook) (&dn);
+		  xfree (new_full_pathname);
+		  new_full_pathname = dn;
+		}
+	      if (path_isdir (new_full_pathname))
+		extension_char = '/';
+	    }
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+	  if (_rl_colored_stats)
+	    {
+	      colored_stat_start (new_full_pathname);
+	      printed_len = fnprint (to_print, prefix_bytes);
+	      colored_stat_end ();
+	    }
+#endif
+
+	  xfree (new_full_pathname);
+	  to_print[-1] = c;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  s = tilde_expand (full_pathname);
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+	  if (rl_visible_stats)
+	    extension_char = stat_char (s);
+	  else
+#endif
+	    if (_rl_complete_mark_directories && path_isdir (s))
+	      extension_char = '/';
+
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+	  if (_rl_colored_stats)
+	    {
+	      colored_stat_start (s);
+	      printed_len = fnprint (to_print, prefix_bytes);
+	      colored_stat_end ();
+	    }
+#endif
+
+	}
+
+      xfree (s);
+      if (extension_char)
+	{
+	  putc (extension_char, rl_outstream);
+	  printed_len++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  return printed_len;
+}
+
+static char *
+rl_quote_filename (s, rtype, qcp)
+     char *s;
+     int rtype;
+     char *qcp;
+{
+  char *r;
+
+  r = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
+  *r = *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+  strcpy (r + 1, s);
+  if (qcp)
+    *qcp = *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+  return r;
+}
+
+/* Find the bounds of the current word for completion purposes, and leave
+   rl_point set to the end of the word.  This function skips quoted
+   substrings (characters between matched pairs of characters in
+   rl_completer_quote_characters).  First we try to find an unclosed
+   quoted substring on which to do matching.  If one is not found, we use
+   the word break characters to find the boundaries of the current word.
+   We call an application-specific function to decide whether or not a
+   particular word break character is quoted; if that function returns a
+   non-zero result, the character does not break a word.  This function
+   returns the opening quote character if we found an unclosed quoted
+   substring, '\0' otherwise.  FP, if non-null, is set to a value saying
+   which (shell-like) quote characters we found (single quote, double
+   quote, or backslash) anywhere in the string.  DP, if non-null, is set to
+   the value of the delimiter character that caused a word break. */
+
+char
+_rl_find_completion_word (fp, dp)
+     int *fp, *dp;
+{
+  int scan, end, found_quote, delimiter, pass_next, isbrk;
+  char quote_char, *brkchars;
+
+  end = rl_point;
+  found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+  quote_char = '\0';
+
+  brkchars = 0;
+  if (rl_completion_word_break_hook)
+    brkchars = (*rl_completion_word_break_hook) ();
+  if (brkchars == 0)
+    brkchars = rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+  if (rl_completer_quote_characters)
+    {
+      /* We have a list of characters which can be used in pairs to
+	 quote substrings for the completer.  Try to find the start
+	 of an unclosed quoted substring. */
+      /* FOUND_QUOTE is set so we know what kind of quotes we found. */
+      for (scan = pass_next = 0; scan < end; scan = MB_NEXTCHAR (rl_line_buffer, scan, 1, MB_FIND_ANY))
+	{
+	  if (pass_next)
+	    {
+	      pass_next = 0;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Shell-like semantics for single quotes -- don't allow backslash
+	     to quote anything in single quotes, especially not the closing
+	     quote.  If you don't like this, take out the check on the value
+	     of quote_char. */
+	  if (quote_char != '\'' && rl_line_buffer[scan] == '\\')
+	    {
+	      pass_next = 1;
+	      found_quote |= RL_QF_BACKSLASH;
+	      continue;
+	    }
+
+	  if (quote_char != '\0')
+	    {
+	      /* Ignore everything until the matching close quote char. */
+	      if (rl_line_buffer[scan] == quote_char)
+		{
+		  /* Found matching close.  Abandon this substring. */
+		  quote_char = '\0';
+		  rl_point = end;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else if (strchr (rl_completer_quote_characters, rl_line_buffer[scan]))
+	    {
+	      /* Found start of a quoted substring. */
+	      quote_char = rl_line_buffer[scan];
+	      rl_point = scan + 1;
+	      /* Shell-like quoting conventions. */
+	      if (quote_char == '\'')
+		found_quote |= RL_QF_SINGLE_QUOTE;
+	      else if (quote_char == '"')
+		found_quote |= RL_QF_DOUBLE_QUOTE;
+	      else
+		found_quote |= RL_QF_OTHER_QUOTE;      
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (rl_point == end && quote_char == '\0')
+    {
+      /* We didn't find an unclosed quoted substring upon which to do
+         completion, so use the word break characters to find the
+         substring on which to complete. */
+      while (rl_point = MB_PREVCHAR (rl_line_buffer, rl_point, MB_FIND_ANY))
+	{
+	  scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+
+	  if (strchr (brkchars, scan) == 0)
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* Call the application-specific function to tell us whether
+	     this word break character is quoted and should be skipped. */
+	  if (rl_char_is_quoted_p && found_quote &&
+	      (*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point))
+	    continue;
+
+	  /* Convoluted code, but it avoids an n^2 algorithm with calls
+	     to char_is_quoted. */
+	  break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If we are at an unquoted word break, then advance past it. */
+  scan = rl_line_buffer[rl_point];
+
+  /* If there is an application-specific function to say whether or not
+     a character is quoted and we found a quote character, let that
+     function decide whether or not a character is a word break, even
+     if it is found in rl_completer_word_break_characters.  Don't bother
+     if we're at the end of the line, though. */
+  if (scan)
+    {
+      if (rl_char_is_quoted_p)
+	isbrk = (found_quote == 0 ||
+		(*rl_char_is_quoted_p) (rl_line_buffer, rl_point) == 0) &&
+		strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
+      else
+	isbrk = strchr (brkchars, scan) != 0;
+
+      if (isbrk)
+	{
+	  /* If the character that caused the word break was a quoting
+	     character, then remember it as the delimiter. */
+	  if (rl_basic_quote_characters &&
+	      strchr (rl_basic_quote_characters, scan) &&
+	      (end - rl_point) > 1)
+	    delimiter = scan;
+
+	  /* If the character isn't needed to determine something special
+	     about what kind of completion to perform, then advance past it. */
+	  if (rl_special_prefixes == 0 || strchr (rl_special_prefixes, scan) == 0)
+	    rl_point++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (fp)
+    *fp = found_quote;
+  if (dp)
+    *dp = delimiter;
+
+  return (quote_char);
+}
+
+static char **
+gen_completion_matches (text, start, end, our_func, found_quote, quote_char)
+     char *text;
+     int start, end;
+     rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+     int found_quote, quote_char;
+{
+  char **matches;
+
+  rl_completion_found_quote = found_quote;
+  rl_completion_quote_character = quote_char;
+
+  /* If the user wants to TRY to complete, but then wants to give
+     up and use the default completion function, they set the
+     variable rl_attempted_completion_function. */
+  if (rl_attempted_completion_function)
+    {
+      matches = (*rl_attempted_completion_function) (text, start, end);
+      if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED())
+	{
+	  _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+	  matches = 0;
+	  RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+	}
+
+      if (matches || rl_attempted_completion_over)
+	{
+	  rl_attempted_completion_over = 0;
+	  return (matches);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* XXX -- filename dequoting moved into rl_filename_completion_function */
+
+  /* rl_completion_matches will check for signals as well to avoid a long
+     delay while reading a directory. */
+  matches = rl_completion_matches (text, our_func);
+  if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED())
+    {
+      _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+      matches = 0;
+      RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+    }
+  return matches;  
+}
+
+/* Filter out duplicates in MATCHES.  This frees up the strings in
+   MATCHES. */
+static char **
+remove_duplicate_matches (matches)
+     char **matches;
+{
+  char *lowest_common;
+  int i, j, newlen;
+  char dead_slot;
+  char **temp_array;
+
+  /* Sort the items. */
+  for (i = 0; matches[i]; i++)
+    ;
+
+  /* Sort the array without matches[0], since we need it to
+     stay in place no matter what. */
+  if (i && rl_sort_completion_matches)
+    qsort (matches+1, i-1, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+  /* Remember the lowest common denominator for it may be unique. */
+  lowest_common = savestring (matches[0]);
+
+  for (i = newlen = 0; matches[i + 1]; i++)
+    {
+      if (strcmp (matches[i], matches[i + 1]) == 0)
+	{
+	  xfree (matches[i]);
+	  matches[i] = (char *)&dead_slot;
+	}
+      else
+	newlen++;
+    }
+
+  /* We have marked all the dead slots with (char *)&dead_slot.
+     Copy all the non-dead entries into a new array. */
+  temp_array = (char **)xmalloc ((3 + newlen) * sizeof (char *));
+  for (i = j = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+    {
+      if (matches[i] != (char *)&dead_slot)
+	temp_array[j++] = matches[i];
+    }
+  temp_array[j] = (char *)NULL;
+
+  if (matches[0] != (char *)&dead_slot)
+    xfree (matches[0]);
+
+  /* Place the lowest common denominator back in [0]. */
+  temp_array[0] = lowest_common;
+
+  /* If there is one string left, and it is identical to the
+     lowest common denominator, then the LCD is the string to
+     insert. */
+  if (j == 2 && strcmp (temp_array[0], temp_array[1]) == 0)
+    {
+      xfree (temp_array[1]);
+      temp_array[1] = (char *)NULL;
+    }
+  return (temp_array);
+}
+
+/* Find the common prefix of the list of matches, and put it into
+   matches[0]. */
+static int
+compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text)
+     char **match_list;
+     int matches;
+     const char *text;
+{
+  register int i, c1, c2, si;
+  int low;		/* Count of max-matched characters. */
+  int lx;
+  char *dtext;		/* dequoted TEXT, if needed */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  int v;
+  size_t v1, v2;
+  mbstate_t ps1, ps2;
+  wchar_t wc1, wc2;
+#endif
+
+  /* If only one match, just use that.  Otherwise, compare each
+     member of the list with the next, finding out where they
+     stop matching. */
+  if (matches == 1)
+    {
+      match_list[0] = match_list[1];
+      match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  for (i = 1, low = 100000; i < matches; i++)
+    {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  memset (&ps1, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	  memset (&ps2, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	}
+#endif
+      if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+	{
+	  for (si = 0;
+	       (c1 = _rl_to_lower(match_list[i][si])) &&
+	       (c2 = _rl_to_lower(match_list[i + 1][si]));
+	       si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	    if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	      {
+		v1 = mbrtowc(&wc1, match_list[i]+si, strlen (match_list[i]+si), &ps1);
+		v2 = mbrtowc (&wc2, match_list[i+1]+si, strlen (match_list[i+1]+si), &ps2);
+		if (MB_INVALIDCH (v1) || MB_INVALIDCH (v2))
+		  {
+		    if (c1 != c2)	/* do byte comparison */
+		      break;
+		    continue;
+		  }
+		wc1 = towlower (wc1);
+		wc2 = towlower (wc2);
+		if (wc1 != wc2)
+		  break;
+		else if (v1 > 1)
+		  si += v1 - 1;
+	      }
+	    else
+#endif
+	    if (c1 != c2)
+	      break;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  for (si = 0;
+	       (c1 = match_list[i][si]) &&
+	       (c2 = match_list[i + 1][si]);
+	       si++)
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	    if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	      {
+		mbstate_t ps_back;
+		ps_back = ps1;
+		if (!_rl_compare_chars (match_list[i], si, &ps1, match_list[i+1], si, &ps2))
+		  break;
+		else if ((v = _rl_get_char_len (&match_list[i][si], &ps_back)) > 1)
+		  si += v - 1;
+	      }
+	    else
+#endif
+	    if (c1 != c2)
+	      break;
+	}
+
+      if (low > si)
+	low = si;
+    }
+
+  /* If there were multiple matches, but none matched up to even the
+     first character, and the user typed something, use that as the
+     value of matches[0]. */
+  if (low == 0 && text && *text)
+    {
+      match_list[0] = (char *)xmalloc (strlen (text) + 1);
+      strcpy (match_list[0], text);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      match_list[0] = (char *)xmalloc (low + 1);
+
+      /* XXX - this might need changes in the presence of multibyte chars */
+
+      /* If we are ignoring case, try to preserve the case of the string
+	 the user typed in the face of multiple matches differing in case. */
+      if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+	{
+	  /* We're making an assumption here:
+		IF we're completing filenames AND
+		   the application has defined a filename dequoting function AND
+		   we found a quote character AND
+		   the application has requested filename quoting
+		THEN
+		   we assume that TEXT was dequoted before checking against
+		   the file system and needs to be dequoted here before we
+		   check against the list of matches
+		FI */
+	  dtext = (char *)NULL;
+	  if (rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+	      rl_filename_dequoting_function &&
+	      rl_completion_found_quote &&
+	      rl_filename_quoting_desired)
+	    {
+	      dtext = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) ((char *)text, rl_completion_quote_character);
+	      text = dtext;
+	    }
+
+	  /* sort the list to get consistent answers. */
+	  qsort (match_list+1, matches, sizeof(char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+	  si = strlen (text);
+	  lx = (si <= low) ? si : low;	/* check shorter of text and matches */
+	  /* Try to preserve the case of what the user typed in the presence of
+	     multiple matches: check each match for something that matches
+	     what the user typed taking case into account; use it up to common
+	     length of matches if one is found.  If not, just use first match. */
+	  for (i = 1; i <= matches; i++)
+	    if (strncmp (match_list[i], text, lx) == 0)
+	      {
+		strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[i], low);
+		break;
+	      }
+	  /* no casematch, use first entry */
+	  if (i > matches)
+	    strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
+
+	  FREE (dtext);
+	}
+      else
+        strncpy (match_list[0], match_list[1], low);
+
+      match_list[0][low] = '\0';
+    }
+
+  return matches;
+}
+
+static int
+postprocess_matches (matchesp, matching_filenames)
+     char ***matchesp;
+     int matching_filenames;
+{
+  char *t, **matches, **temp_matches;
+  int nmatch, i;
+
+  matches = *matchesp;
+
+  if (matches == 0)
+    return 0;
+
+  /* It seems to me that in all the cases we handle we would like
+     to ignore duplicate possibilities.  Scan for the text to
+     insert being identical to the other completions. */
+  if (rl_ignore_completion_duplicates)
+    {
+      temp_matches = remove_duplicate_matches (matches);
+      xfree (matches);
+      matches = temp_matches;
+    }
+
+  /* If we are matching filenames, then here is our chance to
+     do clever processing by re-examining the list.  Call the
+     ignore function with the array as a parameter.  It can
+     munge the array, deleting matches as it desires. */
+  if (rl_ignore_some_completions_function && matching_filenames)
+    {
+      for (nmatch = 1; matches[nmatch]; nmatch++)
+	;
+      (void)(*rl_ignore_some_completions_function) (matches);
+      if (matches == 0 || matches[0] == 0)
+	{
+	  FREE (matches);
+	  *matchesp = (char **)0;
+	  return 0;
+        }
+      else
+	{
+	  /* If we removed some matches, recompute the common prefix. */
+	  for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+	    ;
+	  if (i > 1 && i < nmatch)
+	    {
+	      t = matches[0];
+	      compute_lcd_of_matches (matches, i - 1, t);
+	      FREE (t);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  *matchesp = matches;
+  return (1);
+}
+
+static int
+complete_get_screenwidth ()
+{
+  int cols;
+  char *envcols;
+
+  cols = _rl_completion_columns;
+  if (cols >= 0 && cols <= _rl_screenwidth)
+    return cols;
+  envcols = getenv ("COLUMNS");
+  if (envcols && *envcols)
+    cols = atoi (envcols);
+  if (cols >= 0 && cols <= _rl_screenwidth)
+    return cols;
+  return _rl_screenwidth;
+}
+
+/* A convenience function for displaying a list of strings in
+   columnar format on readline's output stream.  MATCHES is the list
+   of strings, in argv format, LEN is the number of strings in MATCHES,
+   and MAX is the length of the longest string in MATCHES. */
+void
+rl_display_match_list (matches, len, max)
+     char **matches;
+     int len, max;
+{
+  int count, limit, printed_len, lines, cols;
+  int i, j, k, l, common_length, sind;
+  char *temp, *t;
+
+  /* Find the length of the prefix common to all items: length as displayed
+     characters (common_length) and as a byte index into the matches (sind) */
+  common_length = sind = 0;
+  if (_rl_completion_prefix_display_length > 0)
+    {
+      t = printable_part (matches[0]);
+      temp = strrchr (t, '/');
+      common_length = temp ? fnwidth (temp) : fnwidth (t);
+      sind = temp ? strlen (temp) : strlen (t);
+
+      if (common_length > _rl_completion_prefix_display_length && common_length > ELLIPSIS_LEN)
+	max -= common_length - ELLIPSIS_LEN;
+      else
+	common_length = sind = 0;
+    }
+
+  /* How many items of MAX length can we fit in the screen window? */
+  cols = complete_get_screenwidth ();
+  max += 2;
+  limit = cols / max;
+  if (limit != 1 && (limit * max == cols))
+    limit--;
+
+  /* If cols == 0, limit will end up -1 */
+  if (cols < _rl_screenwidth && limit < 0)
+    limit = 1;
+
+  /* Avoid a possible floating exception.  If max > cols,
+     limit will be 0 and a divide-by-zero fault will result. */
+  if (limit == 0)
+    limit = 1;
+
+  /* How many iterations of the printing loop? */
+  count = (len + (limit - 1)) / limit;
+
+  /* Watch out for special case.  If LEN is less than LIMIT, then
+     just do the inner printing loop.
+	   0 < len <= limit  implies  count = 1. */
+
+  /* Sort the items if they are not already sorted. */
+  if (rl_ignore_completion_duplicates == 0 && rl_sort_completion_matches)
+    qsort (matches + 1, len, sizeof (char *), (QSFUNC *)_rl_qsort_string_compare);
+
+  rl_crlf ();
+
+  lines = 0;
+  if (_rl_print_completions_horizontally == 0)
+    {
+      /* Print the sorted items, up-and-down alphabetically, like ls. */
+      for (i = 1; i <= count; i++)
+	{
+	  for (j = 0, l = i; j < limit; j++)
+	    {
+	      if (l > len || matches[l] == 0)
+		break;
+	      else
+		{
+		  temp = printable_part (matches[l]);
+		  printed_len = print_filename (temp, matches[l], sind);
+
+		  if (j + 1 < limit)
+		    for (k = 0; k < max - printed_len; k++)
+		      putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+		}
+	      l += count;
+	    }
+	  rl_crlf ();
+	  lines++;
+	  if (_rl_page_completions && lines >= (_rl_screenheight - 1) && i < count)
+	    {
+	      lines = _rl_internal_pager (lines);
+	      if (lines < 0)
+		return;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* Print the sorted items, across alphabetically, like ls -x. */
+      for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+	{
+	  temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
+	  printed_len = print_filename (temp, matches[i], sind);
+	  /* Have we reached the end of this line? */
+	  if (matches[i+1])
+	    {
+	      if (limit == 1 || (i && (limit > 1) && (i % limit) == 0))
+		{
+		  rl_crlf ();
+		  lines++;
+		  if (_rl_page_completions && lines >= _rl_screenheight - 1)
+		    {
+		      lines = _rl_internal_pager (lines);
+		      if (lines < 0)
+			return;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		for (k = 0; k < max - printed_len; k++)
+		  putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+	    }
+	}
+      rl_crlf ();
+    }
+}
+
+/* Display MATCHES, a list of matching filenames in argv format.  This
+   handles the simple case -- a single match -- first.  If there is more
+   than one match, we compute the number of strings in the list and the
+   length of the longest string, which will be needed by the display
+   function.  If the application wants to handle displaying the list of
+   matches itself, it sets RL_COMPLETION_DISPLAY_MATCHES_HOOK to the
+   address of a function, and we just call it.  If we're handling the
+   display ourselves, we just call rl_display_match_list.  We also check
+   that the list of matches doesn't exceed the user-settable threshold,
+   and ask the user if he wants to see the list if there are more matches
+   than RL_COMPLETION_QUERY_ITEMS. */
+static void
+display_matches (matches)
+     char **matches;
+{
+  int len, max, i;
+  char *temp;
+
+  /* Move to the last visible line of a possibly-multiple-line command. */
+  _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+
+  /* Handle simple case first.  What if there is only one answer? */
+  if (matches[1] == 0)
+    {
+      temp = printable_part (matches[0]);
+      rl_crlf ();
+      print_filename (temp, matches[0], 0);
+      rl_crlf ();
+
+      rl_forced_update_display ();
+      rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+      return;
+    }
+
+  /* There is more than one answer.  Find out how many there are,
+     and find the maximum printed length of a single entry. */
+  for (max = 0, i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+    {
+      temp = printable_part (matches[i]);
+      len = fnwidth (temp);
+
+      if (len > max)
+	max = len;
+    }
+
+  len = i - 1;
+
+  /* If the caller has defined a display hook, then call that now. */
+  if (rl_completion_display_matches_hook)
+    {
+      (*rl_completion_display_matches_hook) (matches, len, max);
+      return;
+    }
+	
+  /* If there are many items, then ask the user if she really wants to
+     see them all. */
+  if (rl_completion_query_items > 0 && len >= rl_completion_query_items)
+    {
+      rl_crlf ();
+      fprintf (rl_outstream, "Display all %d possibilities? (y or n)", len);
+      fflush (rl_outstream);
+      if ((completion_y_or_n = get_y_or_n (0)) == 0)
+	{
+	  rl_crlf ();
+
+	  rl_forced_update_display ();
+	  rl_display_fixed = 1;
+
+	  return;
+	}
+    }
+
+  rl_display_match_list (matches, len, max);
+
+  rl_forced_update_display ();
+  rl_display_fixed = 1;
+}
+
+static char *
+make_quoted_replacement (match, mtype, qc)
+     char *match;
+     int mtype;
+     char *qc;	/* Pointer to quoting character, if any */
+{
+  int should_quote, do_replace;
+  char *replacement;
+
+  /* If we are doing completion on quoted substrings, and any matches
+     contain any of the completer_word_break_characters, then auto-
+     matically prepend the substring with a quote character (just pick
+     the first one from the list of such) if it does not already begin
+     with a quote string.  FIXME: Need to remove any such automatically
+     inserted quote character when it no longer is necessary, such as
+     if we change the string we are completing on and the new set of
+     matches don't require a quoted substring. */
+  replacement = match;
+
+  should_quote = match && rl_completer_quote_characters &&
+			rl_filename_completion_desired &&
+			rl_filename_quoting_desired;
+
+  if (should_quote)
+    should_quote = should_quote && (!qc || !*qc ||
+		     (rl_completer_quote_characters && strchr (rl_completer_quote_characters, *qc)));
+
+  if (should_quote)
+    {
+      /* If there is a single match, see if we need to quote it.
+         This also checks whether the common prefix of several
+	 matches needs to be quoted. */
+      should_quote = rl_filename_quote_characters
+			? (_rl_strpbrk (match, rl_filename_quote_characters) != 0)
+			: 0;
+
+      do_replace = should_quote ? mtype : NO_MATCH;
+      /* Quote the replacement, since we found an embedded
+	 word break character in a potential match. */
+      if (do_replace != NO_MATCH && rl_filename_quoting_function)
+	replacement = (*rl_filename_quoting_function) (match, do_replace, qc);
+    }
+  return (replacement);
+}
+
+static void
+insert_match (match, start, mtype, qc)
+     char *match;
+     int start, mtype;
+     char *qc;
+{
+  char *replacement, *r;
+  char oqc;
+  int end, rlen;
+
+  oqc = qc ? *qc : '\0';
+  replacement = make_quoted_replacement (match, mtype, qc);
+
+  /* Now insert the match. */
+  if (replacement)
+    {
+      rlen = strlen (replacement);
+      /* Don't double an opening quote character. */
+      if (qc && *qc && start && rl_line_buffer[start - 1] == *qc &&
+	    replacement[0] == *qc)
+	start--;
+      /* If make_quoted_replacement changed the quoting character, remove
+	 the opening quote and insert the (fully-quoted) replacement. */
+      else if (qc && (*qc != oqc) && start && rl_line_buffer[start - 1] == oqc &&
+	    replacement[0] != oqc)
+	start--;
+      end = rl_point - 1;
+      /* Don't double a closing quote character */
+      if (qc && *qc && end && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] == *qc && replacement[rlen - 1] == *qc)
+        end++;
+      if (_rl_skip_completed_text)
+	{
+	  r = replacement;
+	  while (start < rl_end && *r && rl_line_buffer[start] == *r)
+	    {
+	      start++;
+	      r++;
+	    }
+	  if (start <= end || *r)
+	    _rl_replace_text (r, start, end);
+	  rl_point = start + strlen (r);
+	}
+      else
+	_rl_replace_text (replacement, start, end);
+      if (replacement != match)
+        xfree (replacement);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Append any necessary closing quote and a separator character to the
+   just-inserted match.  If the user has specified that directories
+   should be marked by a trailing `/', append one of those instead.  The
+   default trailing character is a space.  Returns the number of characters
+   appended.  If NONTRIVIAL_MATCH is set, we test for a symlink (if the OS
+   has them) and don't add a suffix for a symlink to a directory.  A
+   nontrivial match is one that actually adds to the word being completed.
+   The variable rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs controls this behavior
+   (it's initially set to the what the user has chosen, indicated by the
+   value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs, but may be modified by an
+   application's completion function). */
+static int
+append_to_match (text, delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_match)
+     char *text;
+     int delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_match;
+{
+  char temp_string[4], *filename, *fn;
+  int temp_string_index, s;
+  struct stat finfo;
+
+  temp_string_index = 0;
+  if (quote_char && rl_point && rl_completion_suppress_quote == 0 &&
+      rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] != quote_char)
+    temp_string[temp_string_index++] = quote_char;
+
+  if (delimiter)
+    temp_string[temp_string_index++] = delimiter;
+  else if (rl_completion_suppress_append == 0 && rl_completion_append_character)
+    temp_string[temp_string_index++] = rl_completion_append_character;
+
+  temp_string[temp_string_index++] = '\0';
+
+  if (rl_filename_completion_desired)
+    {
+      filename = tilde_expand (text);
+      if (rl_filename_stat_hook)
+        {
+          fn = savestring (filename);
+	  (*rl_filename_stat_hook) (&fn);
+	  xfree (filename);
+	  filename = fn;
+        }
+      s = (nontrivial_match && rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs == 0)
+		? LSTAT (filename, &finfo)
+		: stat (filename, &finfo);
+      if (s == 0 && S_ISDIR (finfo.st_mode))
+	{
+	  if (_rl_complete_mark_directories /* && rl_completion_suppress_append == 0 */)
+	    {
+	      /* This is clumsy.  Avoid putting in a double slash if point
+		 is at the end of the line and the previous character is a
+		 slash. */
+	      if (rl_point && rl_line_buffer[rl_point] == '\0' && rl_line_buffer[rl_point - 1] == '/')
+		;
+	      else if (rl_line_buffer[rl_point] != '/')
+		rl_insert_text ("/");
+	    }
+	}
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+      /* Don't add anything if the filename is a symlink and resolves to a
+	 directory. */
+      else if (s == 0 && S_ISLNK (finfo.st_mode) && path_isdir (filename))
+	;
+#endif
+      else
+	{
+	  if (rl_point == rl_end && temp_string_index)
+	    rl_insert_text (temp_string);
+	}
+      xfree (filename);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (rl_point == rl_end && temp_string_index)
+	rl_insert_text (temp_string);
+    }
+
+  return (temp_string_index);
+}
+
+static void
+insert_all_matches (matches, point, qc)
+     char **matches;
+     int point;
+     char *qc;
+{
+  int i;
+  char *rp;
+
+  rl_begin_undo_group ();
+  /* remove any opening quote character; make_quoted_replacement will add
+     it back. */
+  if (qc && *qc && point && rl_line_buffer[point - 1] == *qc)
+    point--;
+  rl_delete_text (point, rl_point);
+  rl_point = point;
+
+  if (matches[1])
+    {
+      for (i = 1; matches[i]; i++)
+	{
+	  rp = make_quoted_replacement (matches[i], SINGLE_MATCH, qc);
+	  rl_insert_text (rp);
+	  rl_insert_text (" ");
+	  if (rp != matches[i])
+	    xfree (rp);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      rp = make_quoted_replacement (matches[0], SINGLE_MATCH, qc);
+      rl_insert_text (rp);
+      rl_insert_text (" ");
+      if (rp != matches[0])
+	xfree (rp);
+    }
+  rl_end_undo_group ();
+}
+
+void
+_rl_free_match_list (matches)
+     char **matches;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  if (matches == 0)
+    return;
+
+  for (i = 0; matches[i]; i++)
+    xfree (matches[i]);
+  xfree (matches);
+}
+
+/* Complete the word at or before point.
+   WHAT_TO_DO says what to do with the completion.
+   `?' means list the possible completions.
+   TAB means do standard completion.
+   `*' means insert all of the possible completions.
+   `!' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+   there is more than one.
+   `@' means to do standard completion, and list all possible completions if
+   there is more than one and partial completion is not possible. */
+int
+rl_complete_internal (what_to_do)
+     int what_to_do;
+{
+  char **matches;
+  rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+  int start, end, delimiter, found_quote, i, nontrivial_lcd;
+  char *text, *saved_line_buffer;
+  char quote_char;
+#if 1
+  int tlen, mlen;
+#endif
+
+  RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+  set_completion_defaults (what_to_do);
+
+  saved_line_buffer = rl_line_buffer ? savestring (rl_line_buffer) : (char *)NULL;
+  our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+		? rl_completion_entry_function
+		: rl_filename_completion_function;
+  /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+  end = rl_point;
+  found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+  quote_char = '\0';
+
+  if (rl_point)
+    /* This (possibly) changes rl_point.  If it returns a non-zero char,
+       we know we have an open quote. */
+    quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+  start = rl_point;
+  rl_point = end;
+
+  text = rl_copy_text (start, end);
+  matches = gen_completion_matches (text, start, end, our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+  /* nontrivial_lcd is set if the common prefix adds something to the word
+     being completed. */
+  nontrivial_lcd = matches && strcmp (text, matches[0]) != 0;
+  if (what_to_do == '!' || what_to_do == '@')
+    tlen = strlen (text);
+  xfree (text);
+
+  if (matches == 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+      completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+      _rl_reset_completion_state ();
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+     have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value.  The basic
+     rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+  i = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+  if (postprocess_matches (&matches, i) == 0)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+      completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+      _rl_reset_completion_state ();
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  switch (what_to_do)
+    {
+    case TAB:
+    case '!':
+    case '@':
+      /* Insert the first match with proper quoting. */
+      if (what_to_do == TAB)
+        {
+          if (*matches[0])
+	    insert_match (matches[0], start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+        }
+      else if (*matches[0] && matches[1] == 0)
+	/* should we perform the check only if there are multiple matches? */
+	insert_match (matches[0], start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+      else if (*matches[0])	/* what_to_do != TAB && multiple matches */
+	{
+	  mlen = *matches[0] ? strlen (matches[0]) : 0;
+	  if (mlen >= tlen)
+	    insert_match (matches[0], start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+	}
+
+      /* If there are more matches, ring the bell to indicate.
+	 If we are in vi mode, Posix.2 says to not ring the bell.
+	 If the `show-all-if-ambiguous' variable is set, display
+	 all the matches immediately.  Otherwise, if this was the
+	 only match, and we are hacking files, check the file to
+	 see if it was a directory.  If so, and the `mark-directories'
+	 variable is set, add a '/' to the name.  If not, and we
+	 are at the end of the line, then add a space.  */
+      if (matches[1])
+	{
+	  if (what_to_do == '!')
+	    {
+	      display_matches (matches);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  else if (what_to_do == '@')
+	    {
+	      if (nontrivial_lcd == 0)
+		display_matches (matches);
+	      break;
+	    }
+	  else if (rl_editing_mode != vi_mode)
+	    rl_ding ();	/* There are other matches remaining. */
+	}
+      else
+	append_to_match (matches[0], delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_lcd);
+
+      break;
+
+    case '*':
+      insert_all_matches (matches, start, &quote_char);
+      break;
+
+    case '?':
+      if (rl_completion_display_matches_hook == 0)
+	{
+	  _rl_sigcleanup = _rl_complete_sigcleanup;
+	  _rl_sigcleanarg = matches;
+	}
+      display_matches (matches);
+      _rl_sigcleanup = 0;
+      _rl_sigcleanarg = 0;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      _rl_ttymsg ("bad value %d for what_to_do in rl_complete", what_to_do);
+      rl_ding ();
+      FREE (saved_line_buffer);
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+      _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+      _rl_reset_completion_state ();
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  _rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+  /* Check to see if the line has changed through all of this manipulation. */
+  if (saved_line_buffer)
+    {
+      completion_changed_buffer = strcmp (rl_line_buffer, saved_line_buffer) != 0;
+      xfree (saved_line_buffer);
+    }
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+  _rl_reset_completion_state ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/***************************************************************/
+/*							       */
+/*  Application-callable completion match generator functions  */
+/*							       */
+/***************************************************************/
+
+/* Return an array of (char *) which is a list of completions for TEXT.
+   If there are no completions, return a NULL pointer.
+   The first entry in the returned array is the substitution for TEXT.
+   The remaining entries are the possible completions.
+   The array is terminated with a NULL pointer.
+
+   ENTRY_FUNCTION is a function of two args, and returns a (char *).
+     The first argument is TEXT.
+     The second is a state argument; it should be zero on the first call, and
+     non-zero on subsequent calls.  It returns a NULL pointer to the caller
+     when there are no more matches.
+ */
+char **
+rl_completion_matches (text, entry_function)
+     const char *text;
+     rl_compentry_func_t *entry_function;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  /* Number of slots in match_list. */
+  int match_list_size;
+
+  /* The list of matches. */
+  char **match_list;
+
+  /* Number of matches actually found. */
+  int matches;
+
+  /* Temporary string binder. */
+  char *string;
+
+  matches = 0;
+  match_list_size = 10;
+  match_list = (char **)xmalloc ((match_list_size + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+  match_list[1] = (char *)NULL;
+
+  while (string = (*entry_function) (text, matches))
+    {
+      if (RL_SIG_RECEIVED ())
+	{
+	  /* Start at 1 because we don't set matches[0] in this function.
+	     Only free the list members if we're building match list from
+	     rl_filename_completion_function, since we know that doesn't
+	     free the strings it returns. */
+	  if (entry_function == rl_filename_completion_function)
+	    {
+	      for (i = 1; match_list[i]; i++)
+		xfree (match_list[i]);
+	    }
+	  xfree (match_list);
+	  match_list = 0;
+	  match_list_size = 0;
+	  matches = 0;
+	  RL_CHECK_SIGNALS ();
+	}
+
+      if (matches + 1 >= match_list_size)
+	match_list = (char **)xrealloc
+	  (match_list, ((match_list_size += 10) + 1) * sizeof (char *));
+
+      if (match_list == 0)
+	return (match_list);
+
+      match_list[++matches] = string;
+      match_list[matches + 1] = (char *)NULL;
+    }
+
+  /* If there were any matches, then look through them finding out the
+     lowest common denominator.  That then becomes match_list[0]. */
+  if (matches)
+    compute_lcd_of_matches (match_list, matches, text);
+  else				/* There were no matches. */
+    {
+      xfree (match_list);
+      match_list = (char **)NULL;
+    }
+  return (match_list);
+}
+
+/* A completion function for usernames.
+   TEXT contains a partial username preceded by a random
+   character (usually `~').  */
+char *
+rl_username_completion_function (text, state)
+     const char *text;
+     int state;
+{
+#if defined (__WIN32__) || defined (__OPENNT)
+  return (char *)NULL;
+#else /* !__WIN32__ && !__OPENNT) */
+  static char *username = (char *)NULL;
+  static struct passwd *entry;
+  static int namelen, first_char, first_char_loc;
+  char *value;
+
+  if (state == 0)
+    {
+      FREE (username);
+
+      first_char = *text;
+      first_char_loc = first_char == '~';
+
+      username = savestring (&text[first_char_loc]);
+      namelen = strlen (username);
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+      setpwent ();
+#endif
+    }
+
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+  while (entry = getpwent ())
+    {
+      /* Null usernames should result in all users as possible completions. */
+      if (namelen == 0 || (STREQN (username, entry->pw_name, namelen)))
+	break;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (entry == 0)
+    {
+#if defined (HAVE_GETPWENT)
+      endpwent ();
+#endif
+      return ((char *)NULL);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      value = (char *)xmalloc (2 + strlen (entry->pw_name));
+
+      *value = *text;
+
+      strcpy (value + first_char_loc, entry->pw_name);
+
+      if (first_char == '~')
+	rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+
+      return (value);
+    }
+#endif /* !__WIN32__ && !__OPENNT */
+}
+
+/* Return non-zero if CONVFN matches FILENAME up to the length of FILENAME
+   (FILENAME_LEN).  If _rl_completion_case_fold is set, compare without
+   regard to the alphabetic case of characters.  If
+   _rl_completion_case_map is set, make `-' and `_' equivalent.  CONVFN is
+   the possibly-converted directory entry; FILENAME is what the user typed. */
+static int
+complete_fncmp (convfn, convlen, filename, filename_len)
+     const char *convfn;
+     int convlen;
+     const char *filename;
+     int filename_len;
+{
+  register char *s1, *s2;
+  int d, len;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  size_t v1, v2;
+  mbstate_t ps1, ps2;
+  wchar_t wc1, wc2;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  memset (&ps1, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+  memset (&ps2, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+#endif
+
+  if (filename_len == 0)
+    return 1;
+  if (convlen < filename_len)
+    return 0;
+
+  len = filename_len;
+  s1 = (char *)convfn;
+  s2 = (char *)filename;
+
+  /* Otherwise, if these match up to the length of filename, then
+     it is a match. */
+  if (_rl_completion_case_fold && _rl_completion_case_map)
+    {
+      /* Case-insensitive comparison treating _ and - as equivalent */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  do
+	    {
+	      v1 = mbrtowc (&wc1, s1, convlen, &ps1);
+	      v2 = mbrtowc (&wc2, s2, filename_len, &ps2);
+	      if (v1 == 0 && v2 == 0)
+		return 1;
+	      else if (MB_INVALIDCH (v1) || MB_INVALIDCH (v2))
+		{
+		  if (*s1 != *s2)		/* do byte comparison */
+		    return 0;
+		  else if ((*s1 == '-' || *s1 == '_') && (*s2 == '-' || *s2 == '_'))
+		    return 0;
+		  s1++; s2++; len--;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      wc1 = towlower (wc1);
+	      wc2 = towlower (wc2);
+	      s1 += v1;
+	      s2 += v1;
+	      len -= v1;
+	      if ((wc1 == L'-' || wc1 == L'_') && (wc2 == L'-' || wc2 == L'_'))
+	        continue;
+	      if (wc1 != wc2)
+		return 0;
+	    }
+	  while (len != 0);
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	{
+	do
+	  {
+	    d = _rl_to_lower (*s1) - _rl_to_lower (*s2);
+	    /* *s1 == [-_] && *s2 == [-_] */
+	    if ((*s1 == '-' || *s1 == '_') && (*s2 == '-' || *s2 == '_'))
+	      d = 0;
+	    if (d != 0)
+	      return 0;
+	    s1++; s2++;	/* already checked convlen >= filename_len */
+	  }
+	while (--len != 0);
+	}
+
+      return 1;
+    }
+  else if (_rl_completion_case_fold)
+    {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  do
+	    {
+	      v1 = mbrtowc (&wc1, s1, convlen, &ps1);
+	      v2 = mbrtowc (&wc2, s2, filename_len, &ps2);
+	      if (v1 == 0 && v2 == 0)
+		return 1;
+	      else if (MB_INVALIDCH (v1) || MB_INVALIDCH (v2))
+		{
+		  if (*s1 != *s2)		/* do byte comparison */
+		    return 0;
+		  s1++; s2++; len--;
+		  continue;
+		}
+	      wc1 = towlower (wc1);
+	      wc2 = towlower (wc2);
+	      if (wc1 != wc2)
+		return 0;
+	      s1 += v1;
+	      s2 += v1;
+	      len -= v1;
+	    }
+	  while (len != 0);
+	  return 1;
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+      if ((_rl_to_lower (convfn[0]) == _rl_to_lower (filename[0])) &&
+	  (convlen >= filename_len) &&
+	  (_rl_strnicmp (filename, convfn, filename_len) == 0))
+	return 1;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if ((convfn[0] == filename[0]) &&
+	  (convlen >= filename_len) &&
+	  (strncmp (filename, convfn, filename_len) == 0))
+	return 1;
+    }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Okay, now we write the entry_function for filename completion.  In the
+   general case.  Note that completion in the shell is a little different
+   because of all the pathnames that must be followed when looking up the
+   completion for a command. */
+char *
+rl_filename_completion_function (text, state)
+     const char *text;
+     int state;
+{
+  static DIR *directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+  static char *filename = (char *)NULL;
+  static char *dirname = (char *)NULL;
+  static char *users_dirname = (char *)NULL;
+  static int filename_len;
+  char *temp, *dentry, *convfn;
+  int dirlen, dentlen, convlen;
+  struct dirent *entry;
+
+  /* If we don't have any state, then do some initialization. */
+  if (state == 0)
+    {
+      /* If we were interrupted before closing the directory or reading
+	 all of its contents, close it. */
+      if (directory)
+	{
+	  closedir (directory);
+	  directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+	}
+      FREE (dirname);
+      FREE (filename);
+      FREE (users_dirname);
+
+      filename = savestring (text);
+      if (*text == 0)
+	text = ".";
+      dirname = savestring (text);
+
+      temp = strrchr (dirname, '/');
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      /* special hack for //X/... */
+      if (dirname[0] == '/' && dirname[1] == '/' && ISALPHA ((unsigned char)dirname[2]) && dirname[3] == '/')
+        temp = strrchr (dirname + 3, '/');
+#endif
+
+      if (temp)
+	{
+	  strcpy (filename, ++temp);
+	  *temp = '\0';
+	}
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      /* searches from current directory on the drive */
+      else if (ISALPHA ((unsigned char)dirname[0]) && dirname[1] == ':')
+        {
+          strcpy (filename, dirname + 2);
+          dirname[2] = '\0';
+        }
+#endif
+      else
+	{
+	  dirname[0] = '.';
+	  dirname[1] = '\0';
+	}
+
+      /* We aren't done yet.  We also support the "~user" syntax. */
+
+      /* Save the version of the directory that the user typed, dequoting
+	 it if necessary. */
+      if (rl_completion_found_quote && rl_filename_dequoting_function)
+	users_dirname = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) (dirname, rl_completion_quote_character);
+      else
+	users_dirname = savestring (dirname);
+
+      if (*dirname == '~')
+	{
+	  temp = tilde_expand (dirname);
+	  xfree (dirname);
+	  dirname = temp;
+	}
+
+      /* We have saved the possibly-dequoted version of the directory name
+	 the user typed.  Now transform the directory name we're going to
+	 pass to opendir(2).  The directory rewrite hook modifies only the
+	 directory name; the directory completion hook modifies both the
+	 directory name passed to opendir(2) and the version the user
+	 typed.  Both the directory completion and rewrite hooks should perform
+	 any necessary dequoting.  The hook functions return 1 if they modify
+	 the directory name argument.  If either hook returns 0, it should
+	 not modify the directory name pointer passed as an argument. */
+      if (rl_directory_rewrite_hook)
+	(*rl_directory_rewrite_hook) (&dirname);
+      else if (rl_directory_completion_hook && (*rl_directory_completion_hook) (&dirname))
+	{
+	  xfree (users_dirname);
+	  users_dirname = savestring (dirname);
+	}
+      else if (rl_completion_found_quote && rl_filename_dequoting_function)
+	{
+	  /* delete single and double quotes */
+	  xfree (dirname);
+	  dirname = savestring (users_dirname);
+	}
+      directory = opendir (dirname);
+
+      /* Now dequote a non-null filename.  FILENAME will not be NULL, but may
+	 be empty. */
+      if (*filename && rl_completion_found_quote && rl_filename_dequoting_function)
+	{
+	  /* delete single and double quotes */
+	  temp = (*rl_filename_dequoting_function) (filename, rl_completion_quote_character);
+	  xfree (filename);
+	  filename = temp;
+	}
+      filename_len = strlen (filename);
+
+      rl_filename_completion_desired = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* At this point we should entertain the possibility of hacking wildcarded
+     filenames, like /usr/man/man<WILD>/te<TAB>.  If the directory name
+     contains globbing characters, then build an array of directories, and
+     then map over that list while completing. */
+  /* *** UNIMPLEMENTED *** */
+
+  /* Now that we have some state, we can read the directory. */
+
+  entry = (struct dirent *)NULL;
+  while (directory && (entry = readdir (directory)))
+    {
+      convfn = dentry = entry->d_name;
+      convlen = dentlen = D_NAMLEN (entry);
+
+      if (rl_filename_rewrite_hook)
+	{
+	  convfn = (*rl_filename_rewrite_hook) (dentry, dentlen);
+	  convlen = (convfn == dentry) ? dentlen : strlen (convfn);
+	}
+
+      /* Special case for no filename.  If the user has disabled the
+         `match-hidden-files' variable, skip filenames beginning with `.'.
+	 All other entries except "." and ".." match. */
+      if (filename_len == 0)
+	{
+	  if (_rl_match_hidden_files == 0 && HIDDEN_FILE (convfn))
+	    continue;
+
+	  if (convfn[0] != '.' ||
+	       (convfn[1] && (convfn[1] != '.' || convfn[2])))
+	    break;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (complete_fncmp (convfn, convlen, filename, filename_len))
+	    break;
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (entry == 0)
+    {
+      if (directory)
+	{
+	  closedir (directory);
+	  directory = (DIR *)NULL;
+	}
+      if (dirname)
+	{
+	  xfree (dirname);
+	  dirname = (char *)NULL;
+	}
+      if (filename)
+	{
+	  xfree (filename);
+	  filename = (char *)NULL;
+	}
+      if (users_dirname)
+	{
+	  xfree (users_dirname);
+	  users_dirname = (char *)NULL;
+	}
+
+      return (char *)NULL;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* dirname && (strcmp (dirname, ".") != 0) */
+      if (dirname && (dirname[0] != '.' || dirname[1]))
+	{
+	  if (rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion && *users_dirname == '~')
+	    {
+	      dirlen = strlen (dirname);
+	      temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + D_NAMLEN (entry));
+	      strcpy (temp, dirname);
+	      /* Canonicalization cuts off any final slash present.  We
+		 may need to add it back. */
+	      if (dirname[dirlen - 1] != '/')
+	        {
+	          temp[dirlen++] = '/';
+	          temp[dirlen] = '\0';
+	        }
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      dirlen = strlen (users_dirname);
+	      temp = (char *)xmalloc (2 + dirlen + D_NAMLEN (entry));
+	      strcpy (temp, users_dirname);
+	      /* Make sure that temp has a trailing slash here. */
+	      if (users_dirname[dirlen - 1] != '/')
+		temp[dirlen++] = '/';
+	    }
+
+	  strcpy (temp + dirlen, convfn);
+	}
+      else
+	temp = savestring (convfn);
+
+      if (convfn != dentry)
+	xfree (convfn);
+
+      return (temp);
+    }
+}
+
+/* An initial implementation of a menu completion function a la tcsh.  The
+   first time (if the last readline command was not rl_old_menu_complete), we
+   generate the list of matches.  This code is very similar to the code in
+   rl_complete_internal -- there should be a way to combine the two.  Then,
+   for each item in the list of matches, we insert the match in an undoable
+   fashion, with the appropriate character appended (this happens on the
+   second and subsequent consecutive calls to rl_old_menu_complete).  When we
+   hit the end of the match list, we restore the original unmatched text,
+   ring the bell, and reset the counter to zero. */
+int
+rl_old_menu_complete (count, invoking_key)
+     int count, invoking_key;
+{
+  rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+  int matching_filenames, found_quote;
+
+  static char *orig_text;
+  static char **matches = (char **)0;
+  static int match_list_index = 0;
+  static int match_list_size = 0;
+  static int orig_start, orig_end;
+  static char quote_char;
+  static int delimiter;
+
+  /* The first time through, we generate the list of matches and set things
+     up to insert them. */
+  if (rl_last_func != rl_old_menu_complete)
+    {
+      /* Clean up from previous call, if any. */
+      FREE (orig_text);
+      if (matches)
+	_rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+      match_list_index = match_list_size = 0;
+      matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+      rl_completion_invoking_key = invoking_key;
+
+      RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+      /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+      set_completion_defaults ('%');
+
+      our_func = rl_menu_completion_entry_function;
+      if (our_func == 0)
+	our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+			? rl_completion_entry_function
+			: rl_filename_completion_function;
+
+      /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+      orig_end = rl_point;
+      found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+      quote_char = '\0';
+
+      if (rl_point)
+	/* This (possibly) changes rl_point.  If it returns a non-zero char,
+	   we know we have an open quote. */
+	quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+      orig_start = rl_point;
+      rl_point = orig_end;
+
+      orig_text = rl_copy_text (orig_start, orig_end);
+      matches = gen_completion_matches (orig_text, orig_start, orig_end,
+					our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+
+      /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+	 have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value.  The basic
+	 rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+      matching_filenames = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+      if (matches == 0 || postprocess_matches (&matches, matching_filenames) == 0)
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  FREE (matches);
+	  matches = (char **)0;
+	  FREE (orig_text);
+	  orig_text = (char *)0;
+	  completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+	  return (0);
+	}
+
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+      for (match_list_size = 0; matches[match_list_size]; match_list_size++)
+        ;
+      /* matches[0] is lcd if match_list_size > 1, but the circular buffer
+	 code below should take care of it. */
+
+      if (match_list_size > 1 && _rl_complete_show_all)
+	display_matches (matches);
+    }
+
+  /* Now we have the list of matches.  Replace the text between
+     rl_line_buffer[orig_start] and rl_line_buffer[rl_point] with
+     matches[match_list_index], and add any necessary closing char. */
+
+  if (matches == 0 || match_list_size == 0) 
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      FREE (matches);
+      matches = (char **)0;
+      completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  match_list_index += count;
+  if (match_list_index < 0)
+    {
+      while (match_list_index < 0)
+	match_list_index += match_list_size;
+    }
+  else
+    match_list_index %= match_list_size;
+
+  if (match_list_index == 0 && match_list_size > 1)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      insert_match (orig_text, orig_start, MULT_MATCH, &quote_char);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      insert_match (matches[match_list_index], orig_start, SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+      append_to_match (matches[match_list_index], delimiter, quote_char,
+		       strcmp (orig_text, matches[match_list_index]));
+    }
+
+  completion_changed_buffer = 1;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_menu_complete (count, ignore)
+     int count, ignore;
+{
+  rl_compentry_func_t *our_func;
+  int matching_filenames, found_quote;
+
+  static char *orig_text;
+  static char **matches = (char **)0;
+  static int match_list_index = 0;
+  static int match_list_size = 0;
+  static int nontrivial_lcd = 0;
+  static int full_completion = 0;	/* set to 1 if menu completion should reinitialize on next call */
+  static int orig_start, orig_end;
+  static char quote_char;
+  static int delimiter, cstate;
+
+  /* The first time through, we generate the list of matches and set things
+     up to insert them. */
+  if ((rl_last_func != rl_menu_complete && rl_last_func != rl_backward_menu_complete) || full_completion)
+    {
+      /* Clean up from previous call, if any. */
+      FREE (orig_text);
+      if (matches)
+	_rl_free_match_list (matches);
+
+      match_list_index = match_list_size = 0;
+      matches = (char **)NULL;
+
+      full_completion = 0;
+
+      RL_SETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+      /* Only the completion entry function can change these. */
+      set_completion_defaults ('%');
+
+      our_func = rl_menu_completion_entry_function;
+      if (our_func == 0)
+	our_func = rl_completion_entry_function
+			? rl_completion_entry_function
+			: rl_filename_completion_function;
+
+      /* We now look backwards for the start of a filename/variable word. */
+      orig_end = rl_point;
+      found_quote = delimiter = 0;
+      quote_char = '\0';
+
+      if (rl_point)
+	/* This (possibly) changes rl_point.  If it returns a non-zero char,
+	   we know we have an open quote. */
+	quote_char = _rl_find_completion_word (&found_quote, &delimiter);
+
+      orig_start = rl_point;
+      rl_point = orig_end;
+
+      orig_text = rl_copy_text (orig_start, orig_end);
+      matches = gen_completion_matches (orig_text, orig_start, orig_end,
+					our_func, found_quote, quote_char);
+
+      nontrivial_lcd = matches && strcmp (orig_text, matches[0]) != 0;
+
+      /* If we are matching filenames, the attempted completion function will
+	 have set rl_filename_completion_desired to a non-zero value.  The basic
+	 rl_filename_completion_function does this. */
+      matching_filenames = rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+      if (matches == 0 || postprocess_matches (&matches, matching_filenames) == 0)
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  FREE (matches);
+	  matches = (char **)0;
+	  FREE (orig_text);
+	  orig_text = (char *)0;
+	  completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+	  RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+	  return (0);
+	}
+
+      RL_UNSETSTATE(RL_STATE_COMPLETING);
+
+      for (match_list_size = 0; matches[match_list_size]; match_list_size++)
+        ;
+
+      if (match_list_size == 0) 
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  FREE (matches);
+	  matches = (char **)0;
+	  match_list_index = 0;
+	  completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+	  return (0);
+        }
+
+      /* matches[0] is lcd if match_list_size > 1, but the circular buffer
+	 code below should take care of it. */
+      if (*matches[0])
+	{
+	  insert_match (matches[0], orig_start, matches[1] ? MULT_MATCH : SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+	  orig_end = orig_start + strlen (matches[0]);
+	  completion_changed_buffer = STREQ (orig_text, matches[0]) == 0;
+	}
+
+      if (match_list_size > 1 && _rl_complete_show_all)
+	{
+	  display_matches (matches);
+	  /* If there are so many matches that the user has to be asked
+	     whether or not he wants to see the matches, menu completion
+	     is unwieldy. */
+	  if (rl_completion_query_items > 0 && match_list_size >= rl_completion_query_items)
+	    {
+	      rl_ding ();
+	      FREE (matches);
+	      matches = (char **)0;
+	      full_completion = 1;
+	      return (0);
+	    }
+	  else if (_rl_menu_complete_prefix_first)
+	    {
+	      rl_ding ();
+	      return (0);
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (match_list_size <= 1)
+	{
+	  append_to_match (matches[0], delimiter, quote_char, nontrivial_lcd);
+	  full_completion = 1;
+	  return (0);
+	}
+      else if (_rl_menu_complete_prefix_first && match_list_size > 1)
+	{
+	  rl_ding ();
+	  return (0);
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* Now we have the list of matches.  Replace the text between
+     rl_line_buffer[orig_start] and rl_line_buffer[rl_point] with
+     matches[match_list_index], and add any necessary closing char. */
+
+  if (matches == 0 || match_list_size == 0) 
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      FREE (matches);
+      matches = (char **)0;
+      completion_changed_buffer = 0;
+      return (0);
+    }
+
+  match_list_index += count;
+  if (match_list_index < 0)
+    {
+      while (match_list_index < 0)
+	match_list_index += match_list_size;
+    }
+  else
+    match_list_index %= match_list_size;
+
+  if (match_list_index == 0 && match_list_size > 1)
+    {
+      rl_ding ();
+      insert_match (matches[0], orig_start, MULT_MATCH, &quote_char);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      insert_match (matches[match_list_index], orig_start, SINGLE_MATCH, &quote_char);
+      append_to_match (matches[match_list_index], delimiter, quote_char,
+		       strcmp (orig_text, matches[match_list_index]));
+    }
+
+  completion_changed_buffer = 1;
+  return (0);
+}
+
+int
+rl_backward_menu_complete (count, key)
+     int count, key;
+{
+  /* Positive arguments to backward-menu-complete translate into negative
+     arguments for menu-complete, and vice versa. */
+  return (rl_menu_complete (-count, key));
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/display.c b/lib/readline/display.c
index 6e30ef9f..020873fa 100644
--- a/lib/readline/display.c
+++ b/lib/readline/display.c
@@ -69,6 +69,12 @@ static void delete_chars PARAMS((int));
 static void insert_some_chars PARAMS((char *, int, int));
 static void open_some_spaces PARAMS((int));
 static void cr PARAMS((void));
+static void redraw_prompt PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Values for FLAGS */
+#define PMT_MULTILINE	0x01
+
+static char *expand_prompt PARAMS((char *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *));
 
 /* State of visible and invisible lines. */
 struct line_state
@@ -158,6 +164,16 @@ int _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
    This is usually pointing to rl_prompt. */
 char *rl_display_prompt = (char *)NULL;
 
+/* Variables used to include the editing mode in the prompt. */
+char *_rl_emacs_mode_str;
+int _rl_emacs_modestr_len;
+
+char *_rl_vi_ins_mode_str;
+int _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len;
+
+char *_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str;
+int _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len;
+
 /* Pseudo-global variables declared here. */
 
 /* The visible cursor position.  If you print some text, adjust this. */
@@ -239,16 +255,30 @@ static int saved_local_length;
 static int saved_invis_chars_first_line;
 static int saved_physical_chars;
 
-/* Return a character indicating the editing mode, for use in the prompt. */
-static int
-prompt_modechar ()
+/* Return a string indicating the editing mode, for use in the prompt. */
+
+static char *
+prompt_modestr (lenp)
+     int *lenp;
 {
   if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
-    return '@';
+    {
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = _rl_emacs_mode_str ? _rl_emacs_modestr_len : RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFLEN;
+      return _rl_emacs_mode_str ? _rl_emacs_mode_str : RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFAULT;
+    }
   else if (_rl_keymap == vi_insertion_keymap)
-    return '+';		/* vi insert mode */
+    {
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = _rl_vi_ins_mode_str ? _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len : RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFLEN;
+      return _rl_vi_ins_mode_str ? _rl_vi_ins_mode_str : RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFAULT;		/* vi insert mode */
+    }
   else
-    return ':';		/* vi command mode */
+    {
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str ? _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len : RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFLEN;
+      return _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str ? _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str : RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFAULT;		/* vi command mode */
+    }
 }
 
 /* Expand the prompt string S and return the number of visible
@@ -266,26 +296,37 @@ prompt_modechar ()
    the returned string; all characters except those between \001 and
    \002 are assumed to be `visible'. */	
 
+/* Possible values for FLAGS:
+	PMT_MULTILINE	caller indicates that this is part of a multiline prompt
+*/
+
 static char *
-expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp, vlp)
+expand_prompt (pmt, flags, lp, lip, niflp, vlp)
      char *pmt;
+     int flags;
      int *lp, *lip, *niflp, *vlp;
 {
-  char *r, *ret, *p, *igstart;
+  char *r, *ret, *p, *igstart, *nprompt, *ms;
   int l, rl, last, ignoring, ninvis, invfl, invflset, ind, pind, physchars;
+  int mlen;
+
+  /* We only expand the mode string for the last line of a multiline prompt
+     (a prompt with embedded newlines). */
+  ms = (((pmt == rl_prompt) ^ (flags & PMT_MULTILINE)) && _rl_show_mode_in_prompt) ? prompt_modestr (&mlen) : 0;
+  if (ms)
+    {
+      l = strlen (pmt);
+      nprompt = (char *)xmalloc (l + mlen + 1);
+      memcpy (nprompt, ms, mlen);
+      strcpy (nprompt + mlen, pmt);
+    }
+  else
+    nprompt = pmt;
 
   /* Short-circuit if we can. */
-  if ((MB_CUR_MAX <= 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && strchr (pmt, RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE) == 0)
-    {
-      if (pmt == rl_prompt && _rl_show_mode_in_prompt)
-        {
-          l = strlen (pmt);
-          r = (char *)xmalloc (l + 2);
-          r[0] = prompt_modechar ();
-          strcpy (r + 1, pmt);
-        }
-      else
-	r = savestring (pmt);
+  if ((MB_CUR_MAX <= 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && strchr (nprompt, RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE) == 0)
+    {
+      r = (nprompt == pmt) ? savestring (pmt) : nprompt;
 
       if (lp)
 	*lp = strlen (r);
@@ -298,21 +339,15 @@ expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp, vlp)
       return r;
     }
 
-  l = strlen (pmt);
-  r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (l + 2);
-
-  rl = physchars = 0;	/* move up here so mode show can set them */
-  if (pmt == rl_prompt && _rl_show_mode_in_prompt)
-    {
-      *r++ = prompt_modechar ();
-      rl = physchars = 1;
-    }
+  l = strlen (nprompt);			/* XXX */
+  r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (l + 1);
 
+  rl = physchars = 0;	/* mode string now part of nprompt */
   invfl = 0;	/* invisible chars in first line of prompt */
   invflset = 0;	/* we only want to set invfl once */
-
   igstart = 0;
-  for (ignoring = last = ninvis = 0, p = pmt; p && *p; p++)
+
+  for (ignoring = last = ninvis = 0, p = nprompt; p && *p; p++)
     {
       /* This code strips the invisible character string markers
 	 RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE and RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE */
@@ -334,8 +369,8 @@ expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp, vlp)
 #if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
 	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
 	    {
-	      pind = p - pmt;
-	      ind = _rl_find_next_mbchar (pmt, pind, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+	      pind = p - nprompt;
+	      ind = _rl_find_next_mbchar (nprompt, pind, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
 	      l = ind - pind;
 	      while (l--)
 	        *r++ = *p++;
@@ -347,7 +382,7 @@ expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp, vlp)
 		     not be the same as the number of physical characters
 		     on the screen in the presence of multibyte characters */
 		  rl += ind - pind;
-		  physchars += _rl_col_width (pmt, pind, ind, 0);
+		  physchars += _rl_col_width (nprompt, pind, ind, 0);
 		}
 	      else
 		ninvis += ind - pind;
@@ -386,6 +421,10 @@ expand_prompt (pmt, lp, lip, niflp, vlp)
     *niflp = invfl;
   if  (vlp)
     *vlp = physchars;
+
+  if (nprompt != pmt)
+    free (nprompt);
+
   return ret;
 }
 
@@ -397,7 +436,7 @@ _rl_strip_prompt (pmt)
 {
   char *ret;
 
-  ret = expand_prompt (pmt, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+  ret = expand_prompt (pmt, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
   return ret;
 }
 
@@ -444,13 +483,13 @@ rl_expand_prompt (prompt)
     return (0);
 
   p = strrchr (prompt, '\n');
-  if (!p)
+  if (p == 0)
     {
       /* The prompt is only one logical line, though it might wrap. */
-      local_prompt = expand_prompt (prompt, &prompt_visible_length,
-					    &prompt_last_invisible,
-					    &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
-					    &prompt_physical_chars);
+      local_prompt = expand_prompt (prompt, 0, &prompt_visible_length,
+					       &prompt_last_invisible,
+					       &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+					       &prompt_physical_chars);
       local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
       local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
       return (prompt_visible_length);
@@ -459,14 +498,16 @@ rl_expand_prompt (prompt)
     {
       /* The prompt spans multiple lines. */
       t = ++p;
-      local_prompt = expand_prompt (p, &prompt_visible_length,
+      local_prompt = expand_prompt (p, PMT_MULTILINE,
+				       &prompt_visible_length,
 				       &prompt_last_invisible,
 				       &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
 				       &prompt_physical_chars);
       c = *t; *t = '\0';
       /* The portion of the prompt string up to and including the
 	 final newline is now null-terminated. */
-      local_prompt_prefix = expand_prompt (prompt, &prompt_prefix_length,
+      local_prompt_prefix = expand_prompt (prompt, PMT_MULTILINE,
+						   &prompt_prefix_length,
 						   (int *)NULL,
 						   (int *)NULL,
 						   (int *)NULL);
@@ -1972,6 +2013,18 @@ rl_forced_update_display ()
   return 0;
 }
 
+/* Redraw only the last line of a multi-line prompt. */
+void
+rl_redraw_prompt_last_line ()
+{
+  char *t;
+  t = strrchr (rl_display_prompt, '\n');
+  if (t)
+    redraw_prompt (++t);
+  else
+    rl_forced_update_display ();
+}
+
 /* Move the cursor from _rl_last_c_pos to NEW, which are buffer indices.
    (Well, when we don't have multibyte characters, _rl_last_c_pos is a
    buffer index.)
@@ -2279,10 +2332,10 @@ rl_message (va_alist)
       local_prompt = (char *)NULL;
     }
   rl_display_prompt = msg_buf;
-  local_prompt = expand_prompt (msg_buf, &prompt_visible_length,
-					 &prompt_last_invisible,
-					 &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
-					 &prompt_physical_chars);
+  local_prompt = expand_prompt (msg_buf, 0, &prompt_visible_length,
+					    &prompt_last_invisible,
+					    &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+					    &prompt_physical_chars);
   local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
   local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
   (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
@@ -2312,10 +2365,10 @@ rl_message (format, arg1, arg2)
       FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
       local_prompt = (char *)NULL;
     }
-  local_prompt = expand_prompt (msg_buf, &prompt_visible_length,
-					 &prompt_last_invisible,
-					 &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
-					 &prompt_physical_chars);
+  local_prompt = expand_prompt (msg_buf, 0, &prompt_visible_length,
+					    &prompt_last_invisible,
+					    &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+					    &prompt_physical_chars);
   local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
   local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
   (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
@@ -2618,7 +2671,8 @@ redraw_prompt (t)
   rl_save_prompt ();
 
   rl_display_prompt = t;
-  local_prompt = expand_prompt (t, &prompt_visible_length,
+  local_prompt = expand_prompt (t, PMT_MULTILINE,
+				   &prompt_visible_length,
 				   &prompt_last_invisible,
 				   &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
 				   &prompt_physical_chars);
diff --git a/lib/readline/display.c~ b/lib/readline/display.c~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..41be8678
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/display.c~
@@ -0,0 +1,2884 @@
+/* display.c -- readline redisplay facility. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library    
+   for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.
+
+   Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif /* HAVE_UNISTD_H */
+
+#include "posixstat.h"
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __MSDOS__
+#  include <pc.h>
+#endif
+
+/* System-specific feature definitions and include files. */
+#include "rldefs.h"
+#include "rlmbutil.h"
+
+/* Termcap library stuff. */
+#include "tcap.h"
+
+/* Some standard library routines. */
+#include "readline.h"
+#include "history.h"
+
+#include "rlprivate.h"
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+#if !defined (strchr) && !defined (__STDC__)
+extern char *strchr (), *strrchr ();
+#endif /* !strchr && !__STDC__ */
+
+static void update_line PARAMS((char *, char *, int, int, int, int));
+static void space_to_eol PARAMS((int));
+static void delete_chars PARAMS((int));
+static void insert_some_chars PARAMS((char *, int, int));
+static void open_some_spaces PARAMS((int));
+static void cr PARAMS((void));
+static void redraw_prompt PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Values for FLAGS */
+#define PMT_MULTILINE	0x01
+
+static char *expand_prompt PARAMS((char *, int, int *, int *, int *, int *));
+
+/* State of visible and invisible lines. */
+struct line_state
+  {
+    char *line;
+    int *lbreaks;
+    int lbsize;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+    int *wrapped_line;
+    int wbsize;
+#endif
+  };
+
+/* The line display buffers.  One is the line currently displayed on
+   the screen.  The other is the line about to be displayed. */
+static struct line_state line_state_array[2];
+static struct line_state *line_state_visible = &line_state_array[0];
+static struct line_state *line_state_invisible = &line_state_array[1];
+static int line_structures_initialized = 0;
+
+/* Backwards-compatible names. */
+#define inv_lbreaks	(line_state_invisible->lbreaks)
+#define inv_lbsize	(line_state_invisible->lbsize)
+#define vis_lbreaks	(line_state_visible->lbreaks)
+#define vis_lbsize	(line_state_visible->lbsize)
+
+#define visible_line	(line_state_visible->line)
+#define invisible_line	(line_state_invisible->line)
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+static int _rl_col_width PARAMS((const char *, int, int, int));
+#else
+#  define _rl_col_width(l, s, e, f)	(((e) <= (s)) ? 0 : (e) - (s))
+#endif
+
+/* Heuristic used to decide whether it is faster to move from CUR to NEW
+   by backing up or outputting a carriage return and moving forward.  CUR
+   and NEW are either both buffer positions or absolute screen positions. */
+#define CR_FASTER(new, cur) (((new) + 1) < ((cur) - (new)))
+
+/* _rl_last_c_pos is an absolute cursor position in multibyte locales and a
+   buffer index in others.  This macro is used when deciding whether the
+   current cursor position is in the middle of a prompt string containing
+   invisible characters.  XXX - might need to take `modmark' into account. */
+#define PROMPT_ENDING_INDEX \
+  ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) ? prompt_physical_chars : prompt_last_invisible+1)
+  
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Display stuff				    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* This is the stuff that is hard for me.  I never seem to write good
+   display routines in C.  Let's see how I do this time. */
+
+/* (PWP) Well... Good for a simple line updater, but totally ignores
+   the problems of input lines longer than the screen width.
+
+   update_line and the code that calls it makes a multiple line,
+   automatically wrapping line update.  Careful attention needs
+   to be paid to the vertical position variables. */
+
+/* Keep two buffers; one which reflects the current contents of the
+   screen, and the other to draw what we think the new contents should
+   be.  Then compare the buffers, and make whatever changes to the
+   screen itself that we should.  Finally, make the buffer that we
+   just drew into be the one which reflects the current contents of the
+   screen, and place the cursor where it belongs.
+
+   Commands that want to can fix the display themselves, and then let
+   this function know that the display has been fixed by setting the
+   RL_DISPLAY_FIXED variable.  This is good for efficiency. */
+
+/* Application-specific redisplay function. */
+rl_voidfunc_t *rl_redisplay_function = rl_redisplay;
+
+/* Global variables declared here. */
+/* What YOU turn on when you have handled all redisplay yourself. */
+int rl_display_fixed = 0;
+
+int _rl_suppress_redisplay = 0;
+int _rl_want_redisplay = 0;
+
+/* The stuff that gets printed out before the actual text of the line.
+   This is usually pointing to rl_prompt. */
+char *rl_display_prompt = (char *)NULL;
+
+/* Variables used to include the editing mode in the prompt. */
+char *_rl_emacs_mode_str;
+int _rl_emacs_modestr_len;
+
+char *_rl_vi_ins_mode_str;
+int _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len;
+
+char *_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str;
+int _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len;
+
+/* Pseudo-global variables declared here. */
+
+/* The visible cursor position.  If you print some text, adjust this. */
+/* NOTE: _rl_last_c_pos is used as a buffer index when not in a locale
+   supporting multibyte characters, and an absolute cursor position when
+   in such a locale.  This is an artifact of the donated multibyte support.
+   Care must be taken when modifying its value. */
+int _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+int _rl_last_v_pos = 0;
+
+static int cpos_adjusted;
+static int cpos_buffer_position;
+static int displaying_prompt_first_line;
+static int prompt_multibyte_chars;
+
+/* Number of lines currently on screen minus 1. */
+int _rl_vis_botlin = 0;
+
+/* Variables used only in this file. */
+/* The last left edge of text that was displayed.  This is used when
+   doing horizontal scrolling.  It shifts in thirds of a screenwidth. */
+static int last_lmargin;
+
+/* A buffer for `modeline' messages. */
+static char *msg_buf = 0;
+static int msg_bufsiz = 0;
+
+/* Non-zero forces the redisplay even if we thought it was unnecessary. */
+static int forced_display;
+
+/* Default and initial buffer size.  Can grow. */
+static int line_size = 1024;
+
+/* Variables to keep track of the expanded prompt string, which may
+   include invisible characters. */
+
+static char *local_prompt, *local_prompt_prefix;
+static int local_prompt_len;
+static int prompt_visible_length, prompt_prefix_length;
+
+/* The number of invisible characters in the line currently being
+   displayed on the screen. */
+static int visible_wrap_offset;
+
+/* The number of invisible characters in the prompt string.  Static so it
+   can be shared between rl_redisplay and update_line */
+static int wrap_offset;
+
+/* The index of the last invisible character in the prompt string. */
+static int prompt_last_invisible;
+
+/* The length (buffer offset) of the first line of the last (possibly
+   multi-line) buffer displayed on the screen. */
+static int visible_first_line_len;
+
+/* Number of invisible characters on the first physical line of the prompt.
+   Only valid when the number of physical characters in the prompt exceeds
+   (or is equal to) _rl_screenwidth. */
+static int prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+
+static int prompt_last_screen_line;
+
+static int prompt_physical_chars;
+
+/* set to a non-zero value by rl_redisplay if we are marking modified history
+   lines and the current line is so marked. */
+static int modmark;
+
+/* Variables to save and restore prompt and display information. */
+
+/* These are getting numerous enough that it's time to create a struct. */
+
+static char *saved_local_prompt;
+static char *saved_local_prefix;
+static int saved_last_invisible;
+static int saved_visible_length;
+static int saved_prefix_length;
+static int saved_local_length;
+static int saved_invis_chars_first_line;
+static int saved_physical_chars;
+
+/* Return a string indicating the editing mode, for use in the prompt. */
+
+static char *
+prompt_modestr (lenp)
+     int *lenp;
+{
+  if (rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+    {
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = _rl_emacs_mode_str ? _rl_emacs_modestr_len : RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFLEN;
+      return _rl_emacs_mode_str ? _rl_emacs_mode_str : RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFAULT;
+    }
+  else if (_rl_keymap == vi_insertion_keymap)
+    {
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = _rl_vi_ins_mode_str ? _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len : RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFLEN;
+      return _rl_vi_ins_mode_str ? _rl_vi_ins_mode_str : RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFAULT;		/* vi insert mode */
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (lenp)
+	*lenp = _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str ? _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len : RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFLEN;
+      return _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str ? _rl_vi_cmd_mode_str : RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFAULT;		/* vi command mode */
+    }
+}
+
+/* Expand the prompt string S and return the number of visible
+   characters in *LP, if LP is not null.  This is currently more-or-less
+   a placeholder for expansion.  LIP, if non-null is a place to store the
+   index of the last invisible character in the returned string. NIFLP,
+   if non-zero, is a place to store the number of invisible characters in
+   the first prompt line.  The previous are used as byte counts -- indexes
+   into a character buffer. */
+
+/* Current implementation:
+	\001 (^A) start non-visible characters
+	\002 (^B) end non-visible characters
+   all characters except \001 and \002 (following a \001) are copied to
+   the returned string; all characters except those between \001 and
+   \002 are assumed to be `visible'. */	
+
+/* Possible values for FLAGS:
+	PMT_MULTILINE	caller indicates that this is part of a multiline prompt
+*/
+
+static char *
+expand_prompt (pmt, flags, lp, lip, niflp, vlp)
+     char *pmt;
+     int flags;
+     int *lp, *lip, *niflp, *vlp;
+{
+  char *r, *ret, *p, *igstart, *nprompt, *ms;
+  int l, rl, last, ignoring, ninvis, invfl, invflset, ind, pind, physchars;
+  int mlen;
+
+  /* We only expand the mode string for the last line of a multiline prompt
+     (a prompt with embedded newlines). */
+  ms = (((pmt == rl_prompt) ^ (flags & PMT_MULTILINE)) && _rl_show_mode_in_prompt) ? prompt_modestr (&mlen) : 0;
+  if (ms)
+    {
+      l = strlen (pmt);
+      nprompt = (char *)xmalloc (l + mlen + 1);
+      memcpy (nprompt, ms, mlen);
+      strcpy (nprompt + mlen, pmt);
+    }
+  else
+    nprompt = pmt;
+
+  /* Short-circuit if we can. */
+  if ((MB_CUR_MAX <= 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && strchr (nprompt, RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE) == 0)
+    {
+      r = (nprompt == pmt) ? savestring (pmt) : nprompt;
+
+      if (lp)
+	*lp = strlen (r);
+      if (lip)
+	*lip = 0;
+      if (niflp)
+	*niflp = 0;
+      if (vlp)
+	*vlp = lp ? *lp : strlen (r);
+      return r;
+    }
+
+  l = strlen (nprompt);			/* XXX */
+  r = ret = (char *)xmalloc (l + 1);
+
+  rl = physchars = 0;	/* mode string now part of nprompt */
+  invfl = 0;	/* invisible chars in first line of prompt */
+  invflset = 0;	/* we only want to set invfl once */
+  igstart = 0;
+
+  for (ignoring = last = ninvis = 0, p = nprompt; p && *p; p++)
+    {
+      /* This code strips the invisible character string markers
+	 RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE and RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE */
+      if (ignoring == 0 && *p == RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE)		/* XXX - check ignoring? */
+	{
+	  ignoring = 1;
+	  igstart = p;
+	  continue;
+	}
+      else if (ignoring && *p == RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE)
+	{
+	  ignoring = 0;
+	  if (p != (igstart + 1))
+	    last = r - ret - 1;
+	  continue;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    {
+	      pind = p - nprompt;
+	      ind = _rl_find_next_mbchar (nprompt, pind, 1, MB_FIND_NONZERO);
+	      l = ind - pind;
+	      while (l--)
+	        *r++ = *p++;
+	      if (!ignoring)
+		{
+		  /* rl ends up being assigned to prompt_visible_length,
+		     which is the number of characters in the buffer that
+		     contribute to characters on the screen, which might
+		     not be the same as the number of physical characters
+		     on the screen in the presence of multibyte characters */
+		  rl += ind - pind;
+		  physchars += _rl_col_width (nprompt, pind, ind, 0);
+		}
+	      else
+		ninvis += ind - pind;
+	      p--;			/* compensate for later increment */
+	    }
+	  else
+#endif
+	    {
+	      *r++ = *p;
+	      if (!ignoring)
+		{
+		  rl++;			/* visible length byte counter */
+		  physchars++;
+		}
+	      else
+		ninvis++;		/* invisible chars byte counter */
+	    }
+
+	  if (invflset == 0 && rl >= _rl_screenwidth)
+	    {
+	      invfl = ninvis;
+	      invflset = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (rl < _rl_screenwidth)
+    invfl = ninvis;
+
+  *r = '\0';
+  if (lp)
+    *lp = rl;
+  if (lip)
+    *lip = last;
+  if (niflp)
+    *niflp = invfl;
+  if  (vlp)
+    *vlp = physchars;
+
+  if (nprompt != pmt)
+    free (nprompt);
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Just strip out RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE and RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE from
+   PMT and return the rest of PMT. */
+char *
+_rl_strip_prompt (pmt)
+     char *pmt;
+{
+  char *ret;
+
+  ret = expand_prompt (pmt, 0, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL, (int *)NULL);
+  return ret;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_reset_prompt ()
+{
+  rl_visible_prompt_length = rl_expand_prompt (rl_prompt);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Expand the prompt string into the various display components, if
+ * necessary.
+ *
+ * local_prompt = expanded last line of string in rl_display_prompt
+ *		  (portion after the final newline)
+ * local_prompt_prefix = portion before last newline of rl_display_prompt,
+ *			 expanded via expand_prompt
+ * prompt_visible_length = number of visible characters in local_prompt
+ * prompt_prefix_length = number of visible characters in local_prompt_prefix
+ *
+ * This function is called once per call to readline().  It may also be
+ * called arbitrarily to expand the primary prompt.
+ *
+ * The return value is the number of visible characters on the last line
+ * of the (possibly multi-line) prompt.
+ */
+int
+rl_expand_prompt (prompt)
+     char *prompt;
+{
+  char *p, *t;
+  int c;
+
+  /* Clear out any saved values. */
+  FREE (local_prompt);
+  FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
+
+  local_prompt = local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
+  local_prompt_len = 0;
+  prompt_last_invisible = prompt_invis_chars_first_line = 0;
+  prompt_visible_length = prompt_physical_chars = 0;
+
+  if (prompt == 0 || *prompt == 0)
+    return (0);
+
+  p = strrchr (prompt, '\n');
+  if (p == 0)
+    {
+      /* The prompt is only one logical line, though it might wrap. */
+      local_prompt = expand_prompt (prompt, 0, &prompt_visible_length,
+					       &prompt_last_invisible,
+					       &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+					       &prompt_physical_chars);
+      local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
+      local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+      return (prompt_visible_length);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      /* The prompt spans multiple lines. */
+      t = ++p;
+      local_prompt = expand_prompt (p, PMT_MULTILINE,
+				       &prompt_visible_length,
+				       &prompt_last_invisible,
+				       &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+				       &prompt_physical_chars);
+      c = *t; *t = '\0';
+      /* The portion of the prompt string up to and including the
+	 final newline is now null-terminated. */
+      local_prompt_prefix = expand_prompt (prompt, PMT_MULTILINE,
+						   &prompt_prefix_length,
+						   (int *)NULL,
+						   (int *)NULL,
+						   (int *)NULL);
+      *t = c;
+      local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+      return (prompt_prefix_length);
+    }
+}
+
+/* Initialize the VISIBLE_LINE and INVISIBLE_LINE arrays, and their associated
+   arrays of line break markers.  MINSIZE is the minimum size of VISIBLE_LINE
+   and INVISIBLE_LINE; if it is greater than LINE_SIZE, LINE_SIZE is
+   increased.  If the lines have already been allocated, this ensures that
+   they can hold at least MINSIZE characters. */
+static void
+init_line_structures (minsize)
+      int minsize;
+{
+  register int n;
+
+  if (invisible_line == 0)	/* initialize it */
+    {
+      if (line_size < minsize)
+	line_size = minsize;
+      visible_line = (char *)xmalloc (line_size);
+      invisible_line = (char *)xmalloc (line_size);
+    }
+  else if (line_size < minsize)	/* ensure it can hold MINSIZE chars */
+    {
+      line_size *= 2;
+      if (line_size < minsize)
+	line_size = minsize;
+      visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+      invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+    }
+
+  for (n = minsize; n < line_size; n++)
+    {
+      visible_line[n] = 0;
+      invisible_line[n] = 1;
+    }
+
+  if (vis_lbreaks == 0)
+    {
+      /* should be enough. */
+      inv_lbsize = vis_lbsize = 256;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      line_state_visible->wbsize = vis_lbsize;
+      line_state_visible->wrapped_line = (int *)xmalloc (line_state_visible->wbsize * sizeof (int));
+
+      line_state_invisible->wbsize = inv_lbsize;
+      line_state_invisible->wrapped_line = (int *)xmalloc (line_state_invisible->wbsize * sizeof (int));
+#endif
+
+      inv_lbreaks = (int *)xmalloc (inv_lbsize * sizeof (int));
+      vis_lbreaks = (int *)xmalloc (vis_lbsize * sizeof (int));
+      inv_lbreaks[0] = vis_lbreaks[0] = 0;
+    }
+
+  line_structures_initialized = 1;
+}
+  
+/* Basic redisplay algorithm. */
+void
+rl_redisplay ()
+{
+  register int in, out, c, linenum, cursor_linenum;
+  register char *line;
+  int inv_botlin, lb_botlin, lb_linenum, o_cpos;
+  int newlines, lpos, temp, n0, num, prompt_lines_estimate;
+  char *prompt_this_line;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  wchar_t wc;
+  size_t wc_bytes;
+  int wc_width;
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  int _rl_wrapped_multicolumn = 0;
+#endif
+
+  if (_rl_echoing_p == 0)
+    return;
+
+  /* Block keyboard interrupts because this function manipulates global
+     data structures. */
+  _rl_block_sigint ();  
+  RL_SETSTATE (RL_STATE_REDISPLAYING);
+
+  if (!rl_display_prompt)
+    rl_display_prompt = "";
+
+  if (line_structures_initialized == 0)
+    {
+      init_line_structures (0);
+      rl_on_new_line ();
+    }
+
+  /* Draw the line into the buffer. */
+  cpos_buffer_position = -1;
+
+  prompt_multibyte_chars = prompt_visible_length - prompt_physical_chars;
+
+  line = invisible_line;
+  out = inv_botlin = 0;
+
+  /* Mark the line as modified or not.  We only do this for history
+     lines. */
+  modmark = 0;
+  if (_rl_mark_modified_lines && current_history () && rl_undo_list)
+    {
+      line[out++] = '*';
+      line[out] = '\0';
+      modmark = 1;
+    }
+
+  /* If someone thought that the redisplay was handled, but the currently
+     visible line has a different modification state than the one about
+     to become visible, then correct the caller's misconception. */
+  if (visible_line[0] != invisible_line[0])
+    rl_display_fixed = 0;
+
+  /* If the prompt to be displayed is the `primary' readline prompt (the
+     one passed to readline()), use the values we have already expanded.
+     If not, use what's already in rl_display_prompt.  WRAP_OFFSET is the
+     number of non-visible characters in the prompt string. */
+  if (rl_display_prompt == rl_prompt || local_prompt)
+    {
+      if (local_prompt_prefix && forced_display)
+	_rl_output_some_chars (local_prompt_prefix, strlen (local_prompt_prefix));
+
+      if (local_prompt_len > 0)
+	{
+	  temp = local_prompt_len + out + 2;
+	  if (temp >= line_size)
+	    {
+	      line_size = (temp + 1024) - (temp % 1024);
+	      visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+	      line = invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+	    }
+	  strncpy (line + out, local_prompt, local_prompt_len);
+	  out += local_prompt_len;
+	}
+      line[out] = '\0';
+      wrap_offset = local_prompt_len - prompt_visible_length;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      int pmtlen;
+      prompt_this_line = strrchr (rl_display_prompt, '\n');
+      if (!prompt_this_line)
+	prompt_this_line = rl_display_prompt;
+      else
+	{
+	  prompt_this_line++;
+	  pmtlen = prompt_this_line - rl_display_prompt;	/* temp var */
+	  if (forced_display)
+	    {
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (rl_display_prompt, pmtlen);
+	      /* Make sure we are at column zero even after a newline,
+		 regardless of the state of terminal output processing. */
+	      if (pmtlen < 2 || prompt_this_line[-2] != '\r')
+		cr ();
+	    }
+	}
+
+      prompt_physical_chars = pmtlen = strlen (prompt_this_line);
+      temp = pmtlen + out + 2;
+      if (temp >= line_size)
+	{
+	  line_size = (temp + 1024) - (temp % 1024);
+	  visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+	  line = invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+	}
+      strncpy (line + out,  prompt_this_line, pmtlen);
+      out += pmtlen;
+      line[out] = '\0';
+      wrap_offset = prompt_invis_chars_first_line = 0;
+    }
+
+#define CHECK_INV_LBREAKS() \
+      do { \
+	if (newlines >= (inv_lbsize - 2)) \
+	  { \
+	    inv_lbsize *= 2; \
+	    inv_lbreaks = (int *)xrealloc (inv_lbreaks, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+	  } \
+      } while (0)
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)	  
+#define CHECK_LPOS() \
+      do { \
+	lpos++; \
+	if (lpos >= _rl_screenwidth) \
+	  { \
+	    if (newlines >= (inv_lbsize - 2)) \
+	      { \
+		inv_lbsize *= 2; \
+		inv_lbreaks = (int *)xrealloc (inv_lbreaks, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+	      } \
+	    inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out; \
+	    if (newlines >= (line_state_invisible->wbsize - 1)) \
+	      { \
+		line_state_invisible->wbsize *= 2; \
+		line_state_invisible->wrapped_line = (int *)xrealloc (line_state_invisible->wrapped_line, line_state_invisible->wbsize * sizeof(int)); \
+	      } \
+	    line_state_invisible->wrapped_line[newlines] = _rl_wrapped_multicolumn; \
+	    lpos = 0; \
+	  } \
+      } while (0)
+#else
+#define CHECK_LPOS() \
+      do { \
+	lpos++; \
+	if (lpos >= _rl_screenwidth) \
+	  { \
+	    if (newlines >= (inv_lbsize - 2)) \
+	      { \
+		inv_lbsize *= 2; \
+		inv_lbreaks = (int *)xrealloc (inv_lbreaks, inv_lbsize * sizeof (int)); \
+	      } \
+	    inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out; \
+	    lpos = 0; \
+	  } \
+      } while (0)
+#endif
+
+  /* inv_lbreaks[i] is where line i starts in the buffer. */
+  inv_lbreaks[newlines = 0] = 0;
+  lpos = prompt_physical_chars + modmark;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  memset (line_state_invisible->wrapped_line, 0, line_state_invisible->wbsize * sizeof (int));
+  num = 0;
+#endif
+
+  /* prompt_invis_chars_first_line is the number of invisible characters in
+     the first physical line of the prompt.
+     wrap_offset - prompt_invis_chars_first_line is the number of invis
+     chars on the second (or, more generally, last) line. */
+
+  /* This is zero-based, used to set the newlines */
+  prompt_lines_estimate = lpos / _rl_screenwidth;
+
+  /* what if lpos is already >= _rl_screenwidth before we start drawing the
+     contents of the command line? */
+  while (lpos >= _rl_screenwidth)
+    {
+      int z;
+      /* fix from Darin Johnson <darin@acuson.com> for prompt string with
+         invisible characters that is longer than the screen width.  The
+         prompt_invis_chars_first_line variable could be made into an array
+         saying how many invisible characters there are per line, but that's
+         probably too much work for the benefit gained.  How many people have
+         prompts that exceed two physical lines?
+         Additional logic fix from Edward Catmur <ed@catmur.co.uk> */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0 && prompt_multibyte_chars > 0)
+	{
+	  n0 = num;
+          temp = local_prompt_len;
+          while (num < temp)
+	    {
+	      z = _rl_col_width  (local_prompt, n0, num, 1);
+	      if (z > _rl_screenwidth)
+		{
+	          num = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (local_prompt, num, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	          break;
+		}
+	      else if (z == _rl_screenwidth)
+	        break;
+	      num++;
+	    }
+          temp = num;
+	}
+      else
+#endif /* !HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+	temp = ((newlines + 1) * _rl_screenwidth);
+
+      /* Now account for invisible characters in the current line. */
+      /* XXX - this assumes that the invisible characters may be split, but only
+	 between the first and the last lines. */
+      temp += (newlines == 0) ? prompt_invis_chars_first_line
+			      : ((newlines == prompt_lines_estimate) ? wrap_offset : prompt_invis_chars_first_line);
+
+      inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = temp;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0 && prompt_multibyte_chars > 0)
+	lpos -= _rl_col_width (local_prompt, n0, num, 1);
+      else
+#endif
+	lpos -= _rl_screenwidth;
+    }
+
+  prompt_last_screen_line = newlines;
+
+  /* Draw the rest of the line (after the prompt) into invisible_line, keeping
+     track of where the cursor is (cpos_buffer_position), the number of the line containing
+     the cursor (lb_linenum), the last line number (lb_botlin and inv_botlin).
+     It maintains an array of line breaks for display (inv_lbreaks).
+     This handles expanding tabs for display and displaying meta characters. */
+  lb_linenum = 0;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  in = 0;
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    {
+      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+      /* XXX - what if wc_bytes ends up <= 0? check for MB_INVALIDCH */
+      wc_bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, rl_line_buffer, rl_end, &ps);
+    }
+  else
+    wc_bytes = 1;
+  while (in < rl_end)
+#else
+  for (in = 0; in < rl_end; in++)
+#endif
+    {
+      c = (unsigned char)rl_line_buffer[in];
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (wc_bytes))
+	    {
+	      /* Byte sequence is invalid or shortened.  Assume that the
+	         first byte represents a character. */
+	      wc_bytes = 1;
+	      /* Assume that a character occupies a single column. */
+	      wc_width = 1;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	    }
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (wc_bytes))
+	    break;			/* Found '\0' */
+	  else
+	    {
+	      temp = WCWIDTH (wc);
+	      wc_width = (temp >= 0) ? temp : 1;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+
+      if (out + 8 >= line_size)		/* XXX - 8 for \t */
+	{
+	  line_size *= 2;
+	  visible_line = (char *)xrealloc (visible_line, line_size);
+	  invisible_line = (char *)xrealloc (invisible_line, line_size);
+	  line = invisible_line;
+	}
+
+      if (in == rl_point)
+	{
+	  cpos_buffer_position = out;
+	  lb_linenum = newlines;
+	}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (META_CHAR (c) && _rl_output_meta_chars == 0)	/* XXX - clean up */
+#else
+      if (META_CHAR (c))
+#endif
+	{
+	  if (_rl_output_meta_chars == 0)
+	    {
+	      sprintf (line + out, "\\%o", c);
+
+	      if (lpos + 4 >= _rl_screenwidth)
+		{
+		  temp = _rl_screenwidth - lpos;
+		  CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+		  inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out + temp;
+		  lpos = 4 - temp;
+		}
+	      else
+		lpos += 4;
+
+	      out += 4;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      line[out++] = c;
+	      CHECK_LPOS();
+	    }
+	}
+#if defined (DISPLAY_TABS)
+      else if (c == '\t')
+	{
+	  register int newout;
+
+#if 0
+	  newout = (out | (int)7) + 1;
+#else
+	  newout = out + 8 - lpos % 8;
+#endif
+	  temp = newout - out;
+	  if (lpos + temp >= _rl_screenwidth)
+	    {
+	      register int temp2;
+	      temp2 = _rl_screenwidth - lpos;
+	      CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+	      inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out + temp2;
+	      lpos = temp - temp2;
+	      while (out < newout)
+		line[out++] = ' ';
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      while (out < newout)
+		line[out++] = ' ';
+	      lpos += temp;
+	    }
+	}
+#endif
+      else if (c == '\n' && _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode == 0 && _rl_term_up && *_rl_term_up)
+	{
+	  line[out++] = '\0';	/* XXX - sentinel */
+	  CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+	  inv_lbreaks[++newlines] = out;
+	  lpos = 0;
+	}
+      else if (CTRL_CHAR (c) || c == RUBOUT)
+	{
+	  line[out++] = '^';
+	  CHECK_LPOS();
+	  line[out++] = CTRL_CHAR (c) ? UNCTRL (c) : '?';
+	  CHECK_LPOS();
+	}
+      else
+	{
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    {
+	      register int i;
+
+	      _rl_wrapped_multicolumn = 0;
+
+	      if (_rl_screenwidth < lpos + wc_width)
+		for (i = lpos; i < _rl_screenwidth; i++)
+		  {
+		    /* The space will be removed in update_line() */
+		    line[out++] = ' ';
+		    _rl_wrapped_multicolumn++;
+		    CHECK_LPOS();
+		  }
+	      if (in == rl_point)
+		{
+		  cpos_buffer_position = out;
+		  lb_linenum = newlines;
+		}
+	      for (i = in; i < in+wc_bytes; i++)
+		line[out++] = rl_line_buffer[i];
+	      for (i = 0; i < wc_width; i++)
+		CHECK_LPOS();
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      line[out++] = c;
+	      CHECK_LPOS();
+	    }
+#else
+	  line[out++] = c;
+	  CHECK_LPOS();
+#endif
+	}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  in += wc_bytes;
+	  /* XXX - what if wc_bytes ends up <= 0? check for MB_INVALIDCH */
+	  wc_bytes = mbrtowc (&wc, rl_line_buffer + in, rl_end - in, &ps);
+	}
+      else
+        in++;
+#endif
+
+    }
+  line[out] = '\0';
+  if (cpos_buffer_position < 0)
+    {
+      cpos_buffer_position = out;
+      lb_linenum = newlines;
+    }
+
+  inv_botlin = lb_botlin = newlines;
+  CHECK_INV_LBREAKS ();
+  inv_lbreaks[newlines+1] = out;
+  cursor_linenum = lb_linenum;
+
+  /* CPOS_BUFFER_POSITION == position in buffer where cursor should be placed.
+     CURSOR_LINENUM == line number where the cursor should be placed. */
+
+  /* PWP: now is when things get a bit hairy.  The visible and invisible
+     line buffers are really multiple lines, which would wrap every
+     (screenwidth - 1) characters.  Go through each in turn, finding
+     the changed region and updating it.  The line order is top to bottom. */
+
+  /* If we can move the cursor up and down, then use multiple lines,
+     otherwise, let long lines display in a single terminal line, and
+     horizontally scroll it. */
+  displaying_prompt_first_line = 1;
+  if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode == 0 && _rl_term_up && *_rl_term_up)
+    {
+      int nleft, pos, changed_screen_line, tx;
+
+      if (!rl_display_fixed || forced_display)
+	{
+	  forced_display = 0;
+
+	  /* If we have more than a screenful of material to display, then
+	     only display a screenful.  We should display the last screen,
+	     not the first.  */
+	  if (out >= _rl_screenchars)
+	    {
+	      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		out = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (line, _rl_screenchars, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	      else
+		out = _rl_screenchars - 1;
+	    }
+
+	  /* The first line is at character position 0 in the buffer.  The
+	     second and subsequent lines start at inv_lbreaks[N], offset by
+	     OFFSET (which has already been calculated above).  */
+
+#define INVIS_FIRST()	(prompt_physical_chars > _rl_screenwidth ? prompt_invis_chars_first_line : wrap_offset)
+#define WRAP_OFFSET(line, offset)  ((line == 0) \
+					? (offset ? INVIS_FIRST() : 0) \
+					: ((line == prompt_last_screen_line) ? wrap_offset-prompt_invis_chars_first_line : 0))
+#define W_OFFSET(line, offset) ((line) == 0 ? offset : 0)
+#define VIS_LLEN(l)	((l) > _rl_vis_botlin ? 0 : (vis_lbreaks[l+1] - vis_lbreaks[l]))
+#define INV_LLEN(l)	(inv_lbreaks[l+1] - inv_lbreaks[l])
+#define VIS_CHARS(line) (visible_line + vis_lbreaks[line])
+#define VIS_LINE(line) ((line) > _rl_vis_botlin) ? "" : VIS_CHARS(line)
+#define INV_LINE(line) (invisible_line + inv_lbreaks[line])
+
+#define OLD_CPOS_IN_PROMPT() (cpos_adjusted == 0 && \
+			_rl_last_c_pos != o_cpos && \
+			_rl_last_c_pos > wrap_offset && \
+			o_cpos < prompt_last_invisible)
+
+	  /* For each line in the buffer, do the updating display. */
+	  for (linenum = 0; linenum <= inv_botlin; linenum++)
+	    {
+	      /* This can lead us astray if we execute a program that changes
+		 the locale from a non-multibyte to a multibyte one. */
+	      o_cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
+	      cpos_adjusted = 0;
+	      update_line (VIS_LINE(linenum), INV_LINE(linenum), linenum,
+			   VIS_LLEN(linenum), INV_LLEN(linenum), inv_botlin);
+
+	      /* update_line potentially changes _rl_last_c_pos, but doesn't
+		 take invisible characters into account, since _rl_last_c_pos
+		 is an absolute cursor position in a multibyte locale.  See
+		 if compensating here is the right thing, or if we have to
+		 change update_line itself.  There are several cases in which
+		 update_line adjusts _rl_last_c_pos itself (so it can pass
+		 _rl_move_cursor_relative accurate values); it communicates
+		 this back by setting cpos_adjusted.  If we assume that
+		 _rl_last_c_pos is correct (an absolute cursor position) each
+		 time update_line is called, then we can assume in our
+		 calculations that o_cpos does not need to be adjusted by
+		 wrap_offset. */
+	      if (linenum == 0 && (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) && OLD_CPOS_IN_PROMPT())
+		_rl_last_c_pos -= prompt_invis_chars_first_line;	/* XXX - was wrap_offset */
+	      else if (linenum == prompt_last_screen_line && prompt_physical_chars > _rl_screenwidth &&
+			(MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) &&
+			cpos_adjusted == 0 &&
+			_rl_last_c_pos != o_cpos &&
+			_rl_last_c_pos > (prompt_last_invisible - _rl_screenwidth - prompt_invis_chars_first_line))
+		_rl_last_c_pos -= (wrap_offset-prompt_invis_chars_first_line);
+
+	      /* If this is the line with the prompt, we might need to
+		 compensate for invisible characters in the new line. Do
+		 this only if there is not more than one new line (which
+		 implies that we completely overwrite the old visible line)
+		 and the new line is shorter than the old.  Make sure we are
+		 at the end of the new line before clearing. */
+	      if (linenum == 0 &&
+		  inv_botlin == 0 && _rl_last_c_pos == out &&
+		  (wrap_offset > visible_wrap_offset) &&
+		  (_rl_last_c_pos < visible_first_line_len))
+		{
+		  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		    nleft = _rl_screenwidth - _rl_last_c_pos;
+		  else
+		    nleft = _rl_screenwidth + wrap_offset - _rl_last_c_pos;
+		  if (nleft)
+		    _rl_clear_to_eol (nleft);
+		}
+#if 0
+	      /* This segment is intended to handle the case where the prompt
+		 has invisible characters on the second line and the new line
+		 to be displayed needs to clear the rest of the old characters
+		 out (e.g., when printing the i-search prompt).  In general,
+		 the case of the new line being shorter than the old.
+		 Incomplete */
+	      else if (linenum == prompt_last_screen_line &&
+		       prompt_physical_chars > _rl_screenwidth &&
+		       wrap_offset != prompt_invis_chars_first_line &&
+		       _rl_last_c_pos == out &&
+#endif
+
+
+	      /* Since the new first line is now visible, save its length. */
+	      if (linenum == 0)
+		visible_first_line_len = (inv_botlin > 0) ? inv_lbreaks[1] : out - wrap_offset;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We may have deleted some lines.  If so, clear the left over
+	     blank ones at the bottom out. */
+	  if (_rl_vis_botlin > inv_botlin)
+	    {
+	      char *tt;
+	      for (; linenum <= _rl_vis_botlin; linenum++)
+		{
+		  tt = VIS_CHARS (linenum);
+		  _rl_move_vert (linenum);
+		  _rl_move_cursor_relative (0, tt);
+		  _rl_clear_to_eol
+		    ((linenum == _rl_vis_botlin) ? strlen (tt) : _rl_screenwidth);
+		}
+	    }
+	  _rl_vis_botlin = inv_botlin;
+
+	  /* CHANGED_SCREEN_LINE is set to 1 if we have moved to a
+	     different screen line during this redisplay. */
+	  changed_screen_line = _rl_last_v_pos != cursor_linenum;
+	  if (changed_screen_line)
+	    {
+	      _rl_move_vert (cursor_linenum);
+	      /* If we moved up to the line with the prompt using _rl_term_up,
+		 the physical cursor position on the screen stays the same,
+		 but the buffer position needs to be adjusted to account
+		 for invisible characters. */
+	      if ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && cursor_linenum == 0 && wrap_offset)
+		_rl_last_c_pos += wrap_offset;
+	    }
+
+	  /* We have to reprint the prompt if it contains invisible
+	     characters, since it's not generally OK to just reprint
+	     the characters from the current cursor position.  But we
+	     only need to reprint it if the cursor is before the last
+	     invisible character in the prompt string. */
+	  nleft = prompt_visible_length + wrap_offset;
+	  if (cursor_linenum == 0 && wrap_offset > 0 && _rl_last_c_pos > 0 &&
+#if 0
+	      _rl_last_c_pos <= PROMPT_ENDING_INDEX && local_prompt)
+#else
+	      _rl_last_c_pos < PROMPT_ENDING_INDEX && local_prompt)
+#endif
+	    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+	      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+	      if (_rl_term_cr)
+		tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+	      if (modmark)
+		_rl_output_some_chars ("*", 1);
+
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (local_prompt, nleft);
+	      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		_rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width (local_prompt, 0, nleft, 1) - wrap_offset + modmark;
+	      else
+		_rl_last_c_pos = nleft + modmark;
+	    }
+
+	  /* Where on that line?  And where does that line start
+	     in the buffer? */
+	  pos = inv_lbreaks[cursor_linenum];
+	  /* nleft == number of characters in the line buffer between the
+	     start of the line and the desired cursor position. */
+	  nleft = cpos_buffer_position - pos;
+
+	  /* NLEFT is now a number of characters in a buffer.  When in a
+	     multibyte locale, however, _rl_last_c_pos is an absolute cursor
+	     position that doesn't take invisible characters in the prompt
+	     into account.  We use a fudge factor to compensate. */
+
+	  /* Since _rl_backspace() doesn't know about invisible characters in the
+	     prompt, and there's no good way to tell it, we compensate for
+	     those characters here and call _rl_backspace() directly. */
+	  if (wrap_offset && cursor_linenum == 0 && nleft < _rl_last_c_pos)
+	    {
+	      /* TX == new physical cursor position in multibyte locale. */
+	      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		tx = _rl_col_width (&visible_line[pos], 0, nleft, 1) - visible_wrap_offset;
+	      else
+		tx = nleft;
+	      if (tx >= 0 && _rl_last_c_pos > tx)
+		{
+	          _rl_backspace (_rl_last_c_pos - tx);	/* XXX */
+	          _rl_last_c_pos = tx;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	  /* We need to note that in a multibyte locale we are dealing with
+	     _rl_last_c_pos as an absolute cursor position, but moving to a
+	     point specified by a buffer position (NLEFT) that doesn't take
+	     invisible characters into account. */
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    _rl_move_cursor_relative (nleft, &invisible_line[pos]);
+	  else if (nleft != _rl_last_c_pos)
+	    _rl_move_cursor_relative (nleft, &invisible_line[pos]);
+	}
+    }
+  else				/* Do horizontal scrolling. */
+    {
+#define M_OFFSET(margin, offset) ((margin) == 0 ? offset : 0)
+      int lmargin, ndisp, nleft, phys_c_pos, t;
+
+      /* Always at top line. */
+      _rl_last_v_pos = 0;
+
+      /* Compute where in the buffer the displayed line should start.  This
+	 will be LMARGIN. */
+
+      /* The number of characters that will be displayed before the cursor. */
+      ndisp = cpos_buffer_position - wrap_offset;
+      nleft  = prompt_visible_length + wrap_offset;
+      /* Where the new cursor position will be on the screen.  This can be
+	 longer than SCREENWIDTH; if it is, lmargin will be adjusted. */
+      phys_c_pos = cpos_buffer_position - (last_lmargin ? last_lmargin : wrap_offset);
+      t = _rl_screenwidth / 3;
+
+      /* If the number of characters had already exceeded the screenwidth,
+	 last_lmargin will be > 0. */
+
+      /* If the number of characters to be displayed is more than the screen
+	 width, compute the starting offset so that the cursor is about
+	 two-thirds of the way across the screen. */
+      if (phys_c_pos > _rl_screenwidth - 2)
+	{
+	  lmargin = cpos_buffer_position - (2 * t);
+	  if (lmargin < 0)
+	    lmargin = 0;
+	  /* If the left margin would be in the middle of a prompt with
+	     invisible characters, don't display the prompt at all. */
+	  if (wrap_offset && lmargin > 0 && lmargin < nleft)
+	    lmargin = nleft;
+	}
+      else if (ndisp < _rl_screenwidth - 2)		/* XXX - was -1 */
+	lmargin = 0;
+      else if (phys_c_pos < 1)
+	{
+	  /* If we are moving back towards the beginning of the line and
+	     the last margin is no longer correct, compute a new one. */
+	  lmargin = ((cpos_buffer_position - 1) / t) * t;	/* XXX */
+	  if (wrap_offset && lmargin > 0 && lmargin < nleft)
+	    lmargin = nleft;
+	}
+      else
+	lmargin = last_lmargin;
+
+      displaying_prompt_first_line = lmargin < nleft;
+
+      /* If the first character on the screen isn't the first character
+	 in the display line, indicate this with a special character. */
+      if (lmargin > 0)
+	line[lmargin] = '<';
+
+      /* If SCREENWIDTH characters starting at LMARGIN do not encompass
+	 the whole line, indicate that with a special character at the
+	 right edge of the screen.  If LMARGIN is 0, we need to take the
+	 wrap offset into account. */
+      t = lmargin + M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset) + _rl_screenwidth;
+      if (t < out)
+	line[t - 1] = '>';
+
+      if (rl_display_fixed == 0 || forced_display || lmargin != last_lmargin)
+	{
+	  forced_display = 0;
+	  o_cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
+	  cpos_adjusted = 0;
+	  update_line (&visible_line[last_lmargin],
+		       &invisible_line[lmargin],
+		       0,
+		       _rl_screenwidth + visible_wrap_offset,
+		       _rl_screenwidth + (lmargin ? 0 : wrap_offset),
+		       0);
+
+	  if ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) &&
+		displaying_prompt_first_line && OLD_CPOS_IN_PROMPT())
+	    _rl_last_c_pos -= prompt_invis_chars_first_line;	/* XXX - was wrap_offset */
+
+	  /* If the visible new line is shorter than the old, but the number
+	     of invisible characters is greater, and we are at the end of
+	     the new line, we need to clear to eol. */
+	  t = _rl_last_c_pos - M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset);
+	  if ((M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset) > visible_wrap_offset) &&
+	      (_rl_last_c_pos == out) && displaying_prompt_first_line &&
+	      t < visible_first_line_len)
+	    {
+	      nleft = _rl_screenwidth - t;
+	      _rl_clear_to_eol (nleft);
+	    }
+	  visible_first_line_len = out - lmargin - M_OFFSET (lmargin, wrap_offset);
+	  if (visible_first_line_len > _rl_screenwidth)
+	    visible_first_line_len = _rl_screenwidth;
+
+	  _rl_move_cursor_relative (cpos_buffer_position - lmargin, &invisible_line[lmargin]);
+	  last_lmargin = lmargin;
+	}
+    }
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+
+  /* Swap visible and non-visible lines. */
+  {
+    struct line_state *vtemp = line_state_visible;
+
+    line_state_visible = line_state_invisible;
+    line_state_invisible = vtemp;
+
+    rl_display_fixed = 0;
+    /* If we are displaying on a single line, and last_lmargin is > 0, we
+       are not displaying any invisible characters, so set visible_wrap_offset
+       to 0. */
+    if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && last_lmargin)
+      visible_wrap_offset = 0;
+    else
+      visible_wrap_offset = wrap_offset;
+  }
+
+  RL_UNSETSTATE (RL_STATE_REDISPLAYING);
+  _rl_release_sigint ();
+}
+
+/* PWP: update_line() is based on finding the middle difference of each
+   line on the screen; vis:
+
+			     /old first difference
+	/beginning of line   |	      /old last same       /old EOL
+	v		     v	      v		    v
+old:	eddie> Oh, my little gruntle-buggy is to me, as lurgid as
+new:	eddie> Oh, my little buggy says to me, as lurgid as
+	^		     ^	^			   ^
+	\beginning of line   |	\new last same	   \new end of line
+			     \new first difference
+
+   All are character pointers for the sake of speed.  Special cases for
+   no differences, as well as for end of line additions must be handled.
+
+   Could be made even smarter, but this works well enough */
+static void
+update_line (old, new, current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin)
+     register char *old, *new;
+     int current_line, omax, nmax, inv_botlin;
+{
+  register char *ofd, *ols, *oe, *nfd, *nls, *ne;
+  int temp, lendiff, wsatend, od, nd, twidth, o_cpos;
+  int current_invis_chars;
+  int col_lendiff, col_temp;
+  int bytes_to_insert;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  mbstate_t ps_new, ps_old;
+  int new_offset, old_offset;
+#endif
+
+  /* If we're at the right edge of a terminal that supports xn, we're
+     ready to wrap around, so do so.  This fixes problems with knowing
+     the exact cursor position and cut-and-paste with certain terminal
+     emulators.  In this calculation, TEMP is the physical screen
+     position of the cursor. */
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    temp = _rl_last_c_pos;
+  else
+    temp = _rl_last_c_pos - WRAP_OFFSET (_rl_last_v_pos, visible_wrap_offset);
+  if (temp == _rl_screenwidth && _rl_term_autowrap && !_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode
+	&& _rl_last_v_pos == current_line - 1)
+    {
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  wchar_t wc;
+	  mbstate_t ps;
+	  int tempwidth, bytes;
+	  size_t ret;
+
+	  /* This fixes only double-column characters, but if the wrapped
+	     character consumes more than three columns, spaces will be
+	     inserted in the string buffer. */
+	  if (current_line < line_state_visible->wbsize && line_state_visible->wrapped_line[current_line] > 0)
+	    _rl_clear_to_eol (line_state_visible->wrapped_line[current_line]);
+
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	  ret = mbrtowc (&wc, new, MB_CUR_MAX, &ps);
+	  if (MB_INVALIDCH (ret))
+	    {
+	      tempwidth = 1;
+	      ret = 1;
+	    }
+	  else if (MB_NULLWCH (ret))
+	    tempwidth = 0;
+	  else
+	    tempwidth = WCWIDTH (wc);
+
+	  if (tempwidth > 0)
+	    {
+	      int count, i;
+	      bytes = ret;
+	      for (count = 0; count < bytes; count++)
+		putc (new[count], rl_outstream);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos = tempwidth;
+	      _rl_last_v_pos++;
+	      memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	      ret = mbrtowc (&wc, old, MB_CUR_MAX, &ps);
+	      if (ret != 0 && bytes != 0)
+		{
+		  if (MB_INVALIDCH (ret))
+		    ret = 1;
+		  memmove (old+bytes, old+ret, strlen (old+ret));
+		  memcpy (old, new, bytes);
+		  /* Fix up indices if we copy data from one line to another */
+		  omax += bytes - ret;
+		  for (i = current_line+1; i <= inv_botlin+1; i++)
+		    vis_lbreaks[i] += bytes - ret;
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos = 1;
+	      _rl_last_v_pos++;
+	      if (old[0] && new[0])
+		old[0] = new[0];
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+#endif
+	{
+	  if (new[0])
+	    putc (new[0], rl_outstream);
+	  else
+	    putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+	  _rl_last_c_pos = 1;
+	  _rl_last_v_pos++;
+	  if (old[0] && new[0])
+	    old[0] = new[0];
+	}
+    }
+
+      
+  /* Find first difference. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    {
+      /* See if the old line is a subset of the new line, so that the
+	 only change is adding characters. */
+      temp = (omax < nmax) ? omax : nmax;
+      if (memcmp (old, new, temp) == 0)		/* adding at the end */
+	{
+	  new_offset = old_offset = temp;
+	  ofd = old + temp;
+	  nfd = new + temp;
+	}
+      else
+	{      
+	  memset (&ps_new, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+	  memset (&ps_old, 0, sizeof(mbstate_t));
+
+	  if (omax == nmax && STREQN (new, old, omax))
+	    {
+	      old_offset = omax;
+	      new_offset = nmax;
+	      ofd = old + omax;
+	      nfd = new + nmax;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      new_offset = old_offset = 0;
+	      for (ofd = old, nfd = new;
+		    (ofd - old < omax) && *ofd &&
+		    _rl_compare_chars(old, old_offset, &ps_old, new, new_offset, &ps_new); )
+		{
+		  old_offset = _rl_find_next_mbchar (old, old_offset, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+		  new_offset = _rl_find_next_mbchar (new, new_offset, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+
+		  ofd = old + old_offset;
+		  nfd = new + new_offset;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+  for (ofd = old, nfd = new;
+       (ofd - old < omax) && *ofd && (*ofd == *nfd);
+       ofd++, nfd++)
+    ;
+
+  /* Move to the end of the screen line.  ND and OD are used to keep track
+     of the distance between ne and new and oe and old, respectively, to
+     move a subtraction out of each loop. */
+  for (od = ofd - old, oe = ofd; od < omax && *oe; oe++, od++);
+  for (nd = nfd - new, ne = nfd; nd < nmax && *ne; ne++, nd++);
+
+  /* If no difference, continue to next line. */
+  if (ofd == oe && nfd == ne)
+    return;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0 && _rl_utf8locale)
+    {
+      wchar_t wc;
+      mbstate_t ps = { 0 };
+      int t;
+
+      /* If the first character in the difference is a zero-width character,
+	 assume it's a combining character and back one up so the two base
+	 characters no longer compare equivalently. */
+      t = mbrtowc (&wc, ofd, MB_CUR_MAX, &ps);
+      if (t > 0 && UNICODE_COMBINING_CHAR (wc) && WCWIDTH (wc) == 0)
+	{
+	  old_offset = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (old, ofd - old, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	  new_offset = _rl_find_prev_mbchar (new, nfd - new, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	  ofd = old + old_offset;	/* equal by definition */
+	  nfd = new + new_offset;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+  wsatend = 1;			/* flag for trailing whitespace */
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    {
+      ols = old + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (old, oe - old, MB_FIND_ANY);
+      nls = new + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (new, ne - new, MB_FIND_ANY);
+
+      while ((ols > ofd) && (nls > nfd))
+	{
+	  memset (&ps_old, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	  memset (&ps_new, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+#if 0
+	  /* On advice from jir@yamato.ibm.com */
+	  _rl_adjust_point (old, ols - old, &ps_old);
+	  _rl_adjust_point (new, nls - new, &ps_new);
+#endif
+
+	  if (_rl_compare_chars (old, ols - old, &ps_old, new, nls - new, &ps_new) == 0)
+	    break;
+
+	  if (*ols == ' ')
+	    wsatend = 0;
+
+	  ols = old + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (old, ols - old, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	  nls = new + _rl_find_prev_mbchar (new, nls - new, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
+  ols = oe - 1;			/* find last same */
+  nls = ne - 1;
+  while ((ols > ofd) && (nls > nfd) && (*ols == *nls))
+    {
+      if (*ols != ' ')
+	wsatend = 0;
+      ols--;
+      nls--;
+    }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+    }
+#endif
+
+  if (wsatend)
+    {
+      ols = oe;
+      nls = ne;
+    }
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  /* This may not work for stateful encoding, but who cares?  To handle
+     stateful encoding properly, we have to scan each string from the
+     beginning and compare. */
+  else if (_rl_compare_chars (ols, 0, NULL, nls, 0, NULL) == 0)
+#else
+  else if (*ols != *nls)
+#endif
+    {
+      if (*ols)			/* don't step past the NUL */
+	{
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    ols = old + _rl_find_next_mbchar (old, ols - old, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	  else
+	    ols++;
+	}
+      if (*nls)
+	{
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    nls = new + _rl_find_next_mbchar (new, nls - new, 1, MB_FIND_ANY);
+	  else
+	    nls++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* count of invisible characters in the current invisible line. */
+  current_invis_chars = W_OFFSET (current_line, wrap_offset);
+  if (_rl_last_v_pos != current_line)
+    {
+      _rl_move_vert (current_line);
+      if ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) && current_line == 0 && visible_wrap_offset)
+	_rl_last_c_pos += visible_wrap_offset;
+    }
+
+  /* If this is the first line and there are invisible characters in the
+     prompt string, and the prompt string has not changed, and the current
+     cursor position is before the last invisible character in the prompt,
+     and the index of the character to move to is past the end of the prompt
+     string, then redraw the entire prompt string.  We can only do this
+     reliably if the terminal supports a `cr' capability.
+
+     This is not an efficiency hack -- there is a problem with redrawing
+     portions of the prompt string if they contain terminal escape
+     sequences (like drawing the `unbold' sequence without a corresponding
+     `bold') that manifests itself on certain terminals. */
+
+  lendiff = local_prompt_len;
+  od = ofd - old;	/* index of first difference in visible line */
+  if (current_line == 0 && !_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode &&
+      _rl_term_cr && lendiff > prompt_visible_length && _rl_last_c_pos > 0 &&
+      od >= lendiff && _rl_last_c_pos < PROMPT_ENDING_INDEX)
+    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+      if (modmark)
+	_rl_output_some_chars ("*", 1);
+      _rl_output_some_chars (local_prompt, lendiff);
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  /* We take wrap_offset into account here so we can pass correct
+	     information to _rl_move_cursor_relative. */
+	  _rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width (local_prompt, 0, lendiff, 1) - wrap_offset + modmark;
+	  cpos_adjusted = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	_rl_last_c_pos = lendiff + modmark;
+    }
+
+  o_cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
+
+  /* When this function returns, _rl_last_c_pos is correct, and an absolute
+     cursor position in multibyte mode, but a buffer index when not in a
+     multibyte locale. */
+  _rl_move_cursor_relative (od, old);
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  /* We need to indicate that the cursor position is correct in the presence of
+     invisible characters in the prompt string.  Let's see if setting this when
+     we make sure we're at the end of the drawn prompt string works. */
+  if (current_line == 0 && MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0 &&
+      (_rl_last_c_pos > 0 || o_cpos > 0) &&
+      _rl_last_c_pos == prompt_physical_chars)
+    cpos_adjusted = 1;
+#endif
+
+  /* if (len (new) > len (old))
+     lendiff == difference in buffer (bytes)
+     col_lendiff == difference on screen (columns)
+     When not using multibyte characters, these are equal */
+  lendiff = (nls - nfd) - (ols - ofd);
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    col_lendiff = _rl_col_width (new, nfd - new, nls - new, 1) - _rl_col_width (old, ofd - old, ols - old, 1);
+  else
+    col_lendiff = lendiff;
+
+  /* If we are changing the number of invisible characters in a line, and
+     the spot of first difference is before the end of the invisible chars,
+     lendiff needs to be adjusted. */
+  if (current_line == 0 && /* !_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && */
+      current_invis_chars != visible_wrap_offset)
+    {
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  lendiff += visible_wrap_offset - current_invis_chars;
+	  col_lendiff += visible_wrap_offset - current_invis_chars;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  lendiff += visible_wrap_offset - current_invis_chars;
+	  col_lendiff = lendiff;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* We use temp as a count of the number of bytes from the first difference
+     to the end of the new line.  col_temp is the corresponding number of
+     screen columns.  A `dumb' update moves to the spot of first difference
+     and writes TEMP bytes. */
+  /* Insert (diff (len (old), len (new)) ch. */
+  temp = ne - nfd;
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    col_temp = _rl_col_width (new, nfd - new, ne - new, 1);
+  else
+    col_temp = temp;
+
+  /* how many bytes from the new line buffer to write to the display */
+  bytes_to_insert = nls - nfd;
+
+  /* col_lendiff > 0 if we are adding characters to the line */
+  if (col_lendiff > 0)	/* XXX - was lendiff */
+    {
+      /* Non-zero if we're increasing the number of lines. */
+      int gl = current_line >= _rl_vis_botlin && inv_botlin > _rl_vis_botlin;
+      /* If col_lendiff is > 0, implying that the new string takes up more
+	 screen real estate than the old, but lendiff is < 0, meaning that it
+	 takes fewer bytes, we need to just output the characters starting
+	 from the first difference.  These will overwrite what is on the
+	 display, so there's no reason to do a smart update.  This can really
+	 only happen in a multibyte environment. */
+      if (lendiff < 0)
+	{
+	  _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+	  _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;	/* XXX - was _rl_col_width (nfd, 0, temp, 1); */
+	  /* If nfd begins before any invisible characters in the prompt,
+	     adjust _rl_last_c_pos to account for wrap_offset and set
+	     cpos_adjusted to let the caller know. */
+	  if (current_line == 0 && displaying_prompt_first_line && wrap_offset && ((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible))
+	    {
+	      _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset;
+	      cpos_adjusted = 1;
+	    }
+	  return;
+	}
+      /* Sometimes it is cheaper to print the characters rather than
+	 use the terminal's capabilities.  If we're growing the number
+	 of lines, make sure we actually cause the new line to wrap
+	 around on auto-wrapping terminals. */
+      else if (_rl_terminal_can_insert && ((2 * col_temp) >= col_lendiff || _rl_term_IC) && (!_rl_term_autowrap || !gl))
+	{
+	  /* If lendiff > prompt_visible_length and _rl_last_c_pos == 0 and
+	     _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode == 1, inserting the characters with
+	     _rl_term_IC or _rl_term_ic will screw up the screen because of the
+	     invisible characters.  We need to just draw them. */
+	  /* The same thing happens if we're trying to draw before the last
+	     invisible character in the prompt string or we're increasing the
+	     number of invisible characters in the line and we're not drawing
+	     the entire prompt string. */
+	  if (*ols && ((_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode &&
+			_rl_last_c_pos == 0 &&
+			lendiff > prompt_visible_length &&
+			current_invis_chars > 0) == 0) &&
+		      (((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) &&
+		        current_line == 0 && wrap_offset &&
+		        ((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible) &&
+		        (col_lendiff < prompt_visible_length)) == 0) &&
+		      (visible_wrap_offset >= current_invis_chars))
+	    {
+	      open_some_spaces (col_lendiff);
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, bytes_to_insert);
+	      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		_rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (nfd, 0, bytes_to_insert, 1);
+	      else
+		_rl_last_c_pos += bytes_to_insert;
+	    }
+	  else if ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented != 0) && *ols == 0 && lendiff > 0)
+	    {
+	      /* At the end of a line the characters do not have to
+		 be "inserted".  They can just be placed on the screen. */
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;
+	      return;
+	    }
+	  else	/* just write from first difference to end of new line */
+	    {
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;
+	      /* If nfd begins before the last invisible character in the
+		 prompt, adjust _rl_last_c_pos to account for wrap_offset
+		 and set cpos_adjusted to let the caller know. */
+	      if ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) && current_line == 0 && displaying_prompt_first_line && wrap_offset && ((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible))
+		{
+		  _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset;
+		  cpos_adjusted = 1;
+		}
+	      return;
+	    }
+
+	  if (bytes_to_insert > lendiff)
+	    {
+	      /* If nfd begins before the last invisible character in the
+		 prompt, adjust _rl_last_c_pos to account for wrap_offset
+		 and set cpos_adjusted to let the caller know. */
+	      if ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) && current_line == 0 && displaying_prompt_first_line && wrap_offset && ((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible))
+		{
+		  _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset;
+		  cpos_adjusted = 1;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  /* cannot insert chars, write to EOL */
+	  _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+	  _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;
+	  /* If we're in a multibyte locale and were before the last invisible
+	     char in the current line (which implies we just output some invisible
+	     characters) we need to adjust _rl_last_c_pos, since it represents
+	     a physical character position. */
+	  if ((MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0) &&
+		current_line == prompt_last_screen_line && wrap_offset &&
+		displaying_prompt_first_line &&
+		wrap_offset != prompt_invis_chars_first_line &&
+		((nfd-new) < (prompt_last_invisible-(current_line*_rl_screenwidth))))
+	    {
+	      _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset - prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+	      cpos_adjusted = 1;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+  else				/* Delete characters from line. */
+    {
+      /* If possible and inexpensive to use terminal deletion, then do so. */
+      if (_rl_term_dc && (2 * col_temp) >= -col_lendiff)
+	{
+	  /* If all we're doing is erasing the invisible characters in the
+	     prompt string, don't bother.  It screws up the assumptions
+	     about what's on the screen. */
+	  if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && _rl_last_c_pos == 0 &&
+	      displaying_prompt_first_line &&
+	      -lendiff == visible_wrap_offset)
+	    col_lendiff = 0;
+
+	  /* If we have moved lmargin and we're shrinking the line, we've
+	     already moved the cursor to the first character of the new line,
+	     so deleting -col_lendiff characters will mess up the cursor
+	     position calculation */
+	  if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && displaying_prompt_first_line == 0 &&
+		col_lendiff && _rl_last_c_pos < -col_lendiff)
+	    col_lendiff = 0;
+
+	  if (col_lendiff)
+	    delete_chars (-col_lendiff); /* delete (diff) characters */
+
+	  /* Copy (new) chars to screen from first diff to last match,
+	     overwriting what is there. */
+	  if (bytes_to_insert > 0)
+	    {
+	      /* If nfd begins at the prompt, or before the invisible
+		 characters in the prompt, we need to adjust _rl_last_c_pos
+		 in a multibyte locale to account for the wrap offset and
+		 set cpos_adjusted accordingly. */
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, bytes_to_insert);
+	      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		{
+		  _rl_last_c_pos += _rl_col_width (nfd, 0, bytes_to_insert, 1);
+		  if (current_line == 0 && wrap_offset &&
+			displaying_prompt_first_line &&
+			_rl_last_c_pos > wrap_offset &&
+			((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible))
+		    {
+		      _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset;
+		      cpos_adjusted = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else
+		_rl_last_c_pos += bytes_to_insert;
+
+	      /* XXX - we only want to do this if we are at the end of the line
+		 so we move there with _rl_move_cursor_relative */
+	      if (_rl_horizontal_scroll_mode && ((oe-old) > (ne-new)))
+		{
+		  _rl_move_cursor_relative (ne-new, new);
+		  goto clear_rest_of_line;
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      /* Otherwise, print over the existing material. */
+      else
+	{
+	  if (temp > 0)
+	    {
+	      /* If nfd begins at the prompt, or before the invisible
+		 characters in the prompt, we need to adjust _rl_last_c_pos
+		 in a multibyte locale to account for the wrap offset and
+		 set cpos_adjusted accordingly. */
+	      _rl_output_some_chars (nfd, temp);
+	      _rl_last_c_pos += col_temp;		/* XXX */
+	      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+		{
+		  if (current_line == 0 && wrap_offset &&
+			displaying_prompt_first_line &&
+			_rl_last_c_pos > wrap_offset &&
+			((nfd - new) <= prompt_last_invisible))
+		    {
+		      _rl_last_c_pos -= wrap_offset;
+		      cpos_adjusted = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+clear_rest_of_line:
+	  lendiff = (oe - old) - (ne - new);
+	  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	    col_lendiff = _rl_col_width (old, 0, oe - old, 1) - _rl_col_width (new, 0, ne - new, 1);
+	  else
+	    col_lendiff = lendiff;
+
+	  /* If we've already printed over the entire width of the screen,
+	     including the old material, then col_lendiff doesn't matter and
+	     space_to_eol will insert too many spaces.  XXX - maybe we should
+	     adjust col_lendiff based on the difference between _rl_last_c_pos
+	     and _rl_screenwidth */
+	  if (col_lendiff && ((MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented) || (_rl_last_c_pos < _rl_screenwidth)))
+	    {	  
+	      if (_rl_term_autowrap && current_line < inv_botlin)
+		space_to_eol (col_lendiff);
+	      else
+		_rl_clear_to_eol (col_lendiff);
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+}
+
+/* Tell the update routines that we have moved onto a new (empty) line. */
+int
+rl_on_new_line ()
+{
+  if (visible_line)
+    visible_line[0] = '\0';
+
+  _rl_last_c_pos = _rl_last_v_pos = 0;
+  _rl_vis_botlin = last_lmargin = 0;
+  if (vis_lbreaks)
+    vis_lbreaks[0] = vis_lbreaks[1] = 0;
+  visible_wrap_offset = 0;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Tell the update routines that we have moved onto a new line with the
+   prompt already displayed.  Code originally from the version of readline
+   distributed with CLISP.  rl_expand_prompt must have already been called
+   (explicitly or implicitly).  This still doesn't work exactly right. */
+int
+rl_on_new_line_with_prompt ()
+{
+  int prompt_size, i, l, real_screenwidth, newlines;
+  char *prompt_last_line, *lprompt;
+
+  /* Initialize visible_line and invisible_line to ensure that they can hold
+     the already-displayed prompt. */
+  prompt_size = strlen (rl_prompt) + 1;
+  init_line_structures (prompt_size);
+
+  /* Make sure the line structures hold the already-displayed prompt for
+     redisplay. */
+  lprompt = local_prompt ? local_prompt : rl_prompt;
+  strcpy (visible_line, lprompt);
+  strcpy (invisible_line, lprompt);
+
+  /* If the prompt contains newlines, take the last tail. */
+  prompt_last_line = strrchr (rl_prompt, '\n');
+  if (!prompt_last_line)
+    prompt_last_line = rl_prompt;
+
+  l = strlen (prompt_last_line);
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    _rl_last_c_pos = _rl_col_width (prompt_last_line, 0, l, 1);	/* XXX */
+  else
+    _rl_last_c_pos = l;
+
+  /* Dissect prompt_last_line into screen lines. Note that here we have
+     to use the real screenwidth. Readline's notion of screenwidth might be
+     one less, see terminal.c. */
+  real_screenwidth = _rl_screenwidth + (_rl_term_autowrap ? 0 : 1);
+  _rl_last_v_pos = l / real_screenwidth;
+  /* If the prompt length is a multiple of real_screenwidth, we don't know
+     whether the cursor is at the end of the last line, or already at the
+     beginning of the next line. Output a newline just to be safe. */
+  if (l > 0 && (l % real_screenwidth) == 0)
+    _rl_output_some_chars ("\n", 1);
+  last_lmargin = 0;
+
+  newlines = 0; i = 0;
+  while (i <= l)
+    {
+      _rl_vis_botlin = newlines;
+      vis_lbreaks[newlines++] = i;
+      i += real_screenwidth;
+    }
+  vis_lbreaks[newlines] = l;
+  visible_wrap_offset = 0;
+
+  rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt;	/* XXX - make sure it's set */
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Actually update the display, period. */
+int
+rl_forced_update_display ()
+{
+  register char *temp;
+
+  if (visible_line)
+    {
+      temp = visible_line;
+      while (*temp)
+	*temp++ = '\0';
+    }
+  rl_on_new_line ();
+  forced_display++;
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Redraw only the last line of a multi-line prompt. */
+int
+rl_redraw_prompt_last_line ()
+{
+  char *t;
+  t = strrchr (rl_display_prompt, '\n');
+  if (t)
+    redraw_prompt (++t);
+  else
+    rl_forced_update_display ();
+}
+
+/* Move the cursor from _rl_last_c_pos to NEW, which are buffer indices.
+   (Well, when we don't have multibyte characters, _rl_last_c_pos is a
+   buffer index.)
+   DATA is the contents of the screen line of interest; i.e., where
+   the movement is being done. */
+void
+_rl_move_cursor_relative (new, data)
+     int new;
+     const char *data;
+{
+  register int i;
+  int woff;			/* number of invisible chars on current line */
+  int cpos, dpos;		/* current and desired cursor positions */
+  int adjust;
+
+  woff = WRAP_OFFSET (_rl_last_v_pos, wrap_offset);
+  cpos = _rl_last_c_pos;
+
+  if (cpos == 0 && cpos == new)
+    return;
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  /* If we have multibyte characters, NEW is indexed by the buffer point in
+     a multibyte string, but _rl_last_c_pos is the display position.  In
+     this case, NEW's display position is not obvious and must be
+     calculated.  We need to account for invisible characters in this line,
+     as long as we are past them and they are counted by _rl_col_width. */
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    {
+      adjust = 1;
+      /* Try to short-circuit common cases and eliminate a bunch of multibyte
+	 character function calls. */
+      /* 1.  prompt string */
+      if (new == local_prompt_len && memcmp (data, local_prompt, new) == 0)
+	{
+	  dpos = prompt_physical_chars;
+	  cpos_adjusted = 1;
+	  adjust = 0;
+	}
+      /* 2.  prompt_string + line contents */
+      else if (new > local_prompt_len && local_prompt && memcmp (data, local_prompt, local_prompt_len) == 0)
+	{
+	  dpos = prompt_physical_chars + _rl_col_width (data, local_prompt_len, new, 1);
+	  cpos_adjusted = 1;
+	  adjust = 0;
+	}
+      else
+        dpos = _rl_col_width (data, 0, new, 1);
+
+      if (displaying_prompt_first_line == 0)
+	adjust = 0;
+
+      /* Use NEW when comparing against the last invisible character in the
+	 prompt string, since they're both buffer indices and DPOS is a
+	 desired display position. */
+      if (adjust && ((new > prompt_last_invisible) ||		/* XXX - don't use woff here */
+	  (prompt_physical_chars >= _rl_screenwidth &&
+	   _rl_last_v_pos == prompt_last_screen_line &&
+	   wrap_offset >= woff && dpos >= woff &&
+	   new > (prompt_last_invisible-(_rl_screenwidth*_rl_last_v_pos)-wrap_offset))))
+	   /* XXX last comparison might need to be >= */
+	{
+	  dpos -= woff;
+	  /* Since this will be assigned to _rl_last_c_pos at the end (more
+	     precisely, _rl_last_c_pos == dpos when this function returns),
+	     let the caller know. */
+	  cpos_adjusted = 1;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+#endif
+    dpos = new;
+
+  /* If we don't have to do anything, then return. */
+  if (cpos == dpos)
+    return;
+
+  /* It may be faster to output a CR, and then move forwards instead
+     of moving backwards. */
+  /* i == current physical cursor position. */
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+    i = _rl_last_c_pos;
+  else
+#endif
+  i = _rl_last_c_pos - woff;
+  if (dpos == 0 || CR_FASTER (dpos, _rl_last_c_pos) ||
+      (_rl_term_autowrap && i == _rl_screenwidth))
+    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ */
+      cpos = _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+    }
+
+  if (cpos < dpos)
+    {
+      /* Move the cursor forward.  We do it by printing the command
+	 to move the cursor forward if there is one, else print that
+	 portion of the output buffer again.  Which is cheaper? */
+
+      /* The above comment is left here for posterity.  It is faster
+	 to print one character (non-control) than to print a control
+	 sequence telling the terminal to move forward one character.
+	 That kind of control is for people who don't know what the
+	 data is underneath the cursor. */
+
+      /* However, we need a handle on where the current display position is
+	 in the buffer for the immediately preceding comment to be true.
+	 In multibyte locales, we don't currently have that info available.
+	 Without it, we don't know where the data we have to display begins
+	 in the buffer and we have to go back to the beginning of the screen
+	 line.  In this case, we can use the terminal sequence to move forward
+	 if it's available. */
+      if (MB_CUR_MAX > 1 && rl_byte_oriented == 0)
+	{
+	  if (_rl_term_forward_char)
+	    {
+	      for (i = cpos; i < dpos; i++)
+	        tputs (_rl_term_forward_char, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+	      for (i = 0; i < new; i++)
+		putc (data[i], rl_outstream);
+	    }
+	}
+      else
+	for (i = cpos; i < new; i++)
+	  putc (data[i], rl_outstream);
+    }
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  /* NEW points to the buffer point, but _rl_last_c_pos is the display point.
+     The byte length of the string is probably bigger than the column width
+     of the string, which means that if NEW == _rl_last_c_pos, then NEW's
+     display point is less than _rl_last_c_pos. */
+#endif
+  else if (cpos > dpos)
+    _rl_backspace (cpos - dpos);
+
+  _rl_last_c_pos = dpos;
+}
+
+/* PWP: move the cursor up or down. */
+void
+_rl_move_vert (to)
+     int to;
+{
+  register int delta, i;
+
+  if (_rl_last_v_pos == to || to > _rl_screenheight)
+    return;
+
+  if ((delta = to - _rl_last_v_pos) > 0)
+    {
+      for (i = 0; i < delta; i++)
+	putc ('\n', rl_outstream);
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+      _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {			/* delta < 0 */
+#ifdef __DJGPP__
+      int row, col;
+
+      fflush (rl_outstream);
+      ScreenGetCursor (&row, &col);
+      ScreenSetCursor (row + delta, col);
+      i = -delta;
+#else
+      if (_rl_term_up && *_rl_term_up)
+	for (i = 0; i < -delta; i++)
+	  tputs (_rl_term_up, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif /* !__DJGPP__ */
+    }
+
+  _rl_last_v_pos = to;		/* Now TO is here */
+}
+
+/* Physically print C on rl_outstream.  This is for functions which know
+   how to optimize the display.  Return the number of characters output. */
+int
+rl_show_char (c)
+     int c;
+{
+  int n = 1;
+  if (META_CHAR (c) && (_rl_output_meta_chars == 0))
+    {
+      fprintf (rl_outstream, "M-");
+      n += 2;
+      c = UNMETA (c);
+    }
+
+#if defined (DISPLAY_TABS)
+  if ((CTRL_CHAR (c) && c != '\t') || c == RUBOUT)
+#else
+  if (CTRL_CHAR (c) || c == RUBOUT)
+#endif /* !DISPLAY_TABS */
+    {
+      fprintf (rl_outstream, "C-");
+      n += 2;
+      c = CTRL_CHAR (c) ? UNCTRL (c) : '?';
+    }
+
+  putc (c, rl_outstream);
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+  return n;
+}
+
+int
+rl_character_len (c, pos)
+     register int c, pos;
+{
+  unsigned char uc;
+
+  uc = (unsigned char)c;
+
+  if (META_CHAR (uc))
+    return ((_rl_output_meta_chars == 0) ? 4 : 1);
+
+  if (uc == '\t')
+    {
+#if defined (DISPLAY_TABS)
+      return (((pos | 7) + 1) - pos);
+#else
+      return (2);
+#endif /* !DISPLAY_TABS */
+    }
+
+  if (CTRL_CHAR (c) || c == RUBOUT)
+    return (2);
+
+  return ((ISPRINT (uc)) ? 1 : 2);
+}
+/* How to print things in the "echo-area".  The prompt is treated as a
+   mini-modeline. */
+static int msg_saved_prompt = 0;
+
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS)
+int
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+rl_message (const char *format, ...)
+#else
+rl_message (va_alist)
+     va_dcl
+#endif
+{
+  va_list args;
+#if defined (PREFER_VARARGS)
+  char *format;
+#endif
+#if defined (HAVE_VSNPRINTF)
+  int bneed;
+#endif
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+  va_start (args, format);
+#else
+  va_start (args);
+  format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+
+  if (msg_buf == 0)
+    msg_buf = xmalloc (msg_bufsiz = 128);
+
+#if defined (HAVE_VSNPRINTF)
+  bneed = vsnprintf (msg_buf, msg_bufsiz, format, args);
+  if (bneed >= msg_bufsiz - 1)
+    {
+      msg_bufsiz = bneed + 1;
+      msg_buf = xrealloc (msg_buf, msg_bufsiz);
+      va_end (args);
+
+#if defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+      va_start (args, format);
+#else
+      va_start (args);
+      format = va_arg (args, char *);
+#endif
+      vsnprintf (msg_buf, msg_bufsiz - 1, format, args);
+    }
+#else
+  vsprintf (msg_buf, format, args);
+  msg_buf[msg_bufsiz - 1] = '\0';	/* overflow? */
+#endif
+  va_end (args);
+
+  if (saved_local_prompt == 0)
+    {
+      rl_save_prompt ();
+      msg_saved_prompt = 1;
+    }
+  else if (local_prompt != saved_local_prompt)
+    {
+      FREE (local_prompt);
+      FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
+      local_prompt = (char *)NULL;
+    }
+  rl_display_prompt = msg_buf;
+  local_prompt = expand_prompt (msg_buf, 0, &prompt_visible_length,
+					    &prompt_last_invisible,
+					    &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+					    &prompt_physical_chars);
+  local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
+  local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#else /* !USE_VARARGS */
+int
+rl_message (format, arg1, arg2)
+     char *format;
+{
+  if (msg_buf == 0)
+    msg_buf = xmalloc (msg_bufsiz = 128);
+
+  sprintf (msg_buf, format, arg1, arg2);
+  msg_buf[msg_bufsiz - 1] = '\0';	/* overflow? */
+
+  rl_display_prompt = msg_buf;
+  if (saved_local_prompt == 0)
+    {
+      rl_save_prompt ();
+      msg_saved_prompt = 1;
+    }
+  else if (local_prompt != saved_local_prompt)
+    {
+      FREE (local_prompt);
+      FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
+      local_prompt = (char *)NULL;
+    }
+  local_prompt = expand_prompt (msg_buf, 0, &prompt_visible_length,
+					    &prompt_last_invisible,
+					    &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+					    &prompt_physical_chars);
+  local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
+  local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+      
+  return 0;
+}
+#endif /* !USE_VARARGS */
+
+/* How to clear things from the "echo-area". */
+int
+rl_clear_message ()
+{
+  rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt;
+  if (msg_saved_prompt)
+    {
+      rl_restore_prompt ();
+      msg_saved_prompt = 0;
+    }
+  (*rl_redisplay_function) ();
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+rl_reset_line_state ()
+{
+  rl_on_new_line ();
+
+  rl_display_prompt = rl_prompt ? rl_prompt : "";
+  forced_display = 1;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+void
+rl_save_prompt ()
+{
+  saved_local_prompt = local_prompt;
+  saved_local_prefix = local_prompt_prefix;
+  saved_prefix_length = prompt_prefix_length;
+  saved_local_length = local_prompt_len;
+  saved_last_invisible = prompt_last_invisible;
+  saved_visible_length = prompt_visible_length;
+  saved_invis_chars_first_line = prompt_invis_chars_first_line;
+  saved_physical_chars = prompt_physical_chars;
+
+  local_prompt = local_prompt_prefix = (char *)0;
+  local_prompt_len = 0;
+  prompt_last_invisible = prompt_visible_length = prompt_prefix_length = 0;
+  prompt_invis_chars_first_line = prompt_physical_chars = 0;
+}
+
+void
+rl_restore_prompt ()
+{
+  FREE (local_prompt);
+  FREE (local_prompt_prefix);
+
+  local_prompt = saved_local_prompt;
+  local_prompt_prefix = saved_local_prefix;
+  local_prompt_len = saved_local_length;
+  prompt_prefix_length = saved_prefix_length;
+  prompt_last_invisible = saved_last_invisible;
+  prompt_visible_length = saved_visible_length;
+  prompt_invis_chars_first_line = saved_invis_chars_first_line;
+  prompt_physical_chars = saved_physical_chars;
+
+  /* can test saved_local_prompt to see if prompt info has been saved. */
+  saved_local_prompt = saved_local_prefix = (char *)0;
+  saved_local_length = 0;
+  saved_last_invisible = saved_visible_length = saved_prefix_length = 0;
+  saved_invis_chars_first_line = saved_physical_chars = 0;
+}
+
+char *
+_rl_make_prompt_for_search (pchar)
+     int pchar;
+{
+  int len;
+  char *pmt, *p;
+
+  rl_save_prompt ();
+
+  /* We've saved the prompt, and can do anything with the various prompt
+     strings we need before they're restored.  We want the unexpanded
+     portion of the prompt string after any final newline. */
+  p = rl_prompt ? strrchr (rl_prompt, '\n') : 0;
+  if (p == 0)
+    {
+      len = (rl_prompt && *rl_prompt) ? strlen (rl_prompt) : 0;
+      pmt = (char *)xmalloc (len + 2);
+      if (len)
+	strcpy (pmt, rl_prompt);
+      pmt[len] = pchar;
+      pmt[len+1] = '\0';
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      p++;
+      len = strlen (p);
+      pmt = (char *)xmalloc (len + 2);
+      if (len)
+	strcpy (pmt, p);
+      pmt[len] = pchar;
+      pmt[len+1] = '\0';
+    }  
+
+  /* will be overwritten by expand_prompt, called from rl_message */
+  prompt_physical_chars = saved_physical_chars + 1;
+  return pmt;
+}
+
+/* Quick redisplay hack when erasing characters at the end of the line. */
+void
+_rl_erase_at_end_of_line (l)
+     int l;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  _rl_backspace (l);
+  for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
+    putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+  _rl_backspace (l);
+  for (i = 0; i < l; i++)
+    visible_line[--_rl_last_c_pos] = '\0';
+  rl_display_fixed++;
+}
+
+/* Clear to the end of the line.  COUNT is the minimum
+   number of character spaces to clear, */
+void
+_rl_clear_to_eol (count)
+     int count;
+{
+#ifndef __MSDOS__
+  if (_rl_term_clreol)
+    tputs (_rl_term_clreol, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+  else
+#endif
+    if (count)
+      space_to_eol (count);
+}
+
+/* Clear to the end of the line using spaces.  COUNT is the minimum
+   number of character spaces to clear, */
+static void
+space_to_eol (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
+   putc (' ', rl_outstream);
+
+  _rl_last_c_pos += count;
+}
+
+void
+_rl_clear_screen ()
+{
+#ifndef __DJGPP__
+  if (_rl_term_clrpag)
+    tputs (_rl_term_clrpag, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+  else
+    rl_crlf ();
+#else
+  ScreenClear ();
+  ScreenSetCursor (0, 0);
+#endif /* __DJGPP__ */
+}
+
+/* Insert COUNT characters from STRING to the output stream at column COL. */
+static void
+insert_some_chars (string, count, col)
+     char *string;
+     int count, col;
+{
+  open_some_spaces (col);
+  _rl_output_some_chars (string, count);
+}
+
+/* Insert COL spaces, keeping the cursor at the same position.  We follow the
+   ncurses documentation and use either im/ei with explicit spaces, or IC/ic
+   by itself.  We assume there will either be ei or we don't need to use it. */
+static void
+open_some_spaces (col)
+     int col;
+{
+#if !defined (__MSDOS__) && !defined (__MINGW32__)
+  char *buffer;
+  register int i;
+
+  /* If IC is defined, then we do not have to "enter" insert mode. */
+  if (_rl_term_IC)
+    {
+      buffer = tgoto (_rl_term_IC, 0, col);
+      tputs (buffer, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+    }
+  else if (_rl_term_im && *_rl_term_im)
+    {
+      tputs (_rl_term_im, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+      /* just output the desired number of spaces */
+      for (i = col; i--; )
+	_rl_output_character_function (' ');
+      /* If there is a string to turn off insert mode, use it now. */
+      if (_rl_term_ei && *_rl_term_ei)
+	tputs (_rl_term_ei, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+      /* and move back the right number of spaces */
+      _rl_backspace (col);
+    }
+  else if (_rl_term_ic && *_rl_term_ic)
+    {
+      /* If there is a special command for inserting characters, then
+	 use that first to open up the space. */
+      for (i = col; i--; )
+	tputs (_rl_term_ic, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+    }
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ && !__MINGW32__ */
+}
+
+/* Delete COUNT characters from the display line. */
+static void
+delete_chars (count)
+     int count;
+{
+  if (count > _rl_screenwidth)	/* XXX */
+    return;
+
+#if !defined (__MSDOS__) && !defined (__MINGW32__)
+  if (_rl_term_DC && *_rl_term_DC)
+    {
+      char *buffer;
+      buffer = tgoto (_rl_term_DC, count, count);
+      tputs (buffer, count, _rl_output_character_function);
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (_rl_term_dc && *_rl_term_dc)
+	while (count--)
+	  tputs (_rl_term_dc, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+    }
+#endif /* !__MSDOS__ && !__MINGW32__ */
+}
+
+void
+_rl_update_final ()
+{
+  int full_lines;
+
+  full_lines = 0;
+  /* If the cursor is the only thing on an otherwise-blank last line,
+     compensate so we don't print an extra CRLF. */
+  if (_rl_vis_botlin && _rl_last_c_pos == 0 &&
+	visible_line[vis_lbreaks[_rl_vis_botlin]] == 0)
+    {
+      _rl_vis_botlin--;
+      full_lines = 1;
+    }
+  _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+  /* If we've wrapped lines, remove the final xterm line-wrap flag. */
+  if (full_lines && _rl_term_autowrap && (VIS_LLEN(_rl_vis_botlin) == _rl_screenwidth))
+    {
+      char *last_line;
+
+      last_line = &visible_line[vis_lbreaks[_rl_vis_botlin]];
+      cpos_buffer_position = -1;	/* don't know where we are in buffer */
+      _rl_move_cursor_relative (_rl_screenwidth - 1, last_line);	/* XXX */
+      _rl_clear_to_eol (0);
+      putc (last_line[_rl_screenwidth - 1], rl_outstream);
+    }
+  _rl_vis_botlin = 0;
+  rl_crlf ();
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+  rl_display_fixed++;
+}
+
+/* Move to the start of the current line. */
+static void
+cr ()
+{
+  if (_rl_term_cr)
+    {
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+      _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+    }
+}
+
+/* Redraw the last line of a multi-line prompt that may possibly contain
+   terminal escape sequences.  Called with the cursor at column 0 of the
+   line to draw the prompt on. */
+static void
+redraw_prompt (t)
+     char *t;
+{
+  char *oldp;
+
+  oldp = rl_display_prompt;
+  rl_save_prompt ();
+
+  rl_display_prompt = t;
+  local_prompt = expand_prompt (t, PMT_MULTILINE,
+				   &prompt_visible_length,
+				   &prompt_last_invisible,
+				   &prompt_invis_chars_first_line,
+				   &prompt_physical_chars);
+  local_prompt_prefix = (char *)NULL;
+  local_prompt_len = local_prompt ? strlen (local_prompt) : 0;
+
+  rl_forced_update_display ();
+
+  rl_display_prompt = oldp;
+  rl_restore_prompt();
+}
+      
+/* Redisplay the current line after a SIGWINCH is received. */
+void
+_rl_redisplay_after_sigwinch ()
+{
+  char *t;
+
+  /* Clear the last line (assuming that the screen size change will result in
+     either more or fewer characters on that line only) and put the cursor at
+     column 0.  Make sure the right thing happens if we have wrapped to a new
+     screen line. */
+  if (_rl_term_cr)
+    {
+      _rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+#endif
+      _rl_last_c_pos = 0;
+#if defined (__MSDOS__)
+      space_to_eol (_rl_screenwidth);
+      putc ('\r', rl_outstream);
+#else
+      if (_rl_term_clreol)
+	tputs (_rl_term_clreol, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+      else
+	{
+	  space_to_eol (_rl_screenwidth);
+	  tputs (_rl_term_cr, 1, _rl_output_character_function);
+	}
+#endif
+      if (_rl_last_v_pos > 0)
+	_rl_move_vert (0);
+    }
+  else
+    rl_crlf ();
+
+  /* Redraw only the last line of a multi-line prompt. */
+  t = strrchr (rl_display_prompt, '\n');
+  if (t)
+    redraw_prompt (++t);
+  else
+    rl_forced_update_display ();
+}
+
+void
+_rl_clean_up_for_exit ()
+{
+  if (_rl_echoing_p)
+    {
+      if (_rl_vis_botlin > 0)	/* minor optimization plus bug fix */
+	_rl_move_vert (_rl_vis_botlin);
+      _rl_vis_botlin = 0;
+      fflush (rl_outstream);
+      rl_restart_output (1, 0);
+    }
+}
+
+void
+_rl_erase_entire_line ()
+{
+  cr ();
+  _rl_clear_to_eol (0);
+  cr ();
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+}
+
+void
+_rl_ttyflush ()
+{
+  fflush (rl_outstream);
+}
+
+/* return the `current display line' of the cursor -- the number of lines to
+   move up to get to the first screen line of the current readline line. */
+int
+_rl_current_display_line ()
+{
+  int ret, nleft;
+
+  /* Find out whether or not there might be invisible characters in the
+     editing buffer. */
+  if (rl_display_prompt == rl_prompt)
+    nleft = _rl_last_c_pos - _rl_screenwidth - rl_visible_prompt_length;
+  else
+    nleft = _rl_last_c_pos - _rl_screenwidth;
+
+  if (nleft > 0)
+    ret = 1 + nleft / _rl_screenwidth;
+  else
+    ret = 0;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+/* Calculate the number of screen columns occupied by STR from START to END.
+   In the case of multibyte characters with stateful encoding, we have to
+   scan from the beginning of the string to take the state into account. */
+static int
+_rl_col_width (str, start, end, flags)
+     const char *str;
+     int start, end, flags;
+{
+  wchar_t wc;
+  mbstate_t ps;
+  int tmp, point, width, max;
+
+  if (end <= start)
+    return 0;
+  if (MB_CUR_MAX == 1 || rl_byte_oriented)
+    /* this can happen in some cases where it's inconvenient to check */
+    return (end - start);
+
+  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+
+  point = 0;
+  max = end;
+
+  /* Try to short-circuit common cases.  The adjustment to remove wrap_offset
+     is done by the caller. */
+  /* 1.  prompt string */
+  if (flags && start == 0 && end == local_prompt_len && memcmp (str, local_prompt, local_prompt_len) == 0)
+    return (prompt_physical_chars + wrap_offset);
+  /* 2.  prompt string + line contents */
+  else if (flags && start == 0 && local_prompt_len > 0 && end > local_prompt_len && local_prompt && memcmp (str, local_prompt, local_prompt_len) == 0)
+    {
+      tmp = prompt_physical_chars + wrap_offset;
+      /* XXX - try to call ourselves recursively with non-prompt portion */
+      tmp += _rl_col_width (str, local_prompt_len, end, flags);
+      return (tmp);
+    }
+
+  while (point < start)
+    {
+      tmp = mbrlen (str + point, max, &ps);
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+	{
+	  /* In this case, the bytes are invalid or too short to compose a
+	     multibyte character, so we assume that the first byte represents
+	     a single character. */
+	  point++;
+	  max--;
+
+	  /* Clear the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+	     effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	}
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	break;		/* Found '\0' */
+      else
+	{
+	  point += tmp;
+	  max -= tmp;
+	}
+    }
+
+  /* If START is not a byte that starts a character, then POINT will be
+     greater than START.  In this case, assume that (POINT - START) gives
+     a byte count that is the number of columns of difference. */
+  width = point - start;
+
+  while (point < end)
+    {
+      tmp = mbrtowc (&wc, str + point, max, &ps);
+      if (MB_INVALIDCH ((size_t)tmp))
+	{
+	  /* In this case, the bytes are invalid or too short to compose a
+	     multibyte character, so we assume that the first byte represents
+	     a single character. */
+	  point++;
+	  max--;
+
+	  /* and assume that the byte occupies a single column. */
+	  width++;
+
+	  /* Clear the state of the byte sequence, because in this case the
+	     effect of mbstate is undefined. */
+	  memset (&ps, 0, sizeof (mbstate_t));
+	}
+      else if (MB_NULLWCH (tmp))
+	break;			/* Found '\0' */
+      else
+	{
+	  point += tmp;
+	  max -= tmp;
+	  tmp = WCWIDTH(wc);
+	  width += (tmp >= 0) ? tmp : 1;
+	}
+    }
+
+  width += point - end;
+
+  return width;
+}
+#endif /* HANDLE_MULTIBYTE */
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi b/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi
index 1ac05922..b0da7791 100644
--- a/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi
@@ -506,7 +506,19 @@ key bindings is used.  By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing
 mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs.  This variable can be
 set to either @samp{emacs} or @samp{vi}.
 
+@item emacs-mode-string
+@vindex emacs-mode-string
+This string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when emacs editing mode is active.  The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available (@pxref{Key Bindings}).
+Use the @samp{\1} and @samp{\2} escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+The default is @samp{@@}.
+
 @item echo-control-characters
+@vindex echo-control-characters
 When set to @samp{on}, on operating systems that indicate they support it,
 readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the
 keyboard.  The default is @samp{on}.
@@ -705,6 +717,30 @@ rather than @samp{Makefilefile}, assuming there is a single possible
 completion.
 The default value is @samp{off}.
 
+@item vi-cmd-mode-string
+@vindex vi-cmd-mode-string
+This string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when vi editing mode is active and in command mode.
+The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available (@pxref{Key Bindings}).
+Use the @samp{\1} and @samp{\2} escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+The default is @samp{(cmd)}.
+
+@item vi-ins-mode-string
+@vindex vi-ins-mode-string
+This string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when vi editing mode is active and in insertion mode.
+The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available (@pxref{Key Bindings}).
+Use the @samp{\1} and @samp{\2} escapes to begin and end sequences of
+non-printing characters, which can be used to embed a terminal control
+sequence into the mode string.
+The default is @samp{(ins)}.
+
 @item visible-stats
 @vindex visible-stats
 If set to @samp{on}, a character denoting a file's type
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi~ b/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..30ef01b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/rluser.texi~
@@ -0,0 +1,2280 @@
+@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+@setfilename rluser.info
+@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
+
+@ignore
+This file documents the end user interface to the GNU command line
+editing features.  It is to be an appendix to manuals for programs which
+use these features.  There is a document entitled "readline.texinfo"
+which contains both end-user and programmer documentation for the
+GNU Readline Library.
+
+Copyright (C) 1988--2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+Authored by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey.
+
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice
+identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this
+paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual
+provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are preserved on
+all copies.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
+manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
+GNU Copyright statement is available to the distributee, and provided that
+the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a
+permission notice identical to this one.
+
+Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
+into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions.
+@end ignore
+
+@comment If you are including this manual as an appendix, then set the
+@comment variable readline-appendix.
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@defcodeindex bt
+@end ifclear
+
+@node Command Line Editing
+@chapter Command Line Editing
+
+This chapter describes the basic features of the @sc{gnu}
+command line editing interface.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Command line editing is provided by the Readline library, which is
+used by several different programs, including Bash.
+Command line editing is enabled by default when using an interactive shell,
+unless the @option{--noediting} option is supplied at shell invocation.
+Line editing is also used when using the @option{-e} option to the
+@code{read} builtin command (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+By default, the line editing commands are similar to those of Emacs.
+A vi-style line editing interface is also available.
+Line editing can be enabled at any time using the @option{-o emacs} or
+@option{-o vi} options to the @code{set} builtin command
+(@pxref{The Set Builtin}), or disabled using the @option{+o emacs} or 
+@option{+o vi} options to @code{set}.
+@end ifset
+
+@menu
+* Introduction and Notation::	Notation used in this text.
+* Readline Interaction::	The minimum set of commands for editing a line.
+* Readline Init File::		Customizing Readline from a user's view.
+* Bindable Readline Commands::	A description of most of the Readline commands
+				available for binding
+* Readline vi Mode::		A short description of how to make Readline
+				behave like the vi editor.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+* Programmable Completion::	How to specify the possible completions for
+				a specific command.
+* Programmable Completion Builtins::	Builtin commands to specify how to
+				complete arguments for a particular command.
+* A Programmable Completion Example::	An example shell function for
+				generating possible completions.
+@end ifset
+@end menu
+
+@node Introduction and Notation
+@section Introduction to Line Editing
+
+The following paragraphs describe the notation used to represent
+keystrokes.
+
+The text @kbd{C-k} is read as `Control-K' and describes the character
+produced when the @key{k} key is pressed while the Control key
+is depressed.
+
+The text @kbd{M-k} is read as `Meta-K' and describes the character
+produced when the Meta key (if you have one) is depressed, and the @key{k}
+key is pressed.
+The Meta key is labeled @key{ALT} on many keyboards.
+On keyboards with two keys labeled @key{ALT} (usually to either side of
+the space bar), the @key{ALT} on the left side is generally set to
+work as a Meta key.
+The @key{ALT} key on the right may also be configured to work as a
+Meta key or may be configured as some other modifier, such as a
+Compose key for typing accented characters.
+
+If you do not have a Meta or @key{ALT} key, or another key working as
+a Meta key, the identical keystroke can be generated by typing @key{ESC}
+@emph{first}, and then typing @key{k}.
+Either process is known as @dfn{metafying} the @key{k} key.
+
+The text @kbd{M-C-k} is read as `Meta-Control-k' and describes the
+character produced by @dfn{metafying} @kbd{C-k}.
+
+In addition, several keys have their own names.  Specifically,
+@key{DEL}, @key{ESC}, @key{LFD}, @key{SPC}, @key{RET}, and @key{TAB} all
+stand for themselves when seen in this text, or in an init file
+(@pxref{Readline Init File}).
+If your keyboard lacks a @key{LFD} key, typing @key{C-j} will
+produce the desired character.
+The @key{RET} key may be labeled @key{Return} or @key{Enter} on
+some keyboards.
+
+@node Readline Interaction
+@section Readline Interaction
+@cindex interaction, readline
+
+Often during an interactive session you type in a long line of text,
+only to notice that the first word on the line is misspelled.  The
+Readline library gives you a set of commands for manipulating the text
+as you type it in, allowing you to just fix your typo, and not forcing
+you to retype the majority of the line.  Using these editing commands,
+you move the cursor to the place that needs correction, and delete or
+insert the text of the corrections.  Then, when you are satisfied with
+the line, you simply press @key{RET}.  You do not have to be at the
+end of the line to press @key{RET}; the entire line is accepted
+regardless of the location of the cursor within the line.
+
+@menu
+* Readline Bare Essentials::	The least you need to know about Readline.
+* Readline Movement Commands::	Moving about the input line.
+* Readline Killing Commands::	How to delete text, and how to get it back!
+* Readline Arguments::		Giving numeric arguments to commands.
+* Searching::			Searching through previous lines.
+@end menu
+
+@node Readline Bare Essentials
+@subsection Readline Bare Essentials
+@cindex notation, readline
+@cindex command editing
+@cindex editing command lines
+
+In order to enter characters into the line, simply type them.  The typed
+character appears where the cursor was, and then the cursor moves one
+space to the right.  If you mistype a character, you can use your
+erase character to back up and delete the mistyped character.
+
+Sometimes you may mistype a character, and
+not notice the error until you have typed several other characters.  In
+that case, you can type @kbd{C-b} to move the cursor to the left, and then
+correct your mistake.  Afterwards, you can move the cursor to the right
+with @kbd{C-f}.
+
+When you add text in the middle of a line, you will notice that characters
+to the right of the cursor are `pushed over' to make room for the text
+that you have inserted.  Likewise, when you delete text behind the cursor,
+characters to the right of the cursor are `pulled back' to fill in the
+blank space created by the removal of the text.  A list of the bare
+essentials for editing the text of an input line follows.
+
+@table @asis
+@item @kbd{C-b}
+Move back one character.
+@item @kbd{C-f}
+Move forward one character.
+@item @key{DEL} or @key{Backspace}
+Delete the character to the left of the cursor.
+@item @kbd{C-d}
+Delete the character underneath the cursor.
+@item @w{Printing characters}
+Insert the character into the line at the cursor.
+@item @kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x C-u}
+Undo the last editing command.  You can undo all the way back to an
+empty line.
+@end table
+
+@noindent
+(Depending on your configuration, the @key{Backspace} key be set to
+delete the character to the left of the cursor and the @key{DEL} key set
+to delete the character underneath the cursor, like @kbd{C-d}, rather
+than the character to the left of the cursor.)
+
+@node Readline Movement Commands
+@subsection Readline Movement Commands
+
+
+The above table describes the most basic keystrokes that you need
+in order to do editing of the input line.  For your convenience, many
+other commands have been added in addition to @kbd{C-b}, @kbd{C-f},
+@kbd{C-d}, and @key{DEL}.  Here are some commands for moving more rapidly
+about the line.
+
+@table @kbd
+@item C-a
+Move to the start of the line.
+@item C-e
+Move to the end of the line.
+@item M-f
+Move forward a word, where a word is composed of letters and digits.
+@item M-b
+Move backward a word.
+@item C-l
+Clear the screen, reprinting the current line at the top.
+@end table
+
+Notice how @kbd{C-f} moves forward a character, while @kbd{M-f} moves
+forward a word.  It is a loose convention that control keystrokes
+operate on characters while meta keystrokes operate on words.
+
+@node Readline Killing Commands
+@subsection Readline Killing Commands
+
+@cindex killing text
+@cindex yanking text
+
+@dfn{Killing} text means to delete the text from the line, but to save
+it away for later use, usually by @dfn{yanking} (re-inserting)
+it back into the line.
+(`Cut' and `paste' are more recent jargon for `kill' and `yank'.)
+
+If the description for a command says that it `kills' text, then you can
+be sure that you can get the text back in a different (or the same)
+place later.
+
+When you use a kill command, the text is saved in a @dfn{kill-ring}.
+Any number of consecutive kills save all of the killed text together, so
+that when you yank it back, you get it all.  The kill
+ring is not line specific; the text that you killed on a previously
+typed line is available to be yanked back later, when you are typing
+another line.
+@cindex kill ring
+
+Here is the list of commands for killing text.
+
+@table @kbd
+@item C-k
+Kill the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line.
+
+@item M-d
+Kill from the cursor to the end of the current word, or, if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by @kbd{M-f}.
+
+@item M-@key{DEL}
+Kill from the cursor the start of the current word, or, if between
+words, to the start of the previous word.
+Word boundaries are the same as those used by @kbd{M-b}.
+
+@item C-w
+Kill from the cursor to the previous whitespace.  This is different than
+@kbd{M-@key{DEL}} because the word boundaries differ.
+
+@end table
+
+Here is how to @dfn{yank} the text back into the line.  Yanking
+means to copy the most-recently-killed text from the kill buffer.
+
+@table @kbd
+@item C-y
+Yank the most recently killed text back into the buffer at the cursor.
+
+@item M-y
+Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this if
+the prior command is @kbd{C-y} or @kbd{M-y}.
+@end table
+
+@node Readline Arguments
+@subsection Readline Arguments
+
+You can pass numeric arguments to Readline commands.  Sometimes the
+argument acts as a repeat count, other times it is the @i{sign} of the
+argument that is significant.  If you pass a negative argument to a
+command which normally acts in a forward direction, that command will
+act in a backward direction.  For example, to kill text back to the
+start of the line, you might type @samp{M-- C-k}.
+
+The general way to pass numeric arguments to a command is to type meta
+digits before the command.  If the first `digit' typed is a minus
+sign (@samp{-}), then the sign of the argument will be negative.  Once
+you have typed one meta digit to get the argument started, you can type
+the remainder of the digits, and then the command.  For example, to give
+the @kbd{C-d} command an argument of 10, you could type @samp{M-1 0 C-d},
+which will delete the next ten characters on the input line.
+
+@node Searching
+@subsection Searching for Commands in the History
+
+Readline provides commands for searching through the command history
+@ifset BashFeatures
+(@pxref{Bash History Facilities})
+@end ifset
+for lines containing a specified string.
+There are two search modes:  @dfn{incremental} and @dfn{non-incremental}.
+
+Incremental searches begin before the user has finished typing the
+search string.
+As each character of the search string is typed, Readline displays
+the next entry from the history matching the string typed so far.
+An incremental search requires only as many characters as needed to
+find the desired history entry.
+To search backward in the history for a particular string, type
+@kbd{C-r}.  Typing @kbd{C-s} searches forward through the history.
+The characters present in the value of the @code{isearch-terminators} variable
+are used to terminate an incremental search.
+If that variable has not been assigned a value, the @key{ESC} and
+@kbd{C-J} characters will terminate an incremental search.
+@kbd{C-g} will abort an incremental search and restore the original line.
+When the search is terminated, the history entry containing the
+search string becomes the current line.
+
+To find other matching entries in the history list, type @kbd{C-r} or
+@kbd{C-s} as appropriate.
+This will search backward or forward in the history for the next
+entry matching the search string typed so far.
+Any other key sequence bound to a Readline command will terminate
+the search and execute that command.
+For instance, a @key{RET} will terminate the search and accept
+the line, thereby executing the command from the history list.
+A movement command will terminate the search, make the last line found
+the current line, and begin editing.
+
+Readline remembers the last incremental search string.  If two
+@kbd{C-r}s are typed without any intervening characters defining a new
+search string, any remembered search string is used.
+
+Non-incremental searches read the entire search string before starting
+to search for matching history lines.  The search string may be
+typed by the user or be part of the contents of the current line.
+
+@node Readline Init File
+@section Readline Init File
+@cindex initialization file, readline
+
+Although the Readline library comes with a set of Emacs-like
+keybindings installed by default, it is possible to use a different set
+of keybindings.
+Any user can customize programs that use Readline by putting
+commands in an @dfn{inputrc} file, conventionally in his home directory.
+The name of this
+@ifset BashFeatures
+file is taken from the value of the shell variable @env{INPUTRC}.  If
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+file is taken from the value of the environment variable @env{INPUTRC}.  If
+@end ifclear
+that variable is unset, the default is @file{~/.inputrc}.  If that
+file does not exist or cannot be read, the ultimate default is
+@file{/etc/inputrc}.
+
+When a program which uses the Readline library starts up, the
+init file is read, and the key bindings are set.
+
+In addition, the @code{C-x C-r} command re-reads this init file, thus
+incorporating any changes that you might have made to it.
+
+@menu
+* Readline Init File Syntax::	Syntax for the commands in the inputrc file.
+
+* Conditional Init Constructs::	Conditional key bindings in the inputrc file.
+
+* Sample Init File::		An example inputrc file.
+@end menu
+
+@node Readline Init File Syntax
+@subsection Readline Init File Syntax
+
+There are only a few basic constructs allowed in the
+Readline init file.  Blank lines are ignored.
+Lines beginning with a @samp{#} are comments.
+Lines beginning with a @samp{$} indicate conditional
+constructs (@pxref{Conditional Init Constructs}).  Other lines
+denote variable settings and key bindings.
+
+@table @asis
+@item Variable Settings
+You can modify the run-time behavior of Readline by
+altering the values of variables in Readline
+using the @code{set} command within the init file.
+The syntax is simple:
+
+@example
+set @var{variable} @var{value}
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Here, for example, is how to
+change from the default Emacs-like key binding to use
+@code{vi} line editing commands:
+
+@example
+set editing-mode vi
+@end example
+
+Variable names and values, where appropriate, are recognized without regard
+to case.  Unrecognized variable names are ignored.
+
+Boolean variables (those that can be set to on or off) are set to on if
+the value is null or empty, @var{on} (case-insensitive), or 1.  Any other
+value results in the variable being set to off.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+The @w{@code{bind -V}} command lists the current Readline variable names
+and values.  @xref{Bash Builtins}.
+@end ifset
+
+A great deal of run-time behavior is changeable with the following
+variables.
+
+@cindex variables, readline
+@table @code
+
+@item bell-style
+@vindex bell-style
+Controls what happens when Readline wants to ring the terminal bell.
+If set to @samp{none}, Readline never rings the bell.  If set to
+@samp{visible}, Readline uses a visible bell if one is available.
+If set to @samp{audible} (the default), Readline attempts to ring
+the terminal's bell.
+
+@item bind-tty-special-chars
+@vindex bind-tty-special-chars
+If set to @samp{on} (the default), Readline attempts to bind the control
+characters   treated specially by the kernel's terminal driver to their
+Readline equivalents.
+
+@item blink-matching-paren
+@vindex blink-matching-paren
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline attempts to briefly move the cursor to an
+opening parenthesis when a closing parenthsis is inserted.  The default
+is @samp{off}.
+
+@item colored-stats
+@vindex colored-stats
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline displays possible completions using different
+colors to indicate their file type.
+The color definitions are taken from the value of the @env{LS_COLORS}
+environment variable.
+The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item comment-begin
+@vindex comment-begin
+The string to insert at the beginning of the line when the
+@code{insert-comment} command is executed.  The default value
+is @code{"#"}.
+
+@item completion-display-width
+@vindex completion-display-width
+The number of screen columns used to display possible matches
+when performing completion.
+The value is ignored if it is less than 0 or greater than the terminal
+screen width.
+A value of 0 will cause matches to be displayed one per line.
+The default value is -1.
+
+@item completion-ignore-case
+@vindex completion-ignore-case
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline performs filename matching and completion
+in a case-insensitive fashion.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item completion-map-case
+@vindex completion-map-case
+If set to @samp{on}, and @var{completion-ignore-case} is enabled, Readline
+treats hyphens (@samp{-}) and underscores (@samp{_}) as equivalent when
+performing case-insensitive filename matching and completion.
+
+@item completion-prefix-display-length
+@vindex completion-prefix-display-length
+The length in characters of the common prefix of a list of possible
+completions that is displayed without modification.  When set to a
+value greater than zero, common prefixes longer than this value are
+replaced with an ellipsis when displaying possible completions.
+
+@item completion-query-items
+@vindex completion-query-items
+The number of possible completions that determines when the user is
+asked whether the list of possibilities should be displayed.
+If the number of possible completions is greater than this value,
+Readline will ask the user whether or not he wishes to view
+them; otherwise, they are simply listed.
+This variable must be set to an integer value greater than or equal to 0.
+A negative value means Readline should never ask.
+The default limit is @code{100}.
+
+@item convert-meta
+@vindex convert-meta
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will convert characters with the
+eighth bit set to an @sc{ascii} key sequence by stripping the eighth
+bit and prefixing an @key{ESC} character, converting them to a
+meta-prefixed key sequence.  The default value is @samp{on}.
+
+@item disable-completion
+@vindex disable-completion
+If set to @samp{On}, Readline will inhibit word completion.
+Completion  characters will be inserted into the line as if they had
+been mapped to @code{self-insert}.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item editing-mode
+@vindex editing-mode
+The @code{editing-mode} variable controls which default set of
+key bindings is used.  By default, Readline starts up in Emacs editing
+mode, where the keystrokes are most similar to Emacs.  This variable can be
+set to either @samp{emacs} or @samp{vi}.
+
+@item emacs-mode-string
+@vindex emacs-mode-string
+This string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when emacs editing mode is active.  The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available (@pxref{Key Bindings}).  The
+default is @samp{@@}.
+
+@item echo-control-characters
+@vindex echo-control-characters
+When set to @samp{on}, on operating systems that indicate they support it,
+readline echoes a character corresponding to a signal generated from the
+keyboard.  The default is @samp{on}.
+
+@item enable-bracketed-paste
+@vindex enable-bracketed-paste
+When set to @samp{On}, Readline will configure the terminal in a way
+that will enable it to insert each paste into the editing buffer as a
+single string of characters, instead of treating each character as if
+it had been read from the keyboard.  This can prevent pasted characters
+from being interpreted as editing commands.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item enable-keypad
+@vindex enable-keypad
+When set to @samp{on}, Readline will try to enable the application
+keypad when it is called.  Some systems need this to enable the
+arrow keys.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item enable-meta-key
+When set to @samp{on}, Readline will try to enable any meta modifier
+key the terminal claims to support when it is called.  On many terminals,
+the meta key is used to send eight-bit characters.
+The default is @samp{on}.
+
+@item expand-tilde
+@vindex expand-tilde
+If set to @samp{on}, tilde expansion is performed when Readline
+attempts word completion.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item history-preserve-point
+@vindex history-preserve-point
+If set to @samp{on}, the history code attempts to place the point (the
+current cursor position) at the
+same location on each history line retrieved with @code{previous-history}
+or @code{next-history}.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item history-size
+@vindex history-size
+Set the maximum number of history entries saved in the history list.
+If set to zero, any existing history entries are deleted and no new entries
+are saved.
+If set to a value less than zero, the number of history entries is not
+limited.
+By default, the number of history entries is not limited.
+
+@item horizontal-scroll-mode
+@vindex horizontal-scroll-mode
+This variable can be set to either @samp{on} or @samp{off}.  Setting it
+to @samp{on} means that the text of the lines being edited will scroll
+horizontally on a single screen line when they are longer than the width
+of the screen, instead of wrapping onto a new screen line.  By default,
+this variable is set to @samp{off}.
+
+@item input-meta
+@vindex input-meta
+@vindex meta-flag
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will enable eight-bit input (it
+will not clear the eighth bit in the characters it reads),
+regardless of what the terminal claims it can support.  The
+default value is @samp{off}.  The name @code{meta-flag} is a
+synonym for this variable.
+
+@item isearch-terminators
+@vindex isearch-terminators
+The string of characters that should terminate an incremental search without
+subsequently executing the character as a command (@pxref{Searching}).
+If this variable has not been given a value, the characters @key{ESC} and
+@kbd{C-J} will terminate an incremental search.
+
+@item keymap
+@vindex keymap
+Sets Readline's idea of the current keymap for key binding commands.
+Acceptable @code{keymap} names are
+@code{emacs},
+@code{emacs-standard},
+@code{emacs-meta},
+@code{emacs-ctlx},
+@code{vi},
+@code{vi-move},
+@code{vi-command}, and
+@code{vi-insert}.
+@code{vi} is equivalent to @code{vi-command}; @code{emacs} is
+equivalent to @code{emacs-standard}.  The default value is @code{emacs}.
+The value of the @code{editing-mode} variable also affects the
+default keymap.
+
+@item keyseq-timeout
+Specifies the duration Readline will wait for a character when reading an
+ambiguous key sequence (one that can form a complete key sequence using
+the input read so far, or can take additional input to complete a longer
+key sequence).
+If no input is received within the timeout, Readline will use the shorter
+but complete key sequence.
+Readline uses this value to determine whether or not input is
+available on the current input source (@code{rl_instream} by default).
+The value is specified in milliseconds, so a value of 1000 means that
+Readline will wait one second for additional input.
+If this variable is set to a value less than or equal to zero, or to a
+non-numeric value, Readline will wait until another key is pressed to
+decide which key sequence to complete.
+The default value is @code{500}.
+
+@item mark-directories
+If set to @samp{on}, completed directory names have a slash
+appended.  The default is @samp{on}.
+
+@item mark-modified-lines
+@vindex mark-modified-lines
+This variable, when set to @samp{on}, causes Readline to display an
+asterisk (@samp{*}) at the start of history lines which have been modified.
+This variable is @samp{off} by default.
+
+@item mark-symlinked-directories
+@vindex mark-symlinked-directories
+If set to @samp{on}, completed names which are symbolic links
+to directories have a slash appended (subject to the value of
+@code{mark-directories}).
+The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item match-hidden-files
+@vindex match-hidden-files
+This variable, when set to @samp{on}, causes Readline to match files whose
+names begin with a @samp{.} (hidden files) when performing filename
+completion.
+If set to @samp{off}, the leading @samp{.} must be
+supplied by the user in the filename to be completed.
+This variable is @samp{on} by default.
+
+@item menu-complete-display-prefix
+@vindex menu-complete-display-prefix
+If set to @samp{on}, menu completion displays the common prefix of the
+list of possible completions (which may be empty) before cycling through
+the list.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item output-meta
+@vindex output-meta
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will display characters with the
+eighth bit set directly rather than as a meta-prefixed escape
+sequence.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item page-completions
+@vindex page-completions
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline uses an internal @code{more}-like pager
+to display a screenful of possible completions at a time.
+This variable is @samp{on} by default.
+
+@item print-completions-horizontally
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will display completions with matches
+sorted horizontally in alphabetical order, rather than down the screen.
+The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item revert-all-at-newline
+@vindex revert-all-at-newline
+If set to @samp{on}, Readline will undo all changes to history lines
+before returning when @code{accept-line} is executed.  By default,
+history lines may be modified and retain individual undo lists across
+calls to @code{readline}.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@item show-all-if-ambiguous
+@vindex show-all-if-ambiguous
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions.  If
+set to @samp{on}, 
+words which have more than one possible completion cause the
+matches to be listed immediately instead of ringing the bell.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item show-all-if-unmodified
+@vindex show-all-if-unmodified
+This alters the default behavior of the completion functions in
+a fashion similar to @var{show-all-if-ambiguous}.
+If set to @samp{on}, 
+words which have more than one possible completion without any
+possible partial completion (the possible completions don't share
+a common prefix) cause the matches to be listed immediately instead
+of ringing the bell.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item show-mode-in-prompt
+@vindex show-mode-in-prompt
+If set to @samp{on}, add a character to the beginning of the prompt
+indicating the editing mode: emacs (@samp{@@}), vi command (@samp{:}),
+or vi insertion (@samp{+}).
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item skip-completed-text
+@vindex skip-completed-text
+If set to @samp{on}, this alters the default completion behavior when
+inserting a single match into the line.  It's only active when
+performing completion in the middle of a word.  If enabled, readline
+does not insert characters from the completion that match characters
+after point in the word being completed, so portions of the word
+following the cursor are not duplicated.
+For instance, if this is enabled, attempting completion when the cursor
+is after the @samp{e} in @samp{Makefile} will result in @samp{Makefile}
+rather than @samp{Makefilefile}, assuming there is a single possible
+completion.
+The default value is @samp{off}.
+
+@item vi-cmd-mode-string
+@vindex vi-cmd-mode-string
+This string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when vi editing mode is active and in command mode.
+The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available (@pxref{Key Bindings}).  The
+default is @samp{(cmd)}.
+
+@item vi-ins-mode-string
+@vindex vi-ins-mode-string
+This string is displayed immediately before the last line of the primary
+prompt when vi editing mode is active and in insertion mode.
+The value is expanded like a
+key binding, so the standard set of meta- and control prefixes and
+backslash escape sequences is available (@pxref{Key Bindings}).  The
+default is @samp{(ins)}.
+
+@item visible-stats
+@vindex visible-stats
+If set to @samp{on}, a character denoting a file's type
+is appended to the filename when listing possible
+completions.  The default is @samp{off}.
+
+@end table
+
+@item Key Bindings
+The syntax for controlling key bindings in the init file is
+simple.  First you need to find the name of the command that you
+want to change.  The following sections contain tables of the command
+name, the default keybinding, if any, and a short description of what
+the command does.
+
+Once you know the name of the command, simply place on a line
+in the init file the name of the key
+you wish to bind the command to, a colon, and then the name of the
+command.
+There can be no space between the key name and the colon -- that will be
+interpreted as part of the key name.
+The name of the key can be expressed in different ways, depending on
+what you find most comfortable.
+
+In addition to command names, readline allows keys to be bound
+to a string that is inserted when the key is pressed (a @var{macro}).
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+The @w{@code{bind -p}} command displays Readline function names and
+bindings in a format that can put directly into an initialization file.
+@xref{Bash Builtins}.
+@end ifset
+
+@table @asis
+@item @w{@var{keyname}: @var{function-name} or @var{macro}}
+@var{keyname} is the name of a key spelled out in English.  For example:
+@example
+Control-u: universal-argument
+Meta-Rubout: backward-kill-word
+Control-o: "> output"
+@end example
+
+In the above example, @kbd{C-u} is bound to the function
+@code{universal-argument},
+@kbd{M-DEL} is bound to the function @code{backward-kill-word}, and
+@kbd{C-o} is bound to run the macro
+expressed on the right hand side (that is, to insert the text
+@samp{> output} into the line).
+
+A number of symbolic character names are recognized while
+processing this key binding syntax:
+@var{DEL},
+@var{ESC},
+@var{ESCAPE},
+@var{LFD},
+@var{NEWLINE},
+@var{RET},
+@var{RETURN},
+@var{RUBOUT},
+@var{SPACE},
+@var{SPC},
+and
+@var{TAB}.
+
+@item @w{"@var{keyseq}": @var{function-name} or @var{macro}}
+@var{keyseq} differs from @var{keyname} above in that strings
+denoting an entire key sequence can be specified, by placing
+the key sequence in double quotes.  Some @sc{gnu} Emacs style key
+escapes can be used, as in the following example, but the
+special character names are not recognized.
+
+@example
+"\C-u": universal-argument
+"\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file
+"\e[11~": "Function Key 1"
+@end example
+
+In the above example, @kbd{C-u} is again bound to the function
+@code{universal-argument} (just as it was in the first example),
+@samp{@kbd{C-x} @kbd{C-r}} is bound to the function @code{re-read-init-file},
+and @samp{@key{ESC} @key{[} @key{1} @key{1} @key{~}} is bound to insert
+the text @samp{Function Key 1}.
+
+@end table
+
+The following @sc{gnu} Emacs style escape sequences are available when
+specifying key sequences:
+
+@table @code
+@item @kbd{\C-}
+control prefix
+@item @kbd{\M-}
+meta prefix
+@item @kbd{\e}
+an escape character
+@item @kbd{\\}
+backslash
+@item @kbd{\"}
+@key{"}, a double quotation mark
+@item @kbd{\'}
+@key{'}, a single quote or apostrophe
+@end table
+
+In addition to the @sc{gnu} Emacs style escape sequences, a second
+set of backslash escapes is available:
+
+@table @code
+@item \a
+alert (bell)
+@item \b
+backspace
+@item \d
+delete
+@item \f
+form feed
+@item \n
+newline
+@item \r
+carriage return
+@item \t
+horizontal tab
+@item \v
+vertical tab
+@item \@var{nnn}
+the eight-bit character whose value is the octal value @var{nnn}
+(one to three digits)
+@item \x@var{HH}
+the eight-bit character whose value is the hexadecimal value @var{HH}
+(one or two hex digits)
+@end table
+
+When entering the text of a macro, single or double quotes must
+be used to indicate a macro definition.
+Unquoted text is assumed to be a function name.
+In the macro body, the backslash escapes described above are expanded.
+Backslash will quote any other character in the macro text,
+including @samp{"} and @samp{'}.
+For example, the following binding will make @samp{@kbd{C-x} \}
+insert a single @samp{\} into the line:
+@example
+"\C-x\\": "\\"
+@end example
+
+@end table
+
+@node Conditional Init Constructs
+@subsection Conditional Init Constructs
+
+Readline implements a facility similar in spirit to the conditional
+compilation features of the C preprocessor which allows key
+bindings and variable settings to be performed as the result
+of tests.  There are four parser directives used.
+
+@table @code
+@item $if
+The @code{$if} construct allows bindings to be made based on the
+editing mode, the terminal being used, or the application using
+Readline.  The text of the test extends to the end of the line;
+no characters are required to isolate it.
+
+@table @code
+@item mode
+The @code{mode=} form of the @code{$if} directive is used to test
+whether Readline is in @code{emacs} or @code{vi} mode.
+This may be used in conjunction
+with the @samp{set keymap} command, for instance, to set bindings in
+the @code{emacs-standard} and @code{emacs-ctlx} keymaps only if
+Readline is starting out in @code{emacs} mode.
+
+@item term
+The @code{term=} form may be used to include terminal-specific
+key bindings, perhaps to bind the key sequences output by the
+terminal's function keys.  The word on the right side of the
+@samp{=} is tested against both the full name of the terminal and
+the portion of the terminal name before the first @samp{-}.  This
+allows @code{sun} to match both @code{sun} and @code{sun-cmd},
+for instance.
+
+@item application
+The @var{application} construct is used to include
+application-specific settings.  Each program using the Readline
+library sets the @var{application name}, and you can test for
+a particular value. 
+This could be used to bind key sequences to functions useful for
+a specific program.  For instance, the following command adds a
+key sequence that quotes the current or previous word in Bash:
+@example
+$if Bash
+# Quote the current or previous word
+"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
+$endif
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@item $endif
+This command, as seen in the previous example, terminates an
+@code{$if} command.
+
+@item $else
+Commands in this branch of the @code{$if} directive are executed if
+the test fails.
+
+@item $include
+This directive takes a single filename as an argument and reads commands
+and bindings from that file.
+For example, the following directive reads from @file{/etc/inputrc}:
+@example
+$include /etc/inputrc
+@end example
+@end table
+
+@node Sample Init File
+@subsection Sample Init File
+
+Here is an example of an @var{inputrc} file.  This illustrates key
+binding, variable assignment, and conditional syntax.
+
+@example
+@page
+# This file controls the behaviour of line input editing for
+# programs that use the GNU Readline library.  Existing
+# programs include FTP, Bash, and GDB.
+#
+# You can re-read the inputrc file with C-x C-r.
+# Lines beginning with '#' are comments.
+#
+# First, include any system-wide bindings and variable
+# assignments from /etc/Inputrc
+$include /etc/Inputrc
+
+#
+# Set various bindings for emacs mode.
+
+set editing-mode emacs 
+
+$if mode=emacs
+
+Meta-Control-h:	backward-kill-word	Text after the function name is ignored
+
+#
+# Arrow keys in keypad mode
+#
+#"\M-OD":        backward-char
+#"\M-OC":        forward-char
+#"\M-OA":        previous-history
+#"\M-OB":        next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in ANSI mode
+#
+"\M-[D":        backward-char
+"\M-[C":        forward-char
+"\M-[A":        previous-history
+"\M-[B":        next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in 8 bit keypad mode
+#
+#"\M-\C-OD":       backward-char
+#"\M-\C-OC":       forward-char
+#"\M-\C-OA":       previous-history
+#"\M-\C-OB":       next-history
+#
+# Arrow keys in 8 bit ANSI mode
+#
+#"\M-\C-[D":       backward-char
+#"\M-\C-[C":       forward-char
+#"\M-\C-[A":       previous-history
+#"\M-\C-[B":       next-history
+
+C-q: quoted-insert
+
+$endif
+
+# An old-style binding.  This happens to be the default.
+TAB: complete
+
+# Macros that are convenient for shell interaction
+$if Bash
+# edit the path
+"\C-xp": "PATH=$@{PATH@}\e\C-e\C-a\ef\C-f"
+# prepare to type a quoted word --
+# insert open and close double quotes
+# and move to just after the open quote
+"\C-x\"": "\"\"\C-b"
+# insert a backslash (testing backslash escapes
+# in sequences and macros)
+"\C-x\\": "\\"
+# Quote the current or previous word
+"\C-xq": "\eb\"\ef\""
+# Add a binding to refresh the line, which is unbound
+"\C-xr": redraw-current-line
+# Edit variable on current line.
+"\M-\C-v": "\C-a\C-k$\C-y\M-\C-e\C-a\C-y="
+$endif
+
+# use a visible bell if one is available
+set bell-style visible
+
+# don't strip characters to 7 bits when reading
+set input-meta on
+
+# allow iso-latin1 characters to be inserted rather
+# than converted to prefix-meta sequences
+set convert-meta off
+
+# display characters with the eighth bit set directly
+# rather than as meta-prefixed characters
+set output-meta on
+
+# if there are more than 150 possible completions for
+# a word, ask the user if he wants to see all of them
+set completion-query-items 150
+
+# For FTP
+$if Ftp
+"\C-xg": "get \M-?"
+"\C-xt": "put \M-?"
+"\M-.": yank-last-arg
+$endif
+@end example
+
+@node Bindable Readline Commands
+@section Bindable Readline Commands
+
+@menu
+* Commands For Moving::		Moving about the line.
+* Commands For History::	Getting at previous lines.
+* Commands For Text::		Commands for changing text.
+* Commands For Killing::	Commands for killing and yanking.
+* Numeric Arguments::		Specifying numeric arguments, repeat counts.
+* Commands For Completion::	Getting Readline to do the typing for you.
+* Keyboard Macros::		Saving and re-executing typed characters
+* Miscellaneous Commands::	Other miscellaneous commands.
+@end menu
+
+This section describes Readline commands that may be bound to key
+sequences.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+You can list your key bindings by executing
+@w{@code{bind -P}} or, for a more terse format, suitable for an
+@var{inputrc} file, @w{@code{bind -p}}.  (@xref{Bash Builtins}.)
+@end ifset
+Command names without an accompanying key sequence are unbound by default.
+
+In the following descriptions, @dfn{point} refers to the current cursor
+position, and @dfn{mark} refers to a cursor position saved by the
+@code{set-mark} command.
+The text between the point and mark is referred to as the @dfn{region}.
+
+@node Commands For Moving
+@subsection Commands For Moving
+@ftable @code
+@item beginning-of-line (C-a)
+Move to the start of the current line.
+
+@item end-of-line (C-e)
+Move to the end of the line.
+
+@item forward-char (C-f)
+Move forward a character.
+
+@item backward-char (C-b)
+Move back a character.
+
+@item forward-word (M-f)
+Move forward to the end of the next word.
+Words are composed of letters and digits.
+
+@item backward-word (M-b)
+Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
+Words are composed of letters and digits.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item shell-forward-word ()
+Move forward to the end of the next word.
+Words are delimited by non-quoted shell metacharacters.
+
+@item shell-backward-word ()
+Move back to the start of the current or previous word.
+Words are delimited by non-quoted shell metacharacters.
+@end ifset
+
+@item clear-screen (C-l)
+Clear the screen and redraw the current line,
+leaving the current line at the top of the screen.
+
+@item redraw-current-line ()
+Refresh the current line.  By default, this is unbound.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For History
+@subsection Commands For Manipulating The History
+
+@ftable @code
+@item accept-line (Newline or Return)
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
+If this line is
+non-empty, add it to the history list according to the setting of
+the @env{HISTCONTROL} and @env{HISTIGNORE} variables.
+If this line is a modified history line, then restore the history line
+to its original state.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+Accept the line regardless of where the cursor is.
+If this line is
+non-empty, it may be added to the history list for future recall with
+@code{add_history()}.
+If this line is a modified history line, the history line is restored
+to its original state.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item previous-history (C-p)
+Move `back' through the history list, fetching the previous command.
+
+@item next-history (C-n)
+Move `forward' through the history list, fetching the next command.
+
+@item beginning-of-history (M-<)
+Move to the first line in the history.
+
+@item end-of-history (M->)
+Move to the end of the input history, i.e., the line currently
+being entered.
+
+@item reverse-search-history (C-r)
+Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up' through
+the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
+
+@item forward-search-history (C-s)
+Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down' through
+the history as necessary.  This is an incremental search.
+
+@item non-incremental-reverse-search-history (M-p)
+Search backward starting at the current line and moving `up'
+through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
+for a string supplied by the user.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+
+@item non-incremental-forward-search-history (M-n)
+Search forward starting at the current line and moving `down'
+through the history as necessary using a non-incremental search
+for a string supplied by the user.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+
+@item history-search-forward ()
+Search forward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item history-search-backward ()
+Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string must match at the beginning of a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item history-substr-search-forward ()
+Search forward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item history-substr-search-backward ()
+Search backward through the history for the string of characters
+between the start of the current line and the point.
+The search string may match anywhere in a history line.
+This is a non-incremental search.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item yank-nth-arg (M-C-y)
+Insert the first argument to the previous command (usually
+the second word on the previous line) at point.
+With an argument @var{n},
+insert the @var{n}th word from the previous command (the words
+in the previous command begin with word 0).  A negative argument
+inserts the @var{n}th word from the end of the previous command.
+Once the argument @var{n} is computed, the argument is extracted
+as if the @samp{!@var{n}} history expansion had been specified.
+
+@item yank-last-arg (M-. or M-_)
+Insert last argument to the previous command (the last word of the
+previous history entry).
+With a numeric argument, behave exactly like @code{yank-nth-arg}.
+Successive calls to @code{yank-last-arg} move back through the history
+list, inserting the last word (or the word specified by the argument to
+the first call) of each line in turn.
+Any numeric argument supplied to these successive calls determines
+the direction to move through the history.  A negative argument switches
+the direction through the history (back or forward).
+The history expansion facilities are used to extract the last argument,
+as if the @samp{!$} history expansion had been specified.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For Text
+@subsection Commands For Changing Text
+
+@ftable @code
+
+@item @i{end-of-file} (usually C-d)
+The character indicating end-of-file as set, for example, by
+@code{stty}.  If this character is read when there are no characters
+on the line, and point is at the beginning of the line, Readline
+interprets it as the end of input and returns @sc{eof}.
+
+@item delete-char (C-d)
+Delete the character at point.  If this function is bound to the
+same character as the tty @sc{eof} character, as @kbd{C-d}
+commonly is, see above for the effects.
+
+@item backward-delete-char (Rubout)
+Delete the character behind the cursor.  A numeric argument means
+to kill the characters instead of deleting them.
+
+@item forward-backward-delete-char ()
+Delete the character under the cursor, unless the cursor is at the
+end of the line, in which case the character behind the cursor is
+deleted.  By default, this is not bound to a key.
+
+@item quoted-insert (C-q or C-v)
+Add the next character typed to the line verbatim.  This is
+how to insert key sequences like @kbd{C-q}, for example.
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@item tab-insert (M-@key{TAB})
+Insert a tab character.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item self-insert (a, b, A, 1, !, @dots{})
+Insert yourself.
+
+@item bracketed-paste-begin ()
+This function is intended to be bound to the "bracketed paste" escape
+sequence sent by some terminals, and such a binding is assigned by default.
+It allows Readline to insert the pasted text as a single unit without treating
+each character as if it had been read from the keyboard.  The characters
+are inserted as if each one was bound to @code{self-insert}) instead of
+executing any editing commands.
+
+@item transpose-chars (C-t)
+Drag the character before the cursor forward over
+the character at the cursor, moving the
+cursor forward as well.  If the insertion point
+is at the end of the line, then this
+transposes the last two characters of the line.
+Negative arguments have no effect.
+
+@item transpose-words (M-t)
+Drag the word before point past the word after point,
+moving point past that word as well.
+If the insertion point is at the end of the line, this transposes
+the last two words on the line.
+
+@item upcase-word (M-u)
+Uppercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
+uppercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+
+@item downcase-word (M-l)
+Lowercase the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
+lowercase the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+
+@item capitalize-word (M-c)
+Capitalize the current (or following) word.  With a negative argument,
+capitalize the previous word, but do not move the cursor.
+
+@item overwrite-mode ()
+Toggle overwrite mode.  With an explicit positive numeric argument,
+switches to overwrite mode.  With an explicit non-positive numeric
+argument, switches to insert mode.  This command affects only
+@code{emacs} mode; @code{vi} mode does overwrite differently.
+Each call to @code{readline()} starts in insert mode.
+
+In overwrite mode, characters bound to @code{self-insert} replace
+the text at point rather than pushing the text to the right.
+Characters bound to @code{backward-delete-char} replace the character
+before point with a space.
+
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For Killing
+@subsection Killing And Yanking
+
+@ftable @code
+
+@item kill-line (C-k)
+Kill the text from point to the end of the line.
+
+@item backward-kill-line (C-x Rubout)
+Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
+
+@item unix-line-discard (C-u)
+Kill backward from the cursor to the beginning of the current line.
+
+@item kill-whole-line ()
+Kill all characters on the current line, no matter where point is.
+By default, this is unbound.
+
+@item kill-word (M-d)
+Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as @code{forward-word}.
+
+@item backward-kill-word (M-@key{DEL})
+Kill the word behind point.
+Word boundaries are the same as @code{backward-word}.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item shell-kill-word ()
+Kill from point to the end of the current word, or if between
+words, to the end of the next word.
+Word boundaries are the same as @code{shell-forward-word}.
+
+@item shell-backward-kill-word ()
+Kill the word behind point.
+Word boundaries are the same as @code{shell-backward-word}.
+@end ifset
+
+@item unix-word-rubout (C-w)
+Kill the word behind point, using white space as a word boundary.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+
+@item unix-filename-rubout ()
+Kill the word behind point, using white space and the slash character
+as the word boundaries.
+The killed text is saved on the kill-ring.
+
+@item delete-horizontal-space ()
+Delete all spaces and tabs around point.  By default, this is unbound.
+
+@item kill-region ()
+Kill the text in the current region.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item copy-region-as-kill ()
+Copy the text in the region to the kill buffer, so it can be yanked
+right away.  By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item copy-backward-word ()
+Copy the word before point to the kill buffer.
+The word boundaries are the same as @code{backward-word}.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item copy-forward-word ()
+Copy the word following point to the kill buffer.
+The word boundaries are the same as @code{forward-word}.
+By default, this command is unbound.
+
+@item yank (C-y)
+Yank the top of the kill ring into the buffer at point.
+
+@item yank-pop (M-y)
+Rotate the kill-ring, and yank the new top.  You can only do this if
+the prior command is @code{yank} or @code{yank-pop}.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Numeric Arguments
+@subsection Specifying Numeric Arguments
+@ftable @code
+
+@item digit-argument (@kbd{M-0}, @kbd{M-1}, @dots{} @kbd{M--})
+Add this digit to the argument already accumulating, or start a new
+argument.  @kbd{M--} starts a negative argument.
+
+@item universal-argument ()
+This is another way to specify an argument.
+If this command is followed by one or more digits, optionally with a
+leading minus sign, those digits define the argument.
+If the command is followed by digits, executing @code{universal-argument}
+again ends the numeric argument, but is otherwise ignored.
+As a special case, if this command is immediately followed by a
+character that is neither a digit or minus sign, the argument count
+for the next command is multiplied by four.
+The argument count is initially one, so executing this function the
+first time makes the argument count four, a second time makes the
+argument count sixteen, and so on.
+By default, this is not bound to a key.
+@end ftable
+
+@node Commands For Completion
+@subsection Letting Readline Type For You
+
+@ftable @code
+@item complete (@key{TAB})
+Attempt to perform completion on the text before point.
+The actual completion performed is application-specific.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+Bash attempts completion treating the text as a variable (if the
+text begins with @samp{$}), username (if the text begins with
+@samp{~}), hostname (if the text begins with @samp{@@}), or
+command (including aliases and functions) in turn.  If none 
+of these produces a match, filename completion is attempted.
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+The default is filename completion.
+@end ifclear
+
+@item possible-completions (M-?)
+List the possible completions of the text before point.
+When displaying completions, Readline sets the number of columns used
+for display to the value of @code{completion-display-width}, the value of
+the environment variable @env{COLUMNS}, or the screen width, in that order.
+
+@item insert-completions (M-*)
+Insert all completions of the text before point that would have
+been generated by @code{possible-completions}.
+
+@item menu-complete ()
+Similar to @code{complete}, but replaces the word to be completed
+with a single match from the list of possible completions.
+Repeated execution of @code{menu-complete} steps through the list
+of possible completions, inserting each match in turn.
+At the end of the list of completions, the bell is rung
+(subject to the setting of @code{bell-style})
+and the original text is restored.
+An argument of @var{n} moves @var{n} positions forward in the list
+of matches; a negative argument may be used to move backward
+through the list.
+This command is intended to be bound to @key{TAB}, but is unbound
+by default.
+
+@item menu-complete-backward ()
+Identical to @code{menu-complete}, but moves backward through the list
+of possible completions, as if @code{menu-complete} had been given a
+negative argument.
+
+@item delete-char-or-list ()
+Deletes the character under the cursor if not at the beginning or
+end of the line (like @code{delete-char}).
+If at the end of the line, behaves identically to
+@code{possible-completions}.
+This command is unbound by default.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item complete-filename (M-/)
+Attempt filename completion on the text before point.
+
+@item possible-filename-completions (C-x /)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a filename.
+
+@item complete-username (M-~)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a username.
+
+@item possible-username-completions (C-x ~)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a username.
+
+@item complete-variable (M-$)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a shell variable.
+
+@item possible-variable-completions (C-x $)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a shell variable.
+
+@item complete-hostname (M-@@)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a hostname.
+
+@item possible-hostname-completions (C-x @@)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a hostname.
+
+@item complete-command (M-!)
+Attempt completion on the text before point, treating
+it as a command name.  Command completion attempts to
+match the text against aliases, reserved words, shell
+functions, shell builtins, and finally executable filenames,
+in that order.
+
+@item possible-command-completions (C-x !)
+List the possible completions of the text before point,
+treating it as a command name.
+
+@item dynamic-complete-history (M-@key{TAB})
+Attempt completion on the text before point, comparing
+the text against lines from the history list for possible
+completion matches.
+
+@item dabbrev-expand ()
+Attempt menu completion on the text before point, comparing
+the text against lines from the history list for possible
+completion matches.
+
+@item complete-into-braces (M-@{)
+Perform filename completion and insert the list of possible completions
+enclosed within braces so the list is available to the shell
+(@pxref{Brace Expansion}).
+
+@end ifset
+@end ftable
+
+@node Keyboard Macros
+@subsection Keyboard Macros
+@ftable @code
+
+@item start-kbd-macro (C-x ()
+Begin saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro.
+
+@item end-kbd-macro (C-x ))
+Stop saving the characters typed into the current keyboard macro
+and save the definition.
+
+@item call-last-kbd-macro (C-x e)
+Re-execute the last keyboard macro defined, by making the characters
+in the macro appear as if typed at the keyboard.
+
+@item print-last-kbd-macro ()
+Print the last keboard macro defined in a format suitable for the
+@var{inputrc} file.
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Miscellaneous Commands
+@subsection Some Miscellaneous Commands
+@ftable @code
+
+@item re-read-init-file (C-x C-r)
+Read in the contents of the @var{inputrc} file, and incorporate
+any bindings or variable assignments found there.
+
+@item abort (C-g)
+Abort the current editing command and
+ring the terminal's bell (subject to the setting of
+@code{bell-style}).
+
+@item do-uppercase-version (M-a, M-b, M-@var{x}, @dots{})
+If the metafied character @var{x} is lowercase, run the command
+that is bound to the corresponding uppercase character.
+
+@item prefix-meta (@key{ESC})
+Metafy the next character typed.  This is for keyboards
+without a meta key.  Typing @samp{@key{ESC} f} is equivalent to typing
+@kbd{M-f}.
+
+@item undo (C-_ or C-x C-u)
+Incremental undo, separately remembered for each line.
+
+@item revert-line (M-r)
+Undo all changes made to this line.  This is like executing the @code{undo}
+command enough times to get back to the beginning.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item tilde-expand (M-&)
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@item tilde-expand (M-~)
+@end ifclear
+Perform tilde expansion on the current word.
+
+@item set-mark (C-@@)
+Set the mark to the point.  If a
+numeric argument is supplied, the mark is set to that position.
+
+@item exchange-point-and-mark (C-x C-x)
+Swap the point with the mark.  The current cursor position is set to
+the saved position, and the old cursor position is saved as the mark.
+
+@item character-search (C-])
+A character is read and point is moved to the next occurrence of that
+character.  A negative count searches for previous occurrences.
+
+@item character-search-backward (M-C-])
+A character is read and point is moved to the previous occurrence
+of that character.  A negative count searches for subsequent
+occurrences.
+
+@item skip-csi-sequence ()
+Read enough characters to consume a multi-key sequence such as those
+defined for keys like Home and End.  Such sequences begin with a
+Control Sequence Indicator (CSI), usually ESC-[.  If this sequence is
+bound to "\e[", keys producing such sequences will have no effect
+unless explicitly bound to a readline command, instead of inserting
+stray characters into the editing buffer.  This is unbound by default,
+but usually bound to ESC-[.
+
+@item insert-comment (M-#)
+Without a numeric argument, the value of the @code{comment-begin}
+variable is inserted at the beginning of the current line.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, this command acts as a toggle:  if
+the characters at the beginning of the line do not match the value
+of @code{comment-begin}, the value is inserted, otherwise
+the characters in @code{comment-begin} are deleted from the beginning of
+the line.
+In either case, the line is accepted as if a newline had been typed.
+@ifset BashFeatures
+The default value of @code{comment-begin} causes this command
+to make the current line a shell comment.
+If a numeric argument causes the comment character to be removed, the line
+will be executed by the shell.
+@end ifset
+
+@item dump-functions ()
+Print all of the functions and their key bindings to the
+Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an @var{inputrc} file.  This command is unbound by default.
+
+@item dump-variables ()
+Print all of the settable variables and their values to the
+Readline output stream.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an @var{inputrc} file.  This command is unbound by default.
+
+@item dump-macros ()
+Print all of the Readline key sequences bound to macros and the
+strings they output.  If a numeric argument is supplied,
+the output is formatted in such a way that it can be made part
+of an @var{inputrc} file.  This command is unbound by default.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@item glob-complete-word (M-g)
+The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion,
+with an asterisk implicitly appended.  This pattern is used to
+generate a list of matching file names for possible completions.
+
+@item glob-expand-word (C-x *)
+The word before point is treated as a pattern for pathname expansion,
+and the list of matching file names is inserted, replacing the word.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, a @samp{*} is appended before
+pathname expansion.
+
+@item glob-list-expansions (C-x g)
+The list of expansions that would have been generated by
+@code{glob-expand-word} is displayed, and the line is redrawn.
+If a numeric argument is supplied, a @samp{*} is appended before
+pathname expansion.
+
+@item display-shell-version (C-x C-v)
+Display version information about the current instance of Bash.
+
+@item shell-expand-line (M-C-e)
+Expand the line as the shell does.
+This performs alias and history expansion as well as all of the shell
+word expansions (@pxref{Shell Expansions}).
+
+@item history-expand-line (M-^)
+Perform history expansion on the current line.
+
+@item magic-space ()
+Perform history expansion on the current line and insert a space
+(@pxref{History Interaction}).
+
+@item alias-expand-line ()
+Perform alias expansion on the current line (@pxref{Aliases}).
+
+@item history-and-alias-expand-line ()
+Perform history and alias expansion on the current line.
+
+@item insert-last-argument (M-. or M-_)
+A synonym for @code{yank-last-arg}.
+
+@item operate-and-get-next (C-o)
+Accept the current line for execution and fetch the next line
+relative to the current line from the history for editing.  Any
+argument is ignored.
+
+@item edit-and-execute-command (C-xC-e)
+Invoke an editor on the current command line, and execute the result as shell
+commands.
+Bash attempts to invoke
+@code{$VISUAL}, @code{$EDITOR}, and @code{emacs}
+as the editor, in that order.
+
+@end ifset
+
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+@item emacs-editing-mode (C-e)
+When in @code{vi} command mode, this causes a switch to @code{emacs}
+editing mode.
+
+@item vi-editing-mode (M-C-j)
+When in @code{emacs} editing mode, this causes a switch to @code{vi}
+editing mode.
+
+@end ifclear
+
+@end ftable
+
+@node Readline vi Mode
+@section Readline vi Mode
+
+While the Readline library does not have a full set of @code{vi}
+editing functions, it does contain enough to allow simple editing
+of the line.  The Readline @code{vi} mode behaves as specified in
+the @sc{posix} standard.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+In order to switch interactively between @code{emacs} and @code{vi}
+editing modes, use the @samp{set -o emacs} and @samp{set -o vi}
+commands (@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+@end ifset
+@ifclear BashFeatures
+In order to switch interactively between @code{emacs} and @code{vi}
+editing modes, use the command @kbd{M-C-j} (bound to emacs-editing-mode
+when in @code{vi} mode and to vi-editing-mode in @code{emacs} mode).
+@end ifclear
+The Readline default is @code{emacs} mode.
+
+When you enter a line in @code{vi} mode, you are already placed in
+`insertion' mode, as if you had typed an @samp{i}.  Pressing @key{ESC}
+switches you into `command' mode, where you can edit the text of the
+line with the standard @code{vi} movement keys, move to previous
+history lines with @samp{k} and subsequent lines with @samp{j}, and
+so forth.
+
+@ifset BashFeatures
+@node Programmable Completion
+@section Programmable Completion
+@cindex programmable completion
+
+When word completion is attempted for an argument to a command for
+which a completion specification (a @var{compspec}) has been defined
+using the @code{complete} builtin (@pxref{Programmable Completion Builtins}),
+the programmable completion facilities are invoked. 
+
+First, the command name is identified.
+If a compspec has been defined for that command, the
+compspec is used to generate the list of possible completions for the word.
+If the command word is the empty string (completion attempted at the
+beginning of an empty line), any compspec defined with
+the @option{-E} option to @code{complete} is used.
+If the command word is a full pathname, a compspec for the full
+pathname is searched for first.
+If no compspec is found for the full pathname, an attempt is made to
+find a compspec for the portion following the final slash.
+If those searches do not result in a compspec, any compspec defined with
+the @option{-D} option to @code{complete} is used as the default.
+
+Once a compspec has been found, it is used to generate the list of
+matching words.
+If a compspec is not found, the default Bash completion
+described above (@pxref{Commands For Completion}) is performed.
+
+First, the actions specified by the compspec are used.
+Only matches which are prefixed by the word being completed are
+returned.
+When the @option{-f} or @option{-d} option is used for filename or
+directory name completion, the shell variable @env{FIGNORE} is
+used to filter the matches.
+@xref{Bash Variables}, for a description of @env{FIGNORE}.
+
+Any completions specified by a filename expansion pattern to the
+@option{-G} option are generated next.
+The words generated by the pattern need not match the word being completed.
+The @env{GLOBIGNORE} shell variable is not used to filter the matches,
+but the @env{FIGNORE} shell variable is used.
+
+Next, the string specified as the argument to the @option{-W} option
+is considered.
+The string is first split using the characters in the @env{IFS}
+special variable as delimiters.
+Shell quoting is honored.
+Each word is then expanded using
+brace expansion, tilde expansion, parameter and variable expansion,
+command substitution, and arithmetic expansion,
+as described above (@pxref{Shell Expansions}).
+The results are split using the rules described above
+(@pxref{Word Splitting}).
+The results of the expansion are prefix-matched against the word being
+completed, and the matching words become the possible completions.
+
+After these matches have been generated, any shell function or command
+specified with the @option{-F} and @option{-C} options is invoked.
+When the command or function is invoked, the @env{COMP_LINE},
+@env{COMP_POINT}, @env{COMP_KEY}, and @env{COMP_TYPE} variables are
+assigned values as described above (@pxref{Bash Variables}).
+If a shell function is being invoked, the @env{COMP_WORDS} and
+@env{COMP_CWORD} variables are also set.
+When the function or command is invoked, the first argument ($1) is the
+name of the command whose arguments are being completed, the
+second argument ($2) is the word being completed, and the third argument
+($3) is the word preceding the word being completed on the current command
+line.
+No filtering of the generated completions against the word being completed
+is performed; the function or command has complete freedom in generating
+the matches.
+
+Any function specified with @option{-F} is invoked first.
+The function may use any of the shell facilities, including the
+@code{compgen} and @code{compopt} builtins described below
+(@pxref{Programmable Completion Builtins}), to generate the matches.
+It must put the possible completions in the @env{COMPREPLY} array
+variable, one per array element.
+
+Next, any command specified with the @option{-C} option is invoked
+in an environment equivalent to command substitution.
+It should print a list of completions, one per line, to
+the standard output.
+Backslash may be used to escape a newline, if necessary.
+
+After all of the possible completions are generated, any filter
+specified with the @option{-X} option is applied to the list.
+The filter is a pattern as used for pathname expansion; a @samp{&}
+in the pattern is replaced with the text of the word being completed.
+A literal @samp{&} may be escaped with a backslash; the backslash
+is removed before attempting a match.
+Any completion that matches the pattern will be removed from the list.
+A leading @samp{!} negates the pattern; in this case any completion
+not matching the pattern will be removed.
+
+Finally, any prefix and suffix specified with the @option{-P} and @option{-S}
+options are added to each member of the completion list, and the result is
+returned to the Readline completion code as the list of possible
+completions.
+
+If the previously-applied actions do not generate any matches, and the
+@option{-o dirnames} option was supplied to @code{complete} when the
+compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted. 
+
+If the @option{-o plusdirs} option was supplied to @code{complete} when
+the compspec was defined, directory name completion is attempted and any
+matches are added to the results of the other actions.
+
+By default, if a compspec is found, whatever it generates is returned to
+the completion code as the full set of possible completions.
+The default Bash completions are not attempted, and the Readline default
+of filename completion is disabled.
+If the @option{-o bashdefault} option was supplied to @code{complete} when
+the compspec was defined, the default Bash completions are attempted
+if the compspec generates no matches.
+If the @option{-o default} option was supplied to @code{complete} when the
+compspec was defined, Readline's default completion will be performed
+if the compspec (and, if attempted, the default Bash completions)
+generate no matches.
+
+When a compspec indicates that directory name completion is desired,
+the programmable completion functions force Readline to append a slash
+to completed names which are symbolic links to directories, subject to
+the value of the @var{mark-directories} Readline variable, regardless
+of the setting of the @var{mark-symlinked-directories} Readline variable.
+
+There is some support for dynamically modifying completions.  This is
+most useful when used in combination with a default completion specified
+with @option{-D}.  It's possible for shell functions executed as completion
+handlers to indicate that completion should be retried by returning an
+exit status of 124.  If a shell function returns 124, and changes
+the compspec associated with the command on which completion is being
+attempted (supplied as the first argument when the function is executed),
+programmable completion restarts from the beginning, with an
+attempt to find a new compspec for that command.  This allows a set of
+completions to be built dynamically as completion is attempted, rather than
+being loaded all at once.
+
+For instance, assuming that there is a library of compspecs, each kept in a
+file corresponding to the name of the command, the following default
+completion function would load completions dynamically:
+
+@example
+_completion_loader()
+@{
+    . "/etc/bash_completion.d/$1.sh" >/dev/null 2>&1 && return 124
+@}
+complete -D -F _completion_loader -o bashdefault -o default
+@end example
+
+@node Programmable Completion Builtins
+@section Programmable Completion Builtins
+@cindex completion builtins
+
+Three builtin commands are available to manipulate the programmable completion
+facilities: one to specify how the arguments to a particular command are to
+be completed, and two to modify the completion as it is happening.
+
+@table @code
+@item compgen
+@btindex compgen
+@example
+@code{compgen [@var{option}] [@var{word}]}
+@end example
+
+Generate possible completion matches for @var{word} according to
+the @var{option}s, which may be any option accepted by the
+@code{complete}
+builtin with the exception of @option{-p} and @option{-r}, and write
+the matches to the standard output.
+When using the @option{-F} or @option{-C} options, the various shell variables
+set by the programmable completion facilities, while available, will not
+have useful values.
+
+The matches will be generated in the same way as if the programmable
+completion code had generated them directly from a completion specification
+with the same flags.
+If @var{word} is specified, only those completions matching @var{word}
+will be displayed.
+
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, or no
+matches were generated.
+
+@item complete
+@btindex complete
+@example
+@code{complete [-abcdefgjksuv] [-o @var{comp-option}] [-DE] [-A @var{action}] [-G @var{globpat}] [-W @var{wordlist}]
+[-F @var{function}] [-C @var{command}] [-X @var{filterpat}]
+[-P @var{prefix}] [-S @var{suffix}] @var{name} [@var{name} @dots{}]}
+@code{complete -pr [-DE] [@var{name} @dots{}]}
+@end example
+
+Specify how arguments to each @var{name} should be completed.
+If the @option{-p} option is supplied, or if no options are supplied, existing
+completion specifications are printed in a way that allows them to be
+reused as input.
+The @option{-r} option removes a completion specification for
+each @var{name}, or, if no @var{name}s are supplied, all
+completion specifications.
+The @option{-D} option indicates that the remaining options and actions should
+apply to the ``default'' command completion; that is, completion attempted
+on a command for which no completion has previously been defined.
+The @option{-E} option indicates that the remaining options and actions should
+apply to ``empty'' command completion; that is, completion attempted on a 
+blank line.
+
+The process of applying these completion specifications when word completion
+is attempted is described above (@pxref{Programmable Completion}).  The
+@option{-D} option takes precedence over @option{-E}.
+
+Other options, if specified, have the following meanings.
+The arguments to the @option{-G}, @option{-W}, and @option{-X} options
+(and, if necessary, the @option{-P} and @option{-S} options)
+should be quoted to protect them from expansion before the
+@code{complete} builtin is invoked.
+
+
+@table @code
+@item -o @var{comp-option}
+The @var{comp-option} controls several aspects of the compspec's behavior
+beyond the simple generation of completions.
+@var{comp-option} may be one of: 
+
+@table @code
+
+@item bashdefault
+Perform the rest of the default Bash completions if the compspec
+generates no matches.
+
+@item default
+Use Readline's default filename completion if the compspec generates
+no matches.
+
+@item dirnames
+Perform directory name completion if the compspec generates no matches.
+
+@item filenames
+Tell Readline that the compspec generates filenames, so it can perform any
+filename-specific processing (like adding a slash to directory names
+quoting special characters, or suppressing trailing spaces).
+This option is intended to be used with shell functions specified
+with @option{-F}.
+
+@item noquote
+Tell Readline not to quote the completed words if they are filenames
+(quoting filenames is the default).
+
+@item nospace
+Tell Readline not to append a space (the default) to words completed at
+the end of the line.
+
+@item plusdirs
+After any matches defined by the compspec are generated, 
+directory name completion is attempted and any
+matches are added to the results of the other actions.
+
+@end table
+
+@item -A @var{action}
+The @var{action} may be one of the following to generate a list of possible
+completions:
+
+@table @code
+@item alias
+Alias names.  May also be specified as @option{-a}.
+
+@item arrayvar
+Array variable names.
+
+@item binding
+Readline key binding names (@pxref{Bindable Readline Commands}).
+
+@item builtin
+Names of shell builtin commands.  May also be specified as @option{-b}.
+
+@item command
+Command names.  May also be specified as @option{-c}.
+
+@item directory
+Directory names.  May also be specified as @option{-d}.
+
+@item disabled
+Names of disabled shell builtins.
+
+@item enabled
+Names of enabled shell builtins.
+
+@item export
+Names of exported shell variables.  May also be specified as @option{-e}.
+
+@item file
+File names.  May also be specified as @option{-f}.
+
+@item function
+Names of shell functions.
+
+@item group
+Group names.  May also be specified as @option{-g}.
+
+@item helptopic
+Help topics as accepted by the @code{help} builtin (@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item hostname
+Hostnames, as taken from the file specified by the
+@env{HOSTFILE} shell variable (@pxref{Bash Variables}).
+
+@item job
+Job names, if job control is active.  May also be specified as @option{-j}.
+
+@item keyword
+Shell reserved words.  May also be specified as @option{-k}.
+
+@item running
+Names of running jobs, if job control is active.
+
+@item service
+Service names.  May also be specified as @option{-s}.
+
+@item setopt
+Valid arguments for the @option{-o} option to the @code{set} builtin
+(@pxref{The Set Builtin}).
+
+@item shopt
+Shell option names as accepted by the @code{shopt} builtin
+(@pxref{Bash Builtins}).
+
+@item signal
+Signal names.
+
+@item stopped
+Names of stopped jobs, if job control is active.
+
+@item user
+User names.  May also be specified as @option{-u}.
+
+@item variable
+Names of all shell variables.  May also be specified as @option{-v}.
+@end table
+
+@item -C @var{command}
+@var{command} is executed in a subshell environment, and its output is
+used as the possible completions.
+
+@item -F @var{function}
+The shell function @var{function} is executed in the current shell
+environment.
+When it is executed, $1 is the name of the command whose arguments are
+being completed, $2 is the word being completed, and $3 is the word
+preceding the word being completed, as described above
+(@pxref{Programmable Completion}).
+When it finishes, the possible completions are retrieved from the value
+of the @env{COMPREPLY} array variable.
+
+@item -G @var{globpat}
+The filename expansion pattern @var{globpat} is expanded to generate
+the possible completions.
+
+@item -P @var{prefix}
+@var{prefix} is added at the beginning of each possible completion
+after all other options have been applied.
+
+@item -S @var{suffix}
+@var{suffix} is appended to each possible completion
+after all other options have been applied.
+
+@item -W @var{wordlist}
+The @var{wordlist} is split using the characters in the
+@env{IFS} special variable as delimiters, and each resultant word
+is expanded.
+The possible completions are the members of the resultant list which
+match the word being completed.
+
+@item -X @var{filterpat}
+@var{filterpat} is a pattern as used for filename expansion.
+It is applied to the list of possible completions generated by the
+preceding options and arguments, and each completion matching
+@var{filterpat} is removed from the list.
+A leading @samp{!} in @var{filterpat} negates the pattern; in this
+case, any completion not matching @var{filterpat} is removed.
+@end table
+
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an option
+other than @option{-p} or @option{-r} is supplied without a @var{name}
+argument, an attempt is made to remove a completion specification for
+a @var{name} for which no specification exists, or
+an error occurs adding a completion specification.
+
+@item compopt
+@btindex compopt
+@example
+@code{compopt} [-o @var{option}] [-DE] [+o @var{option}] [@var{name}]
+@end example
+Modify completion options for each @var{name} according to the
+@var{option}s, or for the currently-executing completion if no @var{name}s
+are supplied.
+If no @var{option}s are given, display the completion options for each
+@var{name} or the current completion.
+The possible values of @var{option} are those valid for the @code{complete}
+builtin described above.
+The @option{-D} option indicates that the remaining options should
+apply to the ``default'' command completion; that is, completion attempted
+on a command for which no completion has previously been defined.
+The @option{-E} option indicates that the remaining options should
+apply to ``empty'' command completion; that is, completion attempted on a 
+blank line.
+
+The @option{-D} option takes precedence over @option{-E}.
+
+The return value is true unless an invalid option is supplied, an attempt
+is made to modify the options for a @var{name} for which no completion
+specification exists, or an output error occurs.
+
+@end table
+
+@node A Programmable Completion Example
+@section A Programmable Completion Example
+
+The most common way to obtain additional completion functionality beyond
+the default actions @code{complete} and @code{compgen} provide is to use
+a shell function and bind it to a particular command using @code{complete -F}.
+
+The following function provides completions for the @code{cd} builtin.
+It is a reasonably good example of what shell functions must do when
+used for completion.  This function uses the word passsed as @code{$2}
+to determine the directory name to complete.  You can also use the
+@code{COMP_WORDS} array variable; the current word is indexed by the
+@code{COMP_CWORD} variable.
+
+The function relies on the @code{complete} and @code{compgen} builtins
+to do much of the work, adding only the things that the Bash @code{cd}
+does beyond accepting basic directory names:
+tilde expansion (@pxref{Tilde Expansion}),
+searching directories in @var{$CDPATH}, which is described above
+(@pxref{Bourne Shell Builtins}),
+and basic support for the @code{cdable_vars} shell option
+(@pxref{The Shopt Builtin}).
+@code{_comp_cd} modifies the value of @var{IFS} so that it contains only
+a newline to accommodate file names containing spaces and tabs --
+@code{compgen} prints the possible completions it generates one per line.
+
+Possible completions go into the @var{COMPREPLY} array variable, one
+completion per array element.  The programmable completion system retrieves
+the completions from there when the function returns.
+
+@example
+# A completion function for the cd builtin
+# based on the cd completion function from the bash_completion package
+_comp_cd()
+@{
+    local IFS=$' \t\n'    # normalize IFS
+    local cur _skipdot _cdpath
+    local i j k
+
+    # Tilde expansion, with side effect of expanding tilde to full pathname
+    case "$2" in
+    \~*)    eval cur="$2" ;;
+    *)      cur=$2 ;;
+    esac
+
+    # no cdpath or absolute pathname -- straight directory completion
+    if [[ -z "$@{CDPATH:-@}" ]] || [[ "$cur" == @@(./*|../*|/*) ]]; then
+        # compgen prints paths one per line; could also use while loop
+        IFS=$'\n'
+        COMPREPLY=( $(compgen -d -- "$cur") )
+        IFS=$' \t\n'
+    # CDPATH+directories in the current directory if not in CDPATH
+    else
+        IFS=$'\n'
+        _skipdot=false
+        # preprocess CDPATH to convert null directory names to .
+        _cdpath=$@{CDPATH/#:/.:@}
+        _cdpath=$@{_cdpath//::/:.:@}
+        _cdpath=$@{_cdpath/%:/:.@}
+        for i in $@{_cdpath//:/$'\n'@}; do
+            if [[ $i -ef . ]]; then _skipdot=true; fi
+            k="$@{#COMPREPLY[@@]@}"
+            for j in $( compgen -d -- "$i/$cur" ); do
+                COMPREPLY[k++]=$@{j#$i/@}        # cut off directory
+            done
+        done
+        $_skipdot || COMPREPLY+=( $(compgen -d -- "$cur") )
+        IFS=$' \t\n'
+    fi
+
+    # variable names if appropriate shell option set and no completions
+    if shopt -q cdable_vars && [[ $@{#COMPREPLY[@@]@} -eq 0 ]]; then
+        COMPREPLY=( $(compgen -v -- "$cur") )
+    fi
+
+    return 0
+@}
+@end example
+
+We install the completion function using the @option{-F} option to
+@code{complete}:
+
+@example
+# Tell readline to quote appropriate and append slashes to directories;
+# use the bash default completion for other arguments
+complete -o filenames -o nospace -o bashdefault -F _comp_cd cd
+@end example
+
+@noindent
+Since we'd like Bash and Readline to take care of some
+of the other details for us, we use several other options to tell Bash
+and Readline what to do.  The @option{-o filenames} option tells Readline
+that the possible completions should be treated as filenames, and quoted
+appropriately.  That option will also cause Readline to append a slash to
+filenames it can determine are directories (which is why we might want to
+extend @code{_comp_cd} to append a slash if we're using directories found
+via @var{CDPATH}: Readline can't tell those completions are directories).
+The @option{-o nospace} option tells Readline to not append a space
+character to the directory name, in case we want to append to it.
+The @option{-o bashdefault} option brings in the rest of the "Bash default"
+completions -- possible completion that Bash adds to the default Readline
+set.  These include things like command name completion, variable completion
+for words beginning with @samp{@{}, completions containing pathname
+expansion patterns (@pxref{Filename Expansion}), and so on.
+
+Once installed using @code{complete}, @code{_comp_cd} will be called every
+time we attempt word completion for a @code{cd} command.
+
+Many more examples -- an extensive collection of completions for most of
+the common GNU, Unix, and Linux commands -- are available as part of the
+bash_completion project.  This is installed by default on many GNU/Linux
+distributions.  Originally written by Ian Macdonald, the project now lives
+at @url{http://bash-completion.alioth.debian.org/}.  There are ports for
+other systems such as Solaris and Mac OS X.
+
+An older version of the bash_completion package is distributed with bash
+in the @file{examples/complete} subdirectory.
+
+@end ifset
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/version.texi b/lib/readline/doc/version.texi
index 1035805c..e584097e 100644
--- a/lib/readline/doc/version.texi
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/version.texi
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ Copyright (C) 1988-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 @set EDITION 6.3
 @set VERSION 6.3
-@set UPDATED 1 July 2014
-@set UPDATED-MONTH Julyy 2014
+@set UPDATED 15 November 2014
+@set UPDATED-MONTH November 2014
 
-@set LASTCHANGE Tue Jul  1 16:37:33 PDT 2014
+@set LASTCHANGE Sat Nov 15 19:56:51 EST 2014
diff --git a/lib/readline/doc/version.texi~ b/lib/readline/doc/version.texi~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1035805c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/doc/version.texi~
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+@ignore
+Copyright (C) 1988-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 
+@end ignore
+
+@set EDITION 6.3
+@set VERSION 6.3
+@set UPDATED 1 July 2014
+@set UPDATED-MONTH Julyy 2014
+
+@set LASTCHANGE Tue Jul  1 16:37:33 PDT 2014
diff --git a/lib/readline/history.c b/lib/readline/history.c
index ece68fee..bc93c4b2 100644
--- a/lib/readline/history.c
+++ b/lib/readline/history.c
@@ -282,9 +282,14 @@ add_history (string)
       if (the_history[0])
 	(void) free_history_entry (the_history[0]);
 
-      /* Copy the rest of the entries, moving down one slot. */
+      /* Copy the rest of the entries, moving down one slot.  Copy includes
+	 trailing NULL.  */
+#if 0
       for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
 	the_history[i] = the_history[i + 1];
+#else
+      memmove (the_history, the_history + 1, history_length * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY));
+#endif
 
       history_base++;
     }
diff --git a/lib/readline/history.c~ b/lib/readline/history.c~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3b3f0f5d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/history.c~
@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
+/* history.c -- standalone history library */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1989-2011 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file contains the GNU History Library (History), a set of
+   routines for managing the text of previously typed lines.
+
+   History is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   History is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with History.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+/* The goal is to make the implementation transparent, so that you
+   don't have to know what data types are used, just what functions
+   you can call.  I think I have done that. */
+#define READLINE_LIBRARY
+
+#if defined (HAVE_CONFIG_H)
+#  include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#if defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
+#  include <stdlib.h>
+#else
+#  include "ansi_stdlib.h"
+#endif /* HAVE_STDLIB_H */
+
+#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
+#  ifdef _MINIX
+#    include <sys/types.h>
+#  endif
+#  include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "history.h"
+#include "histlib.h"
+
+#include "xmalloc.h"
+
+/* How big to make the_history when we first allocate it. */
+#define DEFAULT_HISTORY_INITIAL_SIZE	502
+
+/* The number of slots to increase the_history by. */
+#define DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE 50
+
+static char *hist_inittime PARAMS((void));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			History Functions			    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* An array of HIST_ENTRY.  This is where we store the history. */
+static HIST_ENTRY **the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)NULL;
+
+/* Non-zero means that we have enforced a limit on the amount of
+   history that we save. */
+static int history_stifled;
+
+/* The current number of slots allocated to the input_history. */
+static int history_size;
+
+/* If HISTORY_STIFLED is non-zero, then this is the maximum number of
+   entries to remember. */
+int history_max_entries;
+int max_input_history;	/* backwards compatibility */
+
+/* The current location of the interactive history pointer.  Just makes
+   life easier for outside callers. */
+int history_offset;
+
+/* The number of strings currently stored in the history list. */
+int history_length;
+
+/* The logical `base' of the history array.  It defaults to 1. */
+int history_base = 1;
+
+/* Return the current HISTORY_STATE of the history. */
+HISTORY_STATE *
+history_get_history_state ()
+{
+  HISTORY_STATE *state;
+
+  state = (HISTORY_STATE *)xmalloc (sizeof (HISTORY_STATE));
+  state->entries = the_history;
+  state->offset = history_offset;
+  state->length = history_length;
+  state->size = history_size;
+  state->flags = 0;
+  if (history_stifled)
+    state->flags |= HS_STIFLED;
+
+  return (state);
+}
+
+/* Set the state of the current history array to STATE. */
+void
+history_set_history_state (state)
+     HISTORY_STATE *state;
+{
+  the_history = state->entries;
+  history_offset = state->offset;
+  history_length = state->length;
+  history_size = state->size;
+  if (state->flags & HS_STIFLED)
+    history_stifled = 1;
+}
+
+/* Begin a session in which the history functions might be used.  This
+   initializes interactive variables. */
+void
+using_history ()
+{
+  history_offset = history_length;
+}
+
+/* Return the number of bytes that the primary history entries are using.
+   This just adds up the lengths of the_history->lines and the associated
+   timestamps. */
+int
+history_total_bytes ()
+{
+  register int i, result;
+
+  for (i = result = 0; the_history && the_history[i]; i++)
+    result += HISTENT_BYTES (the_history[i]);
+
+  return (result);
+}
+
+/* Returns the magic number which says what history element we are
+   looking at now.  In this implementation, it returns history_offset. */
+int
+where_history ()
+{
+  return (history_offset);
+}
+
+/* Make the current history item be the one at POS, an absolute index.
+   Returns zero if POS is out of range, else non-zero. */
+int
+history_set_pos (pos)
+     int pos;
+{
+  if (pos > history_length || pos < 0 || !the_history)
+    return (0);
+  history_offset = pos;
+  return (1);
+}
+ 
+/* Return the current history array.  The caller has to be careful, since this
+   is the actual array of data, and could be bashed or made corrupt easily.
+   The array is terminated with a NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY **
+history_list ()
+{
+  return (the_history);
+}
+
+/* Return the history entry at the current position, as determined by
+   history_offset.  If there is no entry there, return a NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+current_history ()
+{
+  return ((history_offset == history_length) || the_history == 0)
+		? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL
+		: the_history[history_offset];
+}
+
+/* Back up history_offset to the previous history entry, and return
+   a pointer to that entry.  If there is no previous entry then return
+   a NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+previous_history ()
+{
+  return history_offset ? the_history[--history_offset] : (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+}
+
+/* Move history_offset forward to the next history entry, and return
+   a pointer to that entry.  If there is no next entry then return a
+   NULL pointer. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+next_history ()
+{
+  return (history_offset == history_length) ? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL : the_history[++history_offset];
+}
+
+/* Return the history entry which is logically at OFFSET in the history array.
+   OFFSET is relative to history_base. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+history_get (offset)
+     int offset;
+{
+  int local_index;
+
+  local_index = offset - history_base;
+  return (local_index >= history_length || local_index < 0 || the_history == 0)
+		? (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL
+		: the_history[local_index];
+}
+
+HIST_ENTRY *
+alloc_history_entry (string, ts)
+     char *string;
+     char *ts;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+
+  temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY));
+
+  temp->line = string ? savestring (string) : string;
+  temp->data = (char *)NULL;
+  temp->timestamp = ts;
+
+  return temp;
+}
+
+time_t
+history_get_time (hist)
+     HIST_ENTRY *hist;
+{
+  char *ts;
+  time_t t;
+
+  if (hist == 0 || hist->timestamp == 0)
+    return 0;
+  ts = hist->timestamp;
+  if (ts[0] != history_comment_char)
+    return 0;
+  t = (time_t) strtol (ts + 1, (char **)NULL, 10);		/* XXX - should use strtol() here */
+  return t;
+}
+
+static char *
+hist_inittime ()
+{
+  time_t t;
+  char ts[64], *ret;
+
+  t = (time_t) time ((time_t *)0);
+#if defined (HAVE_VSNPRINTF)		/* assume snprintf if vsnprintf exists */
+  snprintf (ts, sizeof (ts) - 1, "X%lu", (unsigned long) t);
+#else
+  sprintf (ts, "X%lu", (unsigned long) t);
+#endif
+  ret = savestring (ts);
+  ret[0] = history_comment_char;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+
+/* Place STRING at the end of the history list.  The data field
+   is  set to NULL. */
+void
+add_history (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *temp;
+
+  if (history_stifled && (history_length == history_max_entries))
+    {
+      register int i;
+
+      /* If the history is stifled, and history_length is zero,
+	 and it equals history_max_entries, we don't save items. */
+      if (history_length == 0)
+	return;
+
+      /* If there is something in the slot, then remove it. */
+      if (the_history[0])
+	(void) free_history_entry (the_history[0]);
+
+      /* Copy the rest of the entries, moving down one slot.  Copy includes
+	 trailing NULL.  */
+#if 0
+      for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
+	the_history[i] = the_history[i + 1];
+#else
+      /* the_history + 1 because C89 compilers and newer automatically
+         add sizeof (the_history[0]) */
+      memmove (the_history, the_history + 1, history_length * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY));
+#endif
+
+      history_base++;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      if (history_size == 0)
+	{
+	  if (history_stifled && history_max_entries > 0)
+	    history_size = history_max_entries + 2;
+	  else
+	    history_size = DEFAULT_HISTORY_INITIAL_SIZE;
+	  the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)xmalloc (history_size * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *));
+	  history_length = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  if (history_length == (history_size - 1))
+	    {
+	      history_size += DEFAULT_HISTORY_GROW_SIZE;
+	      the_history = (HIST_ENTRY **)
+		xrealloc (the_history, history_size * sizeof (HIST_ENTRY *));
+	    }
+	  history_length++;
+	}
+    }
+
+  temp = alloc_history_entry (string, hist_inittime ());
+
+  the_history[history_length] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+  the_history[history_length - 1] = temp;
+}
+
+/* Change the time stamp of the most recent history entry to STRING. */
+void
+add_history_time (string)
+     const char *string;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *hs;
+
+  if (string == 0 || history_length < 1)
+    return;
+  hs = the_history[history_length - 1];
+  FREE (hs->timestamp);
+  hs->timestamp = savestring (string);
+}
+
+/* Free HIST and return the data so the calling application can free it
+   if necessary and desired. */
+histdata_t
+free_history_entry (hist)
+     HIST_ENTRY *hist;
+{
+  histdata_t x;
+
+  if (hist == 0)
+    return ((histdata_t) 0);
+  FREE (hist->line);
+  FREE (hist->timestamp);
+  x = hist->data;
+  xfree (hist);
+  return (x);
+}
+
+HIST_ENTRY *
+copy_history_entry (hist)
+     HIST_ENTRY *hist;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *ret;
+  char *ts;
+
+  if (hist == 0)
+    return hist;
+
+  ret = alloc_history_entry (hist->line, (char *)NULL);
+
+  ts = hist->timestamp ? savestring (hist->timestamp) : hist->timestamp;
+  ret->timestamp = ts;
+
+  ret->data = hist->data;
+
+  return ret;
+}
+  
+/* Make the history entry at WHICH have LINE and DATA.  This returns
+   the old entry so you can dispose of the data.  In the case of an
+   invalid WHICH, a NULL pointer is returned. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+replace_history_entry (which, line, data)
+     int which;
+     const char *line;
+     histdata_t data;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *temp, *old_value;
+
+  if (which < 0 || which >= history_length)
+    return ((HIST_ENTRY *)NULL);
+
+  temp = (HIST_ENTRY *)xmalloc (sizeof (HIST_ENTRY));
+  old_value = the_history[which];
+
+  temp->line = savestring (line);
+  temp->data = data;
+  temp->timestamp = savestring (old_value->timestamp);
+  the_history[which] = temp;
+
+  return (old_value);
+}
+
+/* Replace the DATA in the specified history entries, replacing OLD with
+   NEW.  WHICH says which one(s) to replace:  WHICH == -1 means to replace
+   all of the history entries where entry->data == OLD; WHICH == -2 means
+   to replace the `newest' history entry where entry->data == OLD; and
+   WHICH >= 0 means to replace that particular history entry's data, as
+   long as it matches OLD. */
+void
+replace_history_data (which, old, new)
+     int which;
+     histdata_t *old, *new;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *entry;
+  register int i, last;
+
+  if (which < -2 || which >= history_length || history_length == 0 || the_history == 0)
+    return;
+
+  if (which >= 0)
+    {
+      entry = the_history[which];
+      if (entry && entry->data == old)
+	entry->data = new;
+      return;
+    }
+
+  last = -1;
+  for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
+    {
+      entry = the_history[i];
+      if (entry == 0)
+	continue;
+      if (entry->data == old)
+	{
+	  last = i;
+	  if (which == -1)
+	    entry->data = new;
+	}
+    }
+  if (which == -2 && last >= 0)
+    {
+      entry = the_history[last];
+      entry->data = new;	/* XXX - we don't check entry->old */
+    }
+}      
+  
+/* Remove history element WHICH from the history.  The removed
+   element is returned to you so you can free the line, data,
+   and containing structure. */
+HIST_ENTRY *
+remove_history (which)
+     int which;
+{
+  HIST_ENTRY *return_value;
+  register int i;
+
+  if (which < 0 || which >= history_length || history_length ==  0 || the_history == 0)
+    return ((HIST_ENTRY *)NULL);
+
+  return_value = the_history[which];
+
+  for (i = which; i < history_length; i++)
+    the_history[i] = the_history[i + 1];
+
+  history_length--;
+
+  return (return_value);
+}
+
+/* Stifle the history list, remembering only MAX number of lines. */
+void
+stifle_history (max)
+     int max;
+{
+  register int i, j;
+
+  if (max < 0)
+    max = 0;
+
+  if (history_length > max)
+    {
+      /* This loses because we cannot free the data. */
+      for (i = 0, j = history_length - max; i < j; i++)
+	free_history_entry (the_history[i]);
+
+      history_base = i;
+      for (j = 0, i = history_length - max; j < max; i++, j++)
+	the_history[j] = the_history[i];
+      the_history[j] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+      history_length = j;
+    }
+
+  history_stifled = 1;
+  max_input_history = history_max_entries = max;
+}
+
+/* Stop stifling the history.  This returns the previous maximum
+   number of history entries.  The value is positive if the history
+   was stifled, negative if it wasn't. */
+int
+unstifle_history ()
+{
+  if (history_stifled)
+    {
+      history_stifled = 0;
+      return (history_max_entries);
+    }
+  else
+    return (-history_max_entries);
+}
+
+int
+history_is_stifled ()
+{
+  return (history_stifled);
+}
+
+void
+clear_history ()
+{
+  register int i;
+
+  /* This loses because we cannot free the data. */
+  for (i = 0; i < history_length; i++)
+    {
+      free_history_entry (the_history[i]);
+      the_history[i] = (HIST_ENTRY *)NULL;
+    }
+
+  history_offset = history_length = 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/readline/readline.h b/lib/readline/readline.h
index f2acf353..9565d9d5 100644
--- a/lib/readline/readline.h
+++ b/lib/readline/readline.h
@@ -390,6 +390,7 @@ extern int rl_show_char PARAMS((int));
 
 /* Undocumented in texinfo manual. */
 extern int rl_character_len PARAMS((int, int));
+extern void rl_redraw_prompt_last_line PARAMS((void));
 
 /* Save and restore internal prompt redisplay information. */
 extern void rl_save_prompt PARAMS((void));
diff --git a/lib/readline/readline.h~ b/lib/readline/readline.h~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..3d6e6575
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/readline.h~
@@ -0,0 +1,934 @@
+/* Readline.h -- the names of functions callable from within readline. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1987-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+   for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.      
+
+   Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_READLINE_H_)
+#define _READLINE_H_
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#if defined (READLINE_LIBRARY)
+#  include "rlstdc.h"
+#  include "rltypedefs.h"
+#  include "keymaps.h"
+#  include "tilde.h"
+#else
+#  include <readline/rlstdc.h>
+#  include <readline/rltypedefs.h>
+#  include <readline/keymaps.h>
+#  include <readline/tilde.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Hex-encoded Readline version number. */
+#define RL_READLINE_VERSION	0x0603		/* Readline 6.3 */
+#define RL_VERSION_MAJOR	6
+#define RL_VERSION_MINOR	3
+
+/* Readline data structures. */
+
+/* Maintaining the state of undo.  We remember individual deletes and inserts
+   on a chain of things to do. */
+
+/* The actions that undo knows how to undo.  Notice that UNDO_DELETE means
+   to insert some text, and UNDO_INSERT means to delete some text.   I.e.,
+   the code tells undo what to undo, not how to undo it. */
+enum undo_code { UNDO_DELETE, UNDO_INSERT, UNDO_BEGIN, UNDO_END };
+
+/* What an element of THE_UNDO_LIST looks like. */
+typedef struct undo_list {
+  struct undo_list *next;
+  int start, end;		/* Where the change took place. */
+  char *text;			/* The text to insert, if undoing a delete. */
+  enum undo_code what;		/* Delete, Insert, Begin, End. */
+} UNDO_LIST;
+
+/* The current undo list for RL_LINE_BUFFER. */
+extern UNDO_LIST *rl_undo_list;
+
+/* The data structure for mapping textual names to code addresses. */
+typedef struct _funmap {
+  const char *name;
+  rl_command_func_t *function;
+} FUNMAP;
+
+extern FUNMAP **funmap;
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*	     Functions available to bind to key sequences	    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Bindable commands for numeric arguments. */
+extern int rl_digit_argument PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_universal_argument PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for moving the cursor. */
+extern int rl_forward_byte PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_byte PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_beg_of_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_end_of_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_refresh_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_clear_screen PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_skip_csi_sequence PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_arrow_keys PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for inserting and deleting text. */
+extern int rl_insert PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_quoted_insert PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_tab_insert PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_newline PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_do_lowercase_version PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_rubout_or_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_delete_horizontal_space PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_delete_or_show_completions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_insert_comment PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for changing case. */
+extern int rl_upcase_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_downcase_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_capitalize_word PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for transposing characters and words. */
+extern int rl_transpose_words PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_transpose_chars PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for searching within a line. */
+extern int rl_char_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_char_search PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for readline's interface to the command history. */
+extern int rl_beginning_of_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_end_of_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_get_next_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_get_previous_history PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for managing the mark and region. */
+extern int rl_set_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_exchange_point_and_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands to set the editing mode (emacs or vi). */
+extern int rl_vi_editing_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_emacs_editing_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands to change the insert mode (insert or overwrite) */
+extern int rl_overwrite_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for managing key bindings. */
+extern int rl_re_read_init_file PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_dump_functions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_dump_macros PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_dump_variables PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for word completion. */
+extern int rl_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_possible_completions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_insert_completions PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_old_menu_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_menu_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_menu_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for killing and yanking text, and managing the kill ring. */
+extern int rl_kill_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_kill_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_backward_kill_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_full_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_unix_word_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_unix_filename_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_unix_line_discard PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_copy_region_to_kill PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_region PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_copy_forward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_copy_backward_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank_pop PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank_nth_arg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_yank_last_arg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_bracketed_paste_begin PARAMS((int, int));
+/* Not available unless __CYGWIN__ is defined. */
+#ifdef __CYGWIN__
+extern int rl_paste_from_clipboard PARAMS((int, int));
+#endif
+
+/* Bindable commands for incremental searching. */
+extern int rl_reverse_search_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_forward_search_history PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable keyboard macro commands. */
+extern int rl_start_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_end_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_call_last_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_print_last_kbd_macro PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable undo commands. */
+extern int rl_revert_line PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_undo_command PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable tilde expansion commands. */
+extern int rl_tilde_expand PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable terminal control commands. */
+extern int rl_restart_output PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_stop_output PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Miscellaneous bindable commands. */
+extern int rl_abort PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_tty_status PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable commands for incremental and non-incremental history searching. */
+extern int rl_history_search_forward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_history_search_backward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_history_substr_search_forward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_history_substr_search_backward PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_forward_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_reverse_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_forward_search_again PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_noninc_reverse_search_again PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Bindable command used when inserting a matching close character. */
+extern int rl_insert_close PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Not available unless READLINE_CALLBACKS is defined. */
+extern void rl_callback_handler_install PARAMS((const char *, rl_vcpfunc_t *));
+extern void rl_callback_read_char PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_callback_handler_remove PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Things for vi mode. Not available unless readline is compiled -DVI_MODE. */
+/* VI-mode bindable commands. */
+extern int rl_vi_redo PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_undo PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_yank_arg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_fetch_history PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_search_again PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_complete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_tilde_expand PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_prev_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_next_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_end_word PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_insert_beg PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_append_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_append_eol PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_eof_maybe PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_insertion_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_insert_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_movement_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_arg_digit PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_change_case PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_put PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_column PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_delete_to PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_change_to PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_yank_to PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_back_to_indent PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_first_print PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_char_search PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_match PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_change_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_subst PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_overstrike PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_overstrike_delete PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_replace PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_set_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_goto_mark PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* VI-mode utility functions. */
+extern int rl_vi_check PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_vi_domove PARAMS((int, int *));
+extern int rl_vi_bracktype PARAMS((int));
+
+extern void rl_vi_start_inserting PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
+/* VI-mode pseudo-bindable commands, used as utility functions. */
+extern int rl_vi_fWord PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_bWord PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_eWord PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_fword PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_bword PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_vi_eword PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Well Published Functions		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* Readline functions. */
+/* Read a line of input.  Prompt with PROMPT.  A NULL PROMPT means none. */
+extern char *readline PARAMS((const char *));
+
+extern int rl_set_prompt PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_expand_prompt PARAMS((char *));
+
+extern int rl_initialize PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Undocumented; unused by readline */
+extern int rl_discard_argument PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Utility functions to bind keys to readline commands. */
+extern int rl_add_defun PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, int));
+extern int rl_bind_key PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_key_in_map PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_unbind_key PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_unbind_key_in_map PARAMS((int, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_key_if_unbound PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_key_if_unbound_in_map PARAMS((int, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_unbind_function_in_map PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_unbind_command_in_map PARAMS((const char *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_in_map PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern int rl_bind_keyseq_if_unbound_in_map PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern int rl_generic_bind PARAMS((int, const char *, char *, Keymap));
+
+extern char *rl_variable_value PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_variable_bind PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+
+/* Backwards compatibility, use rl_bind_keyseq_in_map instead. */
+extern int rl_set_key PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+
+/* Backwards compatibility, use rl_generic_bind instead. */
+extern int rl_macro_bind PARAMS((const char *, const char *, Keymap));
+
+/* Undocumented in the texinfo manual; not really useful to programs. */
+extern int rl_translate_keyseq PARAMS((const char *, char *, int *));
+extern char *rl_untranslate_keyseq PARAMS((int));
+
+extern rl_command_func_t *rl_named_function PARAMS((const char *));
+extern rl_command_func_t *rl_function_of_keyseq PARAMS((const char *, Keymap, int *));
+
+extern void rl_list_funmap_names PARAMS((void));
+extern char **rl_invoking_keyseqs_in_map PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *, Keymap));
+extern char **rl_invoking_keyseqs PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *));
+ 
+extern void rl_function_dumper PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_macro_dumper PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_variable_dumper PARAMS((int));
+
+extern int rl_read_init_file PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_parse_and_bind PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Functions for manipulating keymaps. */
+extern Keymap rl_make_bare_keymap PARAMS((void));
+extern Keymap rl_copy_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern Keymap rl_make_keymap PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_discard_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern void rl_free_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+extern Keymap rl_get_keymap_by_name PARAMS((const char *));
+extern char *rl_get_keymap_name PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern void rl_set_keymap PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern Keymap rl_get_keymap PARAMS((void));
+/* Undocumented; used internally only. */
+extern void rl_set_keymap_from_edit_mode PARAMS((void));
+extern char *rl_get_keymap_name_from_edit_mode PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Functions for manipulating the funmap, which maps command names to functions. */
+extern int rl_add_funmap_entry PARAMS((const char *, rl_command_func_t *));
+extern const char **rl_funmap_names PARAMS((void));
+/* Undocumented, only used internally -- there is only one funmap, and this
+   function may be called only once. */
+extern void rl_initialize_funmap PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Utility functions for managing keyboard macros. */
+extern void rl_push_macro_input PARAMS((char *));
+
+/* Functions for undoing, from undo.c */
+extern void rl_add_undo PARAMS((enum undo_code, int, int, char *));
+extern void rl_free_undo_list PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_do_undo PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_begin_undo_group PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_end_undo_group PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_modifying PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Functions for redisplay. */
+extern void rl_redisplay PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_on_new_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_on_new_line_with_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_forced_update_display PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_clear_message PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_reset_line_state PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_crlf PARAMS((void));
+
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS) && defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+extern int rl_message (const char *, ...)  __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
+#else
+extern int rl_message ();
+#endif
+
+extern int rl_show_char PARAMS((int));
+
+/* Undocumented in texinfo manual. */
+extern int rl_character_len PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_redraw_prompt_last_line PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Save and restore internal prompt redisplay information. */
+extern void rl_save_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_restore_prompt PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Modifying text. */
+extern void rl_replace_line PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern int rl_insert_text PARAMS((const char *));
+extern int rl_delete_text PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int rl_kill_text PARAMS((int, int));
+extern char *rl_copy_text PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* Terminal and tty mode management. */
+extern void rl_prep_terminal PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_deprep_terminal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_tty_set_default_bindings PARAMS((Keymap));
+extern void rl_tty_unset_default_bindings PARAMS((Keymap));
+
+extern int rl_reset_terminal PARAMS((const char *));
+extern void rl_resize_terminal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_set_screen_size PARAMS((int, int));
+extern void rl_get_screen_size PARAMS((int *, int *));
+extern void rl_reset_screen_size PARAMS((void));
+
+extern char *rl_get_termcap PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/* Functions for character input. */
+extern int rl_stuff_char PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_execute_next PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_clear_pending_input PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_read_key PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_getc PARAMS((FILE *));
+extern int rl_set_keyboard_input_timeout PARAMS((int));
+
+/* `Public' utility functions . */
+extern void rl_extend_line_buffer PARAMS((int));
+extern int rl_ding PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_alphabetic PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_free PARAMS((void *));
+
+/* Readline signal handling, from signals.c */
+extern int rl_set_signals PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_clear_signals PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_cleanup_after_signal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_reset_after_signal PARAMS((void));
+extern void rl_free_line_state PARAMS((void));
+
+extern void rl_echo_signal_char PARAMS((int)); 
+
+extern int rl_set_paren_blink_timeout PARAMS((int));
+
+/* History management functions. */
+
+extern void rl_clear_history PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Undocumented. */
+extern int rl_maybe_save_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_unsave_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int rl_maybe_replace_line PARAMS((void));
+
+/* Completion functions. */
+extern int rl_complete_internal PARAMS((int));
+extern void rl_display_match_list PARAMS((char **, int, int));
+
+extern char **rl_completion_matches PARAMS((const char *, rl_compentry_func_t *));
+extern char *rl_username_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern char *rl_filename_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+
+extern int rl_completion_mode PARAMS((rl_command_func_t *));
+
+#if 0
+/* Backwards compatibility (compat.c).  These will go away sometime. */
+extern void free_undo_list PARAMS((void));
+extern int maybe_save_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int maybe_unsave_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int maybe_replace_line PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int ding PARAMS((void));
+extern int alphabetic PARAMS((int));
+extern int crlf PARAMS((void));
+
+extern char **completion_matches PARAMS((char *, rl_compentry_func_t *));
+extern char *username_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern char *filename_completion_function PARAMS((const char *, int));
+#endif
+
+/* **************************************************************** */
+/*								    */
+/*			Well Published Variables		    */
+/*								    */
+/* **************************************************************** */
+
+/* The version of this incarnation of the readline library. */
+extern const char *rl_library_version;		/* e.g., "4.2" */
+extern int rl_readline_version;			/* e.g., 0x0402 */
+
+/* True if this is real GNU readline. */
+extern int rl_gnu_readline_p;
+
+/* Flags word encapsulating the current readline state. */
+extern int rl_readline_state;
+
+/* Says which editing mode readline is currently using.  1 means emacs mode;
+   0 means vi mode. */
+extern int rl_editing_mode;
+
+/* Insert or overwrite mode for emacs mode.  1 means insert mode; 0 means
+   overwrite mode.  Reset to insert mode on each input line. */
+extern int rl_insert_mode;
+
+/* The name of the calling program.  You should initialize this to
+   whatever was in argv[0].  It is used when parsing conditionals. */
+extern const char *rl_readline_name;
+
+/* The prompt readline uses.  This is set from the argument to
+   readline (), and should not be assigned to directly. */
+extern char *rl_prompt;
+
+/* The prompt string that is actually displayed by rl_redisplay.  Public so
+   applications can more easily supply their own redisplay functions. */
+extern char *rl_display_prompt;
+
+/* The line buffer that is in use. */
+extern char *rl_line_buffer;
+
+/* The location of point, and end. */
+extern int rl_point;
+extern int rl_end;
+
+/* The mark, or saved cursor position. */
+extern int rl_mark;
+
+/* Flag to indicate that readline has finished with the current input
+   line and should return it. */
+extern int rl_done;
+
+/* If set to a character value, that will be the next keystroke read. */
+extern int rl_pending_input;
+
+/* Non-zero if we called this function from _rl_dispatch().  It's present
+   so functions can find out whether they were called from a key binding
+   or directly from an application. */
+extern int rl_dispatching;
+
+/* Non-zero if the user typed a numeric argument before executing the
+   current function. */
+extern int rl_explicit_arg;
+
+/* The current value of the numeric argument specified by the user. */
+extern int rl_numeric_arg;
+
+/* The address of the last command function Readline executed. */
+extern rl_command_func_t *rl_last_func;
+
+/* The name of the terminal to use. */
+extern const char *rl_terminal_name;
+
+/* The input and output streams. */
+extern FILE *rl_instream;
+extern FILE *rl_outstream;
+
+/* If non-zero, Readline gives values of LINES and COLUMNS from the environment
+   greater precedence than values fetched from the kernel when computing the
+   screen dimensions. */
+extern int rl_prefer_env_winsize;
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call just
+   before readline_internal () prints the first prompt. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_startup_hook;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call just before
+   readline_internal_setup () returns and readline_internal starts
+   reading input characters. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_pre_input_hook;
+      
+/* The address of a function to call periodically while Readline is
+   awaiting character input, or NULL, for no event handling. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_event_hook;
+
+/* The address of a function to call if a read is interrupted by a signal. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_signal_event_hook;
+
+/* The address of a function to call if Readline needs to know whether or not
+   there is data available from the current input source. */
+extern rl_hook_func_t *rl_input_available_hook;
+
+/* The address of the function to call to fetch a character from the current
+   Readline input stream */
+extern rl_getc_func_t *rl_getc_function;
+
+extern rl_voidfunc_t *rl_redisplay_function;
+
+extern rl_vintfunc_t *rl_prep_term_function;
+extern rl_voidfunc_t *rl_deprep_term_function;
+
+/* Dispatch variables. */
+extern Keymap rl_executing_keymap;
+extern Keymap rl_binding_keymap;
+
+extern int rl_executing_key;
+extern char *rl_executing_keyseq;
+extern int rl_key_sequence_length;
+
+/* Display variables. */
+/* If non-zero, readline will erase the entire line, including any prompt,
+   if the only thing typed on an otherwise-blank line is something bound to
+   rl_newline. */
+extern int rl_erase_empty_line;
+
+/* If non-zero, the application has already printed the prompt (rl_prompt)
+   before calling readline, so readline should not output it the first time
+   redisplay is done. */
+extern int rl_already_prompted;
+
+/* A non-zero value means to read only this many characters rather than
+   up to a character bound to accept-line. */
+extern int rl_num_chars_to_read;
+
+/* The text of a currently-executing keyboard macro. */
+extern char *rl_executing_macro;
+
+/* Variables to control readline signal handling. */
+/* If non-zero, readline will install its own signal handlers for
+   SIGINT, SIGTERM, SIGQUIT, SIGALRM, SIGTSTP, SIGTTIN, and SIGTTOU. */
+extern int rl_catch_signals;
+
+/* If non-zero, readline will install a signal handler for SIGWINCH
+   that also attempts to call any calling application's SIGWINCH signal
+   handler.  Note that the terminal is not cleaned up before the
+   application's signal handler is called; use rl_cleanup_after_signal()
+   to do that. */
+extern int rl_catch_sigwinch;
+
+/* If non-zero, the readline SIGWINCH handler will modify LINES and
+   COLUMNS in the environment. */
+extern int rl_change_environment;
+
+/* Completion variables. */
+/* Pointer to the generator function for completion_matches ().
+   NULL means to use rl_filename_completion_function (), the default
+   filename completer. */
+extern rl_compentry_func_t *rl_completion_entry_function;
+
+/* Optional generator for menu completion.  Default is
+   rl_completion_entry_function (rl_filename_completion_function). */
+ extern rl_compentry_func_t *rl_menu_completion_entry_function;
+
+/* If rl_ignore_some_completions_function is non-NULL it is the address
+   of a function to call after all of the possible matches have been
+   generated, but before the actual completion is done to the input line.
+   The function is called with one argument; a NULL terminated array
+   of (char *).  If your function removes any of the elements, they
+   must be free()'ed. */
+extern rl_compignore_func_t *rl_ignore_some_completions_function;
+
+/* Pointer to alternative function to create matches.
+   Function is called with TEXT, START, and END.
+   START and END are indices in RL_LINE_BUFFER saying what the boundaries
+   of TEXT are.
+   If this function exists and returns NULL then call the value of
+   rl_completion_entry_function to try to match, otherwise use the
+   array of strings returned. */
+extern rl_completion_func_t *rl_attempted_completion_function;
+
+/* The basic list of characters that signal a break between words for the
+   completer routine.  The initial contents of this variable is what
+   breaks words in the shell, i.e. "n\"\\'`@$>". */
+extern const char *rl_basic_word_break_characters;
+
+/* The list of characters that signal a break between words for
+   rl_complete_internal.  The default list is the contents of
+   rl_basic_word_break_characters.  */
+extern /*const*/ char *rl_completer_word_break_characters;
+
+/* Hook function to allow an application to set the completion word
+   break characters before readline breaks up the line.  Allows
+   position-dependent word break characters. */
+extern rl_cpvfunc_t *rl_completion_word_break_hook;
+
+/* List of characters which can be used to quote a substring of the line.
+   Completion occurs on the entire substring, and within the substring   
+   rl_completer_word_break_characters are treated as any other character,
+   unless they also appear within this list. */
+extern const char *rl_completer_quote_characters;
+
+/* List of quote characters which cause a word break. */
+extern const char *rl_basic_quote_characters;
+
+/* List of characters that need to be quoted in filenames by the completer. */
+extern const char *rl_filename_quote_characters;
+
+/* List of characters that are word break characters, but should be left
+   in TEXT when it is passed to the completion function.  The shell uses
+   this to help determine what kind of completing to do. */
+extern const char *rl_special_prefixes;
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+   completing on a directory name.  The function is called with
+   the address of a string (the current directory name) as an arg.  It
+   changes what is displayed when the possible completions are printed
+   or inserted.  The directory completion hook should perform
+   any necessary dequoting.  This function should return 1 if it modifies
+   the directory name pointer passed as an argument.  If the directory
+   completion hook returns 0, it should not modify the directory name
+   pointer passed as an argument. */
+extern rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_completion_hook;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when completing
+   a directory name.  This function takes the address of the directory name
+   to be modified as an argument.  Unlike rl_directory_completion_hook, it
+   only modifies the directory name used in opendir(2), not what is displayed
+   when the possible completions are printed or inserted.  If set, it takes
+   precedence over rl_directory_completion_hook.  The directory rewrite
+   hook should perform any necessary dequoting.  This function has the same
+   return value properties as the directory_completion_hook.
+
+   I'm not happy with how this works yet, so it's undocumented.  I'm trying
+   it in bash to see how well it goes. */
+extern rl_icppfunc_t *rl_directory_rewrite_hook;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function for the completer to call
+   before deciding which character to append to a completed name.  It should
+   modify the directory name passed as an argument if appropriate, and return
+   non-zero if it modifies the name.  This should not worry about dequoting
+   the filename; that has already happened by the time it gets here. */
+extern rl_icppfunc_t *rl_filename_stat_hook;
+
+/* If non-zero, this is the address of a function to call when reading
+   directory entries from the filesystem for completion and comparing
+   them to the partial word to be completed.  The function should
+   either return its first argument (if no conversion takes place) or
+   newly-allocated memory.  This can, for instance, convert filenames
+   between character sets for comparison against what's typed at the
+   keyboard.  The returned value is what is added to the list of
+   matches.  The second argument is the length of the filename to be
+   converted. */
+extern rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_rewrite_hook;
+
+/* Backwards compatibility with previous versions of readline. */
+#define rl_symbolic_link_hook rl_directory_completion_hook
+
+/* If non-zero, then this is the address of a function to call when
+   completing a word would normally display the list of possible matches.
+   This function is called instead of actually doing the display.
+   It takes three arguments: (char **matches, int num_matches, int max_length)
+   where MATCHES is the array of strings that matched, NUM_MATCHES is the
+   number of strings in that array, and MAX_LENGTH is the length of the
+   longest string in that array. */
+extern rl_compdisp_func_t *rl_completion_display_matches_hook;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be treated
+   as filenames.  This is ALWAYS zero on entry, and can only be changed
+   within a completion entry finder function. */
+extern int rl_filename_completion_desired;
+
+/* Non-zero means that the results of the matches are to be quoted using
+   double quotes (or an application-specific quoting mechanism) if the
+   filename contains any characters in rl_word_break_chars.  This is
+   ALWAYS non-zero on entry, and can only be changed within a completion
+   entry finder function. */
+extern int rl_filename_quoting_desired;
+
+/* Set to a function to quote a filename in an application-specific fashion.
+   Called with the text to quote, the type of match found (single or multiple)
+   and a pointer to the quoting character to be used, which the function can
+   reset if desired. */
+extern rl_quote_func_t *rl_filename_quoting_function;
+
+/* Function to call to remove quoting characters from a filename.  Called
+   before completion is attempted, so the embedded quotes do not interfere
+   with matching names in the file system. */
+extern rl_dequote_func_t *rl_filename_dequoting_function;
+
+/* Function to call to decide whether or not a word break character is
+   quoted.  If a character is quoted, it does not break words for the
+   completer. */
+extern rl_linebuf_func_t *rl_char_is_quoted_p;
+
+/* Non-zero means to suppress normal filename completion after the
+   user-specified completion function has been called. */
+extern int rl_attempted_completion_over;
+
+/* Set to a character describing the type of completion being attempted by
+   rl_complete_internal; available for use by application completion
+   functions. */
+extern int rl_completion_type;
+
+/* Set to the last key used to invoke one of the completion functions */
+extern int rl_completion_invoking_key;
+
+/* Up to this many items will be displayed in response to a
+   possible-completions call.  After that, we ask the user if she
+   is sure she wants to see them all.  The default value is 100. */
+extern int rl_completion_query_items;
+
+/* Character appended to completed words when at the end of the line.  The
+   default is a space.  Nothing is added if this is '\0'. */
+extern int rl_completion_append_character;
+
+/* If set to non-zero by an application completion function,
+   rl_completion_append_character will not be appended. */
+extern int rl_completion_suppress_append;
+
+/* Set to any quote character readline thinks it finds before any application
+   completion function is called. */
+extern int rl_completion_quote_character;
+
+/* Set to a non-zero value if readline found quoting anywhere in the word to
+   be completed; set before any application completion function is called. */
+extern int rl_completion_found_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, the completion functions don't append any closing quote.
+   This is set to 0 by rl_complete_internal and may be changed by an
+   application-specific completion function. */
+extern int rl_completion_suppress_quote;
+
+/* If non-zero, readline will sort the completion matches.  On by default. */
+extern int rl_sort_completion_matches;
+
+/* If non-zero, a slash will be appended to completed filenames that are
+   symbolic links to directory names, subject to the value of the
+   mark-directories variable (which is user-settable).  This exists so
+   that application completion functions can override the user's preference
+   (set via the mark-symlinked-directories variable) if appropriate.
+   It's set to the value of _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs in
+   rl_complete_internal before any application-specific completion
+   function is called, so without that function doing anything, the user's
+   preferences are honored. */
+extern int rl_completion_mark_symlink_dirs;
+
+/* If non-zero, then disallow duplicates in the matches. */
+extern int rl_ignore_completion_duplicates;
+
+/* If this is non-zero, completion is (temporarily) inhibited, and the
+   completion character will be inserted as any other. */
+extern int rl_inhibit_completion;
+
+/* Input error; can be returned by (*rl_getc_function) if readline is reading
+   a top-level command (RL_ISSTATE (RL_STATE_READCMD)). */
+#define READERR			(-2)
+
+/* Definitions available for use by readline clients. */
+#define RL_PROMPT_START_IGNORE	'\001'
+#define RL_PROMPT_END_IGNORE	'\002'
+
+/* Possible values for do_replace argument to rl_filename_quoting_function,
+   called by rl_complete_internal. */
+#define NO_MATCH        0
+#define SINGLE_MATCH    1
+#define MULT_MATCH      2
+
+/* Possible state values for rl_readline_state */
+#define RL_STATE_NONE		0x000000		/* no state; before first call */
+
+#define RL_STATE_INITIALIZING	0x0000001	/* initializing */
+#define RL_STATE_INITIALIZED	0x0000002	/* initialization done */
+#define RL_STATE_TERMPREPPED	0x0000004	/* terminal is prepped */
+#define RL_STATE_READCMD	0x0000008	/* reading a command key */
+#define RL_STATE_METANEXT	0x0000010	/* reading input after ESC */
+#define RL_STATE_DISPATCHING	0x0000020	/* dispatching to a command */
+#define RL_STATE_MOREINPUT	0x0000040	/* reading more input in a command function */
+#define RL_STATE_ISEARCH	0x0000080	/* doing incremental search */
+#define RL_STATE_NSEARCH	0x0000100	/* doing non-inc search */
+#define RL_STATE_SEARCH		0x0000200	/* doing a history search */
+#define RL_STATE_NUMERICARG	0x0000400	/* reading numeric argument */
+#define RL_STATE_MACROINPUT	0x0000800	/* getting input from a macro */
+#define RL_STATE_MACRODEF	0x0001000	/* defining keyboard macro */
+#define RL_STATE_OVERWRITE	0x0002000	/* overwrite mode */
+#define RL_STATE_COMPLETING	0x0004000	/* doing completion */
+#define RL_STATE_SIGHANDLER	0x0008000	/* in readline sighandler */
+#define RL_STATE_UNDOING	0x0010000	/* doing an undo */
+#define RL_STATE_INPUTPENDING	0x0020000	/* rl_execute_next called */
+#define RL_STATE_TTYCSAVED	0x0040000	/* tty special chars saved */
+#define RL_STATE_CALLBACK	0x0080000	/* using the callback interface */
+#define RL_STATE_VIMOTION	0x0100000	/* reading vi motion arg */
+#define RL_STATE_MULTIKEY	0x0200000	/* reading multiple-key command */
+#define RL_STATE_VICMDONCE	0x0400000	/* entered vi command mode at least once */
+#define RL_STATE_REDISPLAYING	0x0800000	/* updating terminal display */
+
+#define RL_STATE_DONE		0x1000000	/* done; accepted line */
+
+#define RL_SETSTATE(x)		(rl_readline_state |= (x))
+#define RL_UNSETSTATE(x)	(rl_readline_state &= ~(x))
+#define RL_ISSTATE(x)		(rl_readline_state & (x))
+
+struct readline_state {
+  /* line state */
+  int point;
+  int end;
+  int mark;
+  char *buffer;
+  int buflen;
+  UNDO_LIST *ul;
+  char *prompt;
+
+  /* global state */
+  int rlstate;
+  int done;
+  Keymap kmap;
+
+  /* input state */
+  rl_command_func_t *lastfunc;
+  int insmode;
+  int edmode;
+  char *kseq;
+  int kseqlen;
+  FILE *inf;
+  FILE *outf;
+  int pendingin;
+  char *macro;
+
+  /* signal state */
+  int catchsigs;
+  int catchsigwinch;
+
+  /* search state */
+
+  /* completion state */
+  rl_compentry_func_t *entryfunc;
+  rl_compentry_func_t *menuentryfunc;
+  rl_compentry_func_t *ignorefunc;
+  rl_compentry_func_t *attemptfunc;
+  char *wordbreakchars;
+  
+
+  /* options state */
+
+  /* hook state */
+  
+  /* reserved for future expansion, so the struct size doesn't change */
+  char reserved[64];
+};
+
+extern int rl_save_state PARAMS((struct readline_state *));
+extern int rl_restore_state PARAMS((struct readline_state *));
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* _READLINE_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlconf.h b/lib/readline/rlconf.h
index 1a40afce..fa528355 100644
--- a/lib/readline/rlconf.h
+++ b/lib/readline/rlconf.h
@@ -66,4 +66,14 @@
    tty auditing system. */
 #define ENABLE_TTY_AUDIT_SUPPORT
 
+/* Defaults for the various editing mode indicators, inserted at the beginning
+   of the last (maybe only) line of the prompt if show-mode-in-prompt is on */
+#define RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFAULT	"@"
+#define RL_EMACS_MODESTR_DEFLEN		1
+
+#define RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFAULT	"(ins)"
+#define RL_VI_INS_MODESTR_DEFLEN	5
+#define RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFAULT	"(cmd)"
+#define RL_VI_CMD_MODESTR_DEFLEN	5
+
 #endif /* _RLCONF_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlconf.h~ b/lib/readline/rlconf.h~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..1a40afce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlconf.h~
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* rlconf.h -- readline configuration definitions */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1992-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+   for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.      
+
+   Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RLCONF_H_)
+#define _RLCONF_H_
+
+/* Define this if you want the vi-mode editing available. */
+#define VI_MODE
+
+/* Define this to get an indication of file type when listing completions. */
+#define VISIBLE_STATS
+
+/* Define this to get support for colors when listing completions and in
+   other places. */
+#define COLOR_SUPPORT
+
+/* This definition is needed by readline.c, rltty.c, and signals.c. */
+/* If on, then readline handles signals in a way that doesn't suck. */
+#define HANDLE_SIGNALS
+
+/* Ugly but working hack for binding prefix meta. */
+#define PREFIX_META_HACK
+
+/* The next-to-last-ditch effort file name for a user-specific init file. */
+#define DEFAULT_INPUTRC "~/.inputrc"
+
+/* The ultimate last-ditch filenname for an init file -- system-wide. */
+#define SYS_INPUTRC "/etc/inputrc"
+
+/* If defined, expand tabs to spaces. */
+#define DISPLAY_TABS
+
+/* If defined, use the terminal escape sequence to move the cursor forward
+   over a character when updating the line rather than rewriting it. */
+/* #define HACK_TERMCAP_MOTION */
+
+/* The string inserted by the `insert comment' command. */
+#define RL_COMMENT_BEGIN_DEFAULT "#"
+
+/* Define this if you want code that allows readline to be used in an
+   X `callback' style. */
+#define READLINE_CALLBACKS
+
+/* Define this if you want the cursor to indicate insert or overwrite mode. */
+/* #define CURSOR_MODE */
+
+/* Define this if you want to enable code that talks to the Linux kernel
+   tty auditing system. */
+#define ENABLE_TTY_AUDIT_SUPPORT
+
+#endif /* _RLCONF_H_ */
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlprivate.h b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h
index 63e2051f..eb6e3f34 100644
--- a/lib/readline/rlprivate.h
+++ b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h
@@ -457,6 +457,13 @@ extern int _rl_last_c_pos;
 extern int _rl_suppress_redisplay;
 extern int _rl_want_redisplay;
 
+extern char *_rl_emacs_mode_str;
+extern int _rl_emacs_modestr_len;
+extern char *_rl_vi_ins_mode_str;
+extern int _rl_vi_ins_modestr_len;
+extern char *_rl_vi_cmd_mode_str;
+extern int _rl_vi_cmd_modestr_len;
+
 /* isearch.c */
 extern char *_rl_isearch_terminators;
 
diff --git a/lib/readline/rlprivate.h~ b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h~
new file mode 100644
index 00000000..63e2051f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/readline/rlprivate.h~
@@ -0,0 +1,547 @@
+/* rlprivate.h -- functions and variables global to the readline library,
+		  but not intended for use by applications. */
+
+/* Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This file is part of the GNU Readline Library (Readline), a library
+   for reading lines of text with interactive input and history editing.      
+
+   Readline is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   Readline is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with Readline.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined (_RL_PRIVATE_H_)
+#define _RL_PRIVATE_H_
+
+#include "rlconf.h"	/* for VISIBLE_STATS */
+#include "rlstdc.h"
+#include "posixjmp.h"	/* defines procenv_t */
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Convenience definitions						 *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+#define EMACS_MODE()		(rl_editing_mode == emacs_mode)
+#define VI_COMMAND_MODE()	(rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_movement_keymap)
+#define VI_INSERT_MODE()	(rl_editing_mode == vi_mode && _rl_keymap == vi_insertion_keymap)
+
+#define RL_CHECK_SIGNALS() \
+	do { \
+	  if (_rl_caught_signal) _rl_signal_handler (_rl_caught_signal); \
+	} while (0)
+
+#define RL_SIG_RECEIVED() (_rl_caught_signal != 0)
+#define RL_SIGINT_RECEIVED() (_rl_caught_signal == SIGINT)
+
+#define CUSTOM_REDISPLAY_FUNC() (rl_redisplay_function != rl_redisplay)
+#define CUSTOM_INPUT_FUNC() (rl_getc_function != rl_getc)
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Global structs undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h   *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+/* search types */
+#define RL_SEARCH_ISEARCH	0x01		/* incremental search */
+#define RL_SEARCH_NSEARCH	0x02		/* non-incremental search */
+#define RL_SEARCH_CSEARCH	0x04		/* intra-line char search */
+
+/* search flags */
+#define SF_REVERSE		0x01
+#define SF_FOUND		0x02
+#define SF_FAILED		0x04
+#define SF_CHGKMAP		0x08
+
+typedef struct  __rl_search_context
+{
+  int type;
+  int sflags;
+
+  char *search_string;
+  int search_string_index;
+  int search_string_size;
+
+  char **lines;
+  char *allocated_line;    
+  int hlen;
+  int hindex;
+
+  int save_point;
+  int save_mark;
+  int save_line;
+  int last_found_line;
+  char *prev_line_found;
+
+  UNDO_LIST *save_undo_list;
+
+  Keymap keymap;	/* used when dispatching commands in search string */
+  Keymap okeymap;	/* original keymap */
+
+  int history_pos;
+  int direction;
+
+  int prevc;
+  int lastc;
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+  char mb[MB_LEN_MAX];
+  char pmb[MB_LEN_MAX];
+#endif
+
+  char *sline;
+  int sline_len;
+  int sline_index;
+
+  char  *search_terminators;
+} _rl_search_cxt;
+
+/* Callback data for reading numeric arguments */
+#define NUM_SAWMINUS	0x01
+#define NUM_SAWDIGITS	0x02
+#define NUM_READONE	0x04
+
+typedef int _rl_arg_cxt;
+
+/* A context for reading key sequences longer than a single character when
+   using the callback interface. */
+#define KSEQ_DISPATCHED	0x01
+#define KSEQ_SUBSEQ	0x02
+#define KSEQ_RECURSIVE	0x04
+
+typedef struct __rl_keyseq_context
+{
+  int flags;
+  int subseq_arg;
+  int subseq_retval;		/* XXX */
+  Keymap dmap;
+
+  Keymap oldmap;
+  int okey;
+  struct __rl_keyseq_context *ocxt;
+  int childval;
+} _rl_keyseq_cxt;
+
+/* vi-mode commands that use result of motion command to define boundaries */
+#define VIM_DELETE	0x01
+#define VIM_CHANGE	0x02
+#define VIM_YANK	0x04
+
+/* various states for vi-mode commands that use motion commands.  reflects
+   RL_READLINE_STATE */
+#define VMSTATE_READ	0x01
+#define VMSTATE_NUMARG	0x02
+
+typedef struct __rl_vimotion_context
+{
+  int op;
+  int state;
+  int flags;		/* reserved */
+  _rl_arg_cxt ncxt;
+  int numeric_arg;
+  int start, end;	/* rl_point, rl_end */
+  int key, motion;	/* initial key, motion command */
+} _rl_vimotion_cxt;
+
+/* fill in more as needed */
+/* `Generic' callback data and functions */
+typedef struct __rl_callback_generic_arg 
+{
+  int count;
+  int i1, i2;
+  /* add here as needed */
+} _rl_callback_generic_arg;
+
+typedef int _rl_callback_func_t PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+
+typedef void _rl_sigcleanup_func_t PARAMS((int, void *));
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Global functions undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Global variables undocumented in texinfo manual and not in readline.h *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* complete.c */
+extern int rl_complete_with_tilde_expansion;
+#if defined (VISIBLE_STATS)
+extern int rl_visible_stats;
+#endif /* VISIBLE_STATS */
+#if defined (COLOR_SUPPORT)
+extern int _rl_colored_stats;
+#endif
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern int rl_line_buffer_len;
+extern int rl_arg_sign;
+extern int rl_visible_prompt_length;
+extern int rl_byte_oriented;
+
+/* display.c */
+extern int rl_display_fixed;
+
+/* parens.c */
+extern int rl_blink_matching_paren;
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Global functions and variables unused and undocumented		 *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* kill.c */
+extern int rl_set_retained_kills PARAMS((int));
+
+/* terminal.c */
+extern void _rl_set_screen_size PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* undo.c */
+extern int _rl_fix_last_undo_of_type PARAMS((int, int, int));
+
+/* util.c */
+extern char *_rl_savestring PARAMS((const char *));
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ *									 *
+ * Functions and variables private to the readline library		 *
+ *									 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* NOTE: Functions and variables prefixed with `_rl_' are
+   pseudo-global: they are global so they can be shared
+   between files in the readline library, but are not intended
+   to be visible to readline callers. */
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Undocumented private functions					 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+#if defined(READLINE_CALLBACKS)
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern void readline_internal_setup PARAMS((void));
+extern char *readline_internal_teardown PARAMS((int));
+extern int readline_internal_char PARAMS((void));
+
+extern _rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_keyseq_cxt_alloc PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_keyseq_cxt_dispose PARAMS((_rl_keyseq_cxt *));
+extern void _rl_keyseq_chain_dispose PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int _rl_dispatch_callback PARAMS((_rl_keyseq_cxt *));
+     
+/* callback.c */
+extern _rl_callback_generic_arg *_rl_callback_data_alloc PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_callback_data_dispose PARAMS((_rl_callback_generic_arg *));
+
+#endif /* READLINE_CALLBACKS */
+
+/* bind.c */
+extern char *_rl_untranslate_macro_value PARAMS((char *, int));
+
+/* complete.c */
+extern void _rl_reset_completion_state PARAMS((void));
+extern char _rl_find_completion_word PARAMS((int *, int *));
+extern void _rl_free_match_list PARAMS((char **));
+
+/* display.c */
+extern char *_rl_strip_prompt PARAMS((char *));
+extern void _rl_reset_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_move_cursor_relative PARAMS((int, const char *));
+extern void _rl_move_vert PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_save_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_restore_prompt PARAMS((void));
+extern char *_rl_make_prompt_for_search PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_erase_at_end_of_line PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_clear_to_eol PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_clear_screen PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_update_final PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_redisplay_after_sigwinch PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_clean_up_for_exit PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_erase_entire_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_current_display_line PARAMS((void));
+
+/* input.c */
+extern int _rl_any_typein PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_input_available PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_input_queued PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_insert_typein PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_unget_char PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_pushed_input_available PARAMS((void));
+
+/* isearch.c */
+extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_scxt_alloc PARAMS((int, int));
+extern void _rl_scxt_dispose PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+
+extern int _rl_isearch_dispatch PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *, int));
+extern int _rl_isearch_callback PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+
+extern int _rl_search_getchar PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+
+/* kill.c */
+#define BRACK_PASTE_PREF	"\033[200~"
+#define BRACK_PASTE_SUFF	"\033[201~"
+
+#define BRACK_PASTE_LAST	'~'
+#define BRACK_PASTE_SLEN	6
+
+#define BRACK_PASTE_INIT	"\033[?2004h"
+#define BRACK_PASTE_FINI	"\033[?2004l"
+
+/* macro.c */
+extern void _rl_with_macro_input PARAMS((char *));
+extern int _rl_next_macro_key PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_prev_macro_key PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_push_executing_macro PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_pop_executing_macro PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_add_macro_char PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_kill_kbd_macro PARAMS((void));
+
+/* misc.c */
+extern int _rl_arg_overflow PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_arg_init PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_arg_getchar PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_arg_callback PARAMS((_rl_arg_cxt));
+extern void _rl_reset_argument PARAMS((void));
+
+extern void _rl_start_using_history PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_free_saved_history_line PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_set_insert_mode PARAMS((int, int));
+
+extern void _rl_revert_all_lines PARAMS((void));
+
+/* nls.c */
+extern int _rl_init_eightbit PARAMS((void));
+
+/* parens.c */
+extern void _rl_enable_paren_matching PARAMS((int));
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern void _rl_init_line_state PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_set_the_line PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_dispatch PARAMS((int, Keymap));
+extern int _rl_dispatch_subseq PARAMS((int, Keymap, int));
+extern void _rl_internal_char_cleanup PARAMS((void));
+
+/* rltty.c */
+extern int _rl_disable_tty_signals PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_restore_tty_signals PARAMS((void));
+
+/* search.c */
+extern int _rl_nsearch_callback PARAMS((_rl_search_cxt *));
+
+/* signals.c */
+extern void _rl_signal_handler PARAMS((int));
+
+extern void _rl_block_sigint PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_release_sigint PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_block_sigwinch PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_release_sigwinch PARAMS((void));
+
+/* terminal.c */
+extern void _rl_get_screen_size PARAMS((int, int));
+extern void _rl_sigwinch_resize_terminal PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_init_terminal_io PARAMS((const char *));
+#ifdef _MINIX
+extern void _rl_output_character_function PARAMS((int));
+#else
+extern int _rl_output_character_function PARAMS((int));
+#endif
+extern void _rl_output_some_chars PARAMS((const char *, int));
+extern int _rl_backspace PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_enable_meta_key PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_disable_meta_key PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_control_keypad PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_set_cursor PARAMS((int, int));
+
+/* text.c */
+extern void _rl_fix_point PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_replace_text PARAMS((const char *, int, int));
+extern int _rl_forward_char_internal PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_insert_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int _rl_overwrite_char PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int _rl_overwrite_rubout PARAMS((int, int));
+extern int _rl_rubout_char PARAMS((int, int));
+#if defined (HANDLE_MULTIBYTE)
+extern int _rl_char_search_internal PARAMS((int, int, char *, int));
+#else
+extern int _rl_char_search_internal PARAMS((int, int, int));
+#endif
+extern int _rl_set_mark_at_pos PARAMS((int));
+
+/* undo.c */
+extern UNDO_LIST *_rl_copy_undo_entry PARAMS((UNDO_LIST *));
+extern UNDO_LIST *_rl_copy_undo_list PARAMS((UNDO_LIST *));
+extern void _rl_free_undo_list PARAMS((UNDO_LIST *));
+
+/* util.c */
+#if defined (USE_VARARGS) && defined (PREFER_STDARG)
+extern void _rl_ttymsg (const char *, ...)  __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
+extern void _rl_errmsg (const char *, ...)  __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
+extern void _rl_trace (const char *, ...)  __attribute__((__format__ (printf, 1, 2)));
+#else
+extern void _rl_ttymsg ();
+extern void _rl_errmsg ();
+extern void _rl_trace ();
+#endif
+extern void _rl_audit_tty PARAMS((char *));
+
+extern int _rl_tropen PARAMS((void));
+
+extern int _rl_abort_internal PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_null_function PARAMS((int, int));
+extern char *_rl_strindex PARAMS((const char *, const char *));
+extern int _rl_qsort_string_compare PARAMS((char **, char **));
+extern int (_rl_uppercase_p) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_lowercase_p) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_pure_alphabetic) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_digit_p) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_to_lower) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_to_upper) PARAMS((int));
+extern int (_rl_digit_value) PARAMS((int));
+
+/* vi_mode.c */
+extern void _rl_vi_initialize_line PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_vi_reset_last PARAMS((void));
+extern void _rl_vi_set_last PARAMS((int, int, int));
+extern int _rl_vi_textmod_command PARAMS((int));
+extern int _rl_vi_motion_command PARAMS((int));
+extern void _rl_vi_done_inserting PARAMS((void));
+extern int _rl_vi_domove_callback PARAMS((_rl_vimotion_cxt *));
+
+/*************************************************************************
+ * Undocumented private variables					 *
+ *************************************************************************/
+
+/* bind.c */
+extern const char * const _rl_possible_control_prefixes[];
+extern const char * const _rl_possible_meta_prefixes[];
+
+/* callback.c */
+extern _rl_callback_func_t *_rl_callback_func;
+extern _rl_callback_generic_arg *_rl_callback_data;
+
+/* complete.c */
+extern int _rl_complete_show_all;
+extern int _rl_complete_show_unmodified;
+extern int _rl_complete_mark_directories;
+extern int _rl_complete_mark_symlink_dirs;
+extern int _rl_completion_prefix_display_length;
+extern int _rl_completion_columns;
+extern int _rl_print_completions_horizontally;
+extern int _rl_completion_case_fold;
+extern int _rl_completion_case_map;
+extern int _rl_match_hidden_files;
+extern int _rl_page_completions;
+extern int _rl_skip_completed_text;
+extern int _rl_menu_complete_prefix_first;
+
+/* display.c */
+extern int _rl_vis_botlin;
+extern int _rl_last_c_pos;
+extern int _rl_suppress_redisplay;
+extern int _rl_want_redisplay;
+
+/* isearch.c */
+extern char *_rl_isearch_terminators;
+
+extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_iscxt;
+
+/* macro.c */
+extern char *_rl_executing_macro;
+
+/* misc.c */
+extern int _rl_history_preserve_point;
+extern int _rl_history_saved_point;
+
+extern _rl_arg_cxt _rl_argcxt;
+
+/* nls.c */
+extern int _rl_utf8locale;
+
+/* readline.c */
+extern int _rl_echoing_p;
+extern int _rl_horizontal_scroll_mode;
+extern int _rl_mark_modified_lines;
+extern int _rl_bell_preference;
+extern int _rl_meta_flag;
+extern int _rl_convert_meta_chars_to_ascii;
+extern int _rl_output_meta_chars;
+extern int _rl_bind_stty_chars;
+extern int _rl_revert_all_at_newline;
+extern int _rl_echo_control_chars;
+extern int _rl_show_mode_in_prompt;
+extern int _rl_enable_bracketed_paste;
+extern char *_rl_comment_begin;
+extern unsigned char _rl_parsing_conditionalized_out;
+extern Keymap _rl_keymap;
+extern FILE *_rl_in_stream;
+extern FILE *_rl_out_stream;
+extern int _rl_last_command_was_kill;
+extern int _rl_eof_char;
+extern procenv_t _rl_top_level;
+extern _rl_keyseq_cxt *_rl_kscxt;
+extern int _rl_keyseq_timeout;
+
+extern int _rl_executing_keyseq_size;
+
+/* search.c */
+extern _rl_search_cxt *_rl_nscxt;
+
+/* signals.c */
+extern int _rl_interrupt_immediately;
+extern int volatile _rl_caught_signal;
+
+extern _rl_sigcleanup_func_t *_rl_sigcleanup;
+extern void *_rl_sigcleanarg;
+
+extern int _rl_echoctl;
+
+extern int _rl_intr_char;
+extern int _rl_quit_char;
+extern int _rl_susp_char;
+
+/* terminal.c */
+extern int _rl_enable_keypad;
+extern int _rl_enable_meta;
+extern char *_rl_term_clreol;
+extern char *_rl_term_clrpag;
+extern char *_rl_term_im;
+extern char *_rl_term_ic;
+extern char *_rl_term_ei;
+extern char *_rl_term_DC;
+extern char *_rl_term_up;
+extern char *_rl_term_dc;
+extern char *_rl_term_cr;
+extern char *_rl_term_IC;
+extern char *_rl_term_forward_char;
+extern int _rl_screenheight;
+extern int _rl_screenwidth;
+extern int _rl_screenchars;
+extern int _rl_terminal_can_insert;
+extern int _rl_term_autowrap;
+
+/* undo.c */
+extern int _rl_doing_an_undo;
+extern int _rl_undo_group_level;
+
+/* vi_mode.c */
+extern int _rl_vi_last_command;
+extern _rl_vimotion_cxt *_rl_vimvcxt;
+
+#endif /* _RL_PRIVATE_H_ */